Chapter 1 Earth changes

Our dear mother Earth, Gaia is suffering under the stress of human endeavours that have
become unbearable as the world population keeps growing at an unfathomable rate. The
present world population counts 6 billion souls and will grow to 10 billion by 2030 and 20 billion
by 2070 if the present growth rate is maintained.
Humanity alone consumes 40% of the net primary production of food and energy that the Earth
has available for its entire species. In the last thirty years alone more than a third of the natural
resources were destroyed due to human endeavour. Our rivers are polluted and our oceans are
dying.
Gaia is no longer able to cope with the beatings shes had and we are going to experience the
results rather sooner than later, its only a matter of time.
We no longer have to believe scientists who claim that global warming cannot be proven and
that Earth is doing well. Everyone with eyes to see and ears to hear should have noticed by now
that our climate is changing. By the end of this century the poles will have melted away, our
oceans will be polluted to the core, the rainforests the lungs of the Earth will have gone and two
thirds of all animal species on Earth will be extinct!
Even in this alarming state, most of us seem more bothered about our annual compensation for
inflation and the results of our favourite soccer club in the champions league than about the
acid rain thats falling on our roofs. If we have a glance in the newspapers every day, we may
get the impression the world is getting more violent by the day. The Middle East is in a state of
turmoil, and the threat of terrorism after 911 has become so imminent that it affects the lives of
millions already. The polarization and intolerance between world cultures and religions is rapidly
increasing.
Many are also experiencing dramatic changes in their personal lives. Intimate relations and
marriages seem to break up more easily and frequently than ever before in the past. Our good
old nine to five jobs that seemed to guarantee us an easy passage to retirement are gone and
job rotation has become the buzzword! Burnouts among managers are commonplace and we
see many drop outs in this rat race.
Our Western economies that were so very stable for decades seem very imbalanced these days
and employment in the West on a large scale is lost in favour of the developing countries that
are waiting for their economic boosts! Economic developments seem to take place in an everincreasing speed; the time to market for new products has become unbelievably short. In many
cases the product is already outdated before its introduction on the market. And then there are
these billion dollar state deficits of our world economies that have become so heavy that they
may collapse under their own weight.
Even our political structures, the established parties that once were the cornerstones and glues
of our society have become unpredictable. New parties with radical political ideas arise out of

the blue and take on loads of followers in their wake, much to the horror and surprise of the
establishment.
On a large scale corruption and money laundry scandals seem to surface in which prestigious
multinational companies are involved.
Our world is changing, and it is changing fast, it even feels as if time itself is going faster doesnt
it? What is going on in our world today and what is it leading to?
Prophecies
The world has known many prophets and many of them predicted destruction and despair at the
new millennium which seems such a magical time for the world to end. This has not only been
prophesised for the end of the second millennium but it was prophesised for the first millennium
as well and as we all stand to testify, this catastrophe did not come to pass.
Then there are other seers such as Nostradamus (1503- 1566), who prophesised that mankind
by the year 2000 would either suffer an apocalyptic holocaust or would see unprecedented
change and the birth of a new global consciousness.
(1)
Madame Blavatsky (1831-1891), mystic and founder of the Theosophical Society predicted that
at the closing of a 5200-year period, the present Kali Yuga or Dark Age would be succeeded by
an age of light.
So there is still hope!
The most prominent seer of the last century undoubtedly is Edgar Cayce (1877- 1945). He is
the best-documented clairvoyant ever. Edgar Cayce, known as the sleeping prophet has
performed 14.306 readings while asleep in an altered state of consciousness all of which were
documented. Edgar Cayce became very famous for his medical readings, since he could with
an almost hundred percent accuracy diagnose the ailment of his patients. In most cases he
would even mention the name and address of the physician to consult! All of this while in a state
of trance knowing only the name of the patient whom he never met! In the latter days of his
career he began to pass on information about past civilizations such as about the Egyptian and
Atlantean culture and also foretold events of the future of this planet that became known as the
Earth changes. Edgar Cayce himself founded the Association for Research and
Enlightenment (A.R.E.) to preserve his own legacy. This organization still exists today and is
very active. Edgar Cayce has been studied at length, more than three hundred books were
dedicated to this mystical man alone.
(2)
Today Edgar Cayce still puzzles many people because already a great number of his
predictions were proven right and a lot of scholars mostly archaeologists and Egyptologists
have learned to take his information very seriously and use it as a beacon in their scientific
endeavours.

Cayce suggested that the years between 1958 and 1998 would be a time of great changes, a
global transformation. These changes would not mean the end of the world but would herald a
New Age and a spiritual transformation. The Earth itself would pass through tremendous
changes in the form of massive earthquakes, eruptions of volcanoes, intensified solar activity,
dramatic changes in weather patterns, submergence of land masses, culminating in the shifting
of the poles. Now these prophecies are not a very promising perspective; however as we will
show in this book dramatic climate changes are indeed occurring and an upsurge of natural
catastrophes is sweeping the Earth even as this book is written. Fortunately, one of the
strongest arguments that Cayce used often was that the future is not predetermined and that
much depends on humanitys own intention to shape its own future. In this respect he left room
open for other outcomes of his own predictions.
The sleeping prophet also glimpsed into the past of human history and gave detailed
information about ancient civilizations such as the Egyptian. Hundreds of his readings discussed
the lost continent of Atlantis that submerged in the Atlantic Ocean 10,500 years B.C. during a
global cataclysm, a flooding caused by the shifting of the Earths poles. He described the
Atlantean civilization as the most advanced civilization of human history. Cayce also mentions
the Hall of Records, a library of Atlantean knowledge that was saved after the inundation by
survivors of the sinking Atlantis in two places on Earth, one of them should reside between the
left paw of the Sphinx and the Nile at the Giza plateau and the other place is Mexicos Yucatan
Peninsula of the Mayas. According to Cayce the Great Pyramid (pyramid of Cheops or Khufu) at
the Giza plateau in Egypt, was built 10.500 BC by Toth the Atlantean also known as Hermes
Trismegistus by the Greek and the high priest Ra-Ta both survivors of Atlantis. They built the
Great Pyramid in order to preserve the Atlantean culture. Edgar Cayce explained that he himself
is the reincarnation of Ra-Ta, the high priest who joined in the construction of the Great
Pyramid.
According to Cayce most of modern-day science and technology is simply a rediscovery of
technologies that once belonged to the Atlantean culture. And as we will demonstrate in this
book, indeed an ancient knowledge is resurfacing again shedding a whole new light on science
and is helping to shape a new aether science. Bits and pieces of the Atlantean knowledge have
been secretly preserved in secret societies such as the Freemasonry. A lot of the original
knowledge however was lost, but the fundamentals of this new science has been preserved in
an old art of science known as sacred geometry that now has been reconstructed.
Leonardo Da Vinci was a member of such a secret society who throughout modern history
preserved the art of sacred geometry in his art forms. The Roman Catholic Church forbad this
pagan knowledge since the Holy Scriptures of the Bible were the only ones that were required
and allowed.
The subject of Leonardo Da Vincis secret society membership has received worldwide attention
since Dan Brown wrote a book about it called the Da Vinci Code. Although the book is mostly
about the supposed marriage of Jesus and Mary Magdalene and their offspring, it also hints at
the fact that Leonardo Da Vinci stressed the importance of the Golden Mean, Phi. In this book

we will show you that scientists have been using sacred geometry, the geometry of Phi, to
create a whole new physics based on the importance of the Golden Mean, Phi! The Holy Grail
that is being discussed in the Da Vinci Code I believe is neither about a physical object, the cup
used at the last supper of Jesus nor his royal blood line (sang real) but in fact is about the
preservation of sacred geometry and the significance of the Golden Mean that humanity is now
rediscovering!
Last but not least, one of the most amazing prophecies that is gaining interest worldwide, as the
prophecies seem to unfold as this book is being written, are the Mayan end-time prophecies for
2012.
The Mayan culture was a Native American Indian culture that flourished from 300 AD to 900 AD
in South America. For reasons still unknown to scholars, the classical Maya culture abruptly
ended when they abandoned their cities and temple complexes around 900 AD. Nowadays
descendents of the Mayas are still living in Mexico, Guatemala and Honduras and they still carry
with them the prophecies of their ancestors. The Mayas were excellent sky watchers and had a
profound understanding of astronomy. They were obsessed with time cycles and had developed
several extremely accurate calendar systems based on celestial cycles.
One of them is the 260 kin (days) Tzolkin calendar, another the 365 kin (days) Haab calendar.
The Haab synchronises with the cycles of Venus and the Tzolkin synchronises with the
mystifying Mayan Long Count calendar. The Long Count calendar was used for long periods of
time and consists of 13 Baktun sub-cycles. A Baktun consists of 20 sub-cycles called Katuns.
Each Katun consists of 20 tuns and finally the tun consists of 360 kins (days). So a complete
Baktun lasts 20 x 20 x 360 = 144.000 kins, a very sacred number from antiquity and mentioned
multiple times in the Bible. Some scholars believe that the significance of the 13:20 ratio
embedded in the Long Count Calendar is hinting at the Golden Mean ratio of sacred geometry;
however a 13:21 ratio would represent a true Fibonacci ratio that converges to the Golden
Mean.
The total duration of the Long Count Calendar is 5200 years. According to Mayan scholars, the
Long Count calendar started on August 11th 3114 BC and will end on the 21st December 2012.
The Maya believed that the world had gone though many epochs in the past which they called
Suns. The end of the Long Count calendar would be the end of the fourth Sun and the birth of
the fifth Sun, signifying the end of the old world as we know it and the beginning of a new one.
So the Mayan end-time prophecies are really about a new beginning, a rebirth of the Earth.
The Mayan prophecies seem to be in accord with Edgar Cayces predictions, since the Mayas
too predict that this new beginning would be preceded by serious upheavals in the world and
great challenges for mankind. These challenges would shift humanitys consciousness on a
global scale.
The origins of the Mayan prophecies can be traced back to the Mayan book of creation, the
Popul Vuh. Their greatest prophet was Lord Pacal. The Mayan prophecies were kept secret for
ages and decoding of the only four Mayan codices that survived the Spanish Inquisition started
in the 1960s and indeed the breakthrough in cracking the code was made as late as the

eighties. Meantime, the Mayan shamans passed on the prophecies orally from one generation
to the next with profound secrecy. Their policy to keep the prophecies secret changed when the
Mayas recognised the first signs of the Earth changes that their prophecies had predicted. They
knew it was the time for the world at large to learn about them.
In 1997, a Dutch filmmaker was allowed to film the gathering of Native American Indian tribes
from all over the continent of America at a sacred ceremony held in the dark forests of
Guatemala. The ceremony was held to heal the Earth and the Indians no longer attempted to
conceal their prophecies and allowed Dutch documentary filmmaker Wiek Lenssen to film the
event. His film The Year Zero unfortunately didnt get the international attention it deserved.
(3)
Crop circles
Among all above-mentioned Earth changes taking place in our time of human history an almost
neglected strange and ridiculed phenomenon is happening; the appearance of crop circles all
around the globe in the last two decades. To date some ten thousand crop circles have been
reported and catalogued. Many claim them to be hoaxes and indeed many of them probably are
as the infamous couple Doug & Dave misled the world in 1991 flattening the crops with their
wooden planks.
However the abundance of crop circles appearing all over the world cannot possibly be the joke
of a few hoaxers alone. Crop circles have been thoroughly investigated and the real circles
show no signs of crop damage only light burns at the stem as if bent by some unknown
energetic force. Studies have revealed changes in the electromagnetic field surrounding the
crop circles. Whoever or whatever made these crop circles is irrelevant to the importance of the
message these crop circles are conveying. Crop circles are demonstrating to us the principles of
sacred geometry!
The elegant and often fractal shapes of crop circles contain sometimes obvious sometimes
hidden geometry. Crop circles are portraying the knowledge that was partly preserved in ancient
traditions that can still be found today in the Buddhist and Hindu Mandala, the architecture of
churches and cathedrals and many art forms such as in the paintings of Leonardo Da Vinci.
Recapitulation
Our last century has been a busy one and especially in the last two decades many changes
occurred that seems to create disharmony and instability on social levels and in politics. It also
has become obvious that our climate is changing and there is mass starvation of species many
of them becoming extinct. Edgar Cayce predicted in the thirties of the previous century many of
the events that are now unfolding. He also predicted that science eventually would restore the
scientific knowledge of the legendary lost continent of Atlantis.
Now something definitely is going on on this planet and surprisingly Edgar Cayce has forecast
these events that came to be known as the prophecies of the Earth changes. The same

message is brought to us from antiquity by the Mayan prophecies concealed within the Mayan
codices and the Mayas alive today are confirming the sacred message of their ancestors.
Along with all of these Earth changes, as predicted by Cayce also a new scientific awareness is
being born. Its birthing took place in a small circle of scientists mostly outside the ring of
mainstream science. This circle of scholars is expanding rapidly; among them are professors of
famous universities in the fields of physics, biology, and neurophysiology. These scientists paint
a whole new scientific vision that is breathtaking to say the least, however there is little public
awareness of this new emerging vision since our newspapers and the late evening news hardly
cover them. Of all the scientists that ever populated this Earth, 99 percent of them now walk the
face of the Earth, no wonder there are breakthroughs!
The new vision reveals a wondrous universe in which human consciousness plays a far more
important role than ever fathomed. It also reveals that our civilization may not be the pinnacle of
evolution after all, it is becoming more and more clear that other great and highly advanced
civilizations must have preceded our current civilization. Atlantis is rising as Edgar Cayce
predicted!
Could all of these developments be pre-cursors of a burgeoning scientific revolution eventually
leading to a spiritual transformation that has been predicted in the past? In the new scientific
vision, science and spirituality are converging!
Our knowledge seems to be speeding up so fast, that if we dont change the school system, we
will be teaching our kids history only in school! Probably sometime in the future, the history
books will mark the end of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st century as the epoch
of a scientific renaissance. So lets proceed and see what it is that science has to say.
Chapter 2 The foundations of science are shaking

The way we think about almost all subjects in our society today is pretty much influenced by our
scientific understanding of the world around us.
Darwinism has had a major impact in our belief that life is mostly about the survival of the fittest.
We see this belief reflected in our capitalist system where companies struggle to be the fittest.
The struggle to survive is the motivation for companies to ever strive forwards and beat the
competition.
Our society, by definition is always lagging behind scientific understanding. It takes a long time
before old worldviews, old beliefs and old habits die. However at the turn of the century
Darwinism itself is dying. Biologists like Lynn Margulis no longer believe in the survival of selfish
genes, others are already calling Darwinism the biggest blunder of science ever.
In this chapter we will see that the fundamentals, the paradigm, the holy sacraments of science
itself; causal determinism and objective reality, can no longer be defended. Science is firmly
rooted in the belief that for every effect there is a cause. The effect is preceded by a cause that
can be determined. This concept is called causal determinism. Science rules out the possibility
of a God consciousness being a causal factor in nature! Another holy sacrament is the strict

segregation and independence of object and subject. The scientist (subject) by studying nature
does not influence nature (object) itself by his observations. This concept is called objectivity.
These very roots of science objectivity and causal determinism have affected our way of
thinking about our world immensely. Science has annihilated the possibility that
consciousness plays a role in nature altogether and has therefore driven us into a blind belief of
materialism.
Now lets delve into the history of physics and see how these very old and firm convictions of
science started to tumble to give way for a much grander vision.

Newtonian physics
Isaac Newton (1642-1727) is regarded as the founder of modern western science that prevailed
for at least 200 years until the early 20th century when Einstein finally ended the hegemony of
Newtonian physics with his general and special relativity theory.
Ren Descartes who bifurcated our world into the domains of spirit and matter later inspired
Isaac Newton. Due to Ren Descartes and Isaac Newton, the view that God was the only
causation of physical phenomenon in the outer world was finally abandoned and a science
devoid of the burden of theological dogmas was born.
The premise of Newtonian physics is causal determinism. What this means is that it is assumed
that nature can be studied and determined just like we study the working of a machine. Lets say
we want to understand how a clock ticks, the thing we need do when we want to know all there
is to know about the clock is to examine every cogwheel of the clock and finally we will
understand the working of the entire clock. This is how nature was studied in the days of
Newton and thereafter.
In Newtonian physics, the atom is regarded to be a point particle in space. If we want to
understand the inner structure of the atom, we must take it apart and study its inner parts. When
were done and discovered the last smallest sub particle, the smallest cogwheel of the clock so
to speak, we will have finally come to understand all there is to know about the atom.
Science has always followed exactly this approach. They have built huge particle accelerators
such as the one at CERN (Conseil Europen pour la Recherche nuclaire), the European
Organization for Nuclear Research in Switzerland to study matter and take it apart. In the
particle accelerator matter is bombarded with particles that are accelerated to close light speed.
After an atom is hit by an accelerated particle, it breaks like fine china, rendering debris of
smaller particles that are studied in a vapour trail chamber to reveal the inner structure of the
atom.
Science has discovered a whole bunch of particles that make up the atom, we have the
electrons, the neutrons, the protons, in turn neutrons and protons consist of quarks. The long list
of particles goes on and on, and seems limitless. Physicists are still discovering new particles in

their particle accelerators; these discoveries dont make headlines any more! They have
discovered and catalogued around three hundred subatomic particles already!
According to Newtonian physics, the outer physical world is strictly objective, meaning that
scientific experiments are not dependent of the observer performing the experiment. In this
sense science formulated a protocol under which all scientific experiments must be performed
before they are accepted. This protocol stipulates that experiments must be reproducible by
other scientists anywhere in the world.
Newtonian physics states that all phenomena in the outer physical world must have a material
cause; measurable forces or fields of energy interacting with the physical object must cause
them.
Consciousness is also believed to have a material cause. In Newtonian physics
consciousness is the epiphenomenon or secondary effect of the chemical and electrical
processes going on in the human brain. Hence it is simply a by-product of the physical brain, it
has no cause in itself.
The worldview that is sketched above by Newtonian physics is by many still the most popular
view today; it is how the majority of the modern western world views their world at large. No
wonder since Newtonian physics applies perfectly to the macrocosmic world of material objects
that we observe with our senses. It is how we expect the world to function when we wake up in
the morning and open our eyes to go about our daily lives.
Newtonian physics is the physics that most of us were taught in secondary school and it is still
valid for the macroscopic world. For instance, the orbital laws of the planets by Johannes
Kepler are still used today by NASA to calculate the orbits of their spacecrafts and are based on
pure Newtonian physics.

Relativity theory
In 1905 Albert Einstein changed the prevailing worldview of Newtonian physics for good with the
introduction of his special relativity theory, followed in 1915 by the general relativity theory.
He proved that the Newtonian laws of physics were by no means static, but that they are
relative to the observer and the observed. Depending on the difference in speed between the
observer and the object under observation, space starts to either shrink or expand and time
starts to slow down or speed up.
Strict objectivity of the physical reality that is the premise of Newtonian physics is maintained if
the relativistic effects are taken into account that play a role between the observer and the
observed.
Einstein concluded in his relativity theory that space and time cannot be seen as two separate
things any longer, but that they must be regarded as one unified thing. He called it the spacetime continuum.

Relativity theory supports the principal of locality, which means that all physical phenomena
must take place in a limited time and in a limited space. Actions at a distance take time to travel
through space as no material thing or force can exceed the speed of light.

Quantum physics
The founder of quantum physics is Max Planck. In 1900, he studied the spectral lines, the
colours of heat emitted by a blackbody. A blackbody is an object that completely absorbs all
heat radiation, reaches temperature equilibrium and next radiates the absorbed heat again.
Planck discovered that heat radiated by the blackbody was not a continuous flow of energy but
that the energy was transmitted in equal and finite bursts of energy packets with a distinct
frequency. Planck assumed that the vibration of the atoms in the black body was the source of
the radiation. The discrete lines in the energy spectrum could only be explained if the atoms
were excited into a higher energy state due to absorption of heat. Next the absorbed energy is
released again and radiates electromagnetic energy packets when the atoms return to their
ground state. These energy packets are called quanta and the energy of the packet is
proportional to the frequency of the radiation.
Plancks concept of energy quanta conflicted with the classical electromagnetic theory of
Maxwell that predicted that electromagnetic energy moved in waves that could assume any
small amount of energy and was certainly not quantified. It took years before the impact of
Plancks discoveries were finally fully accepted and grasped. Planck always expected that
someone else would come up with a better explanation for the quanta than himself, however
Einstein confirmed the quanta of electromagnetic energy radiation in experiments with the
photoelectric effect and called the light quanta photons. What Einstein proved was that light
consists actually of particles, the photons. He received a Nobel Prize for his work on the
photoelectric effect.
In 1905 Rutherford discovered the nucleus of the atom and in 1913 Niels Bohr who had been
working with Rutherford, proposed a model of the atom similar to a miniature Solar System in
which the electrons orbit the nucleus like our planets orbit the sun. The electrons like the planets
orbit the nucleus in spherical layers called the electron shells at discrete distances from the
nucleus. The electron shell was Bohrs answer to the discoveries made by Max Planck, he
conjectured that an atom could exist only in a discrete set of stable energy states. He explained
that electrons can only orbit the nucleus in a given shell but they are free to make a quantum
leap from one shell to another. When the electron jumps (quantum leap) from a higher shell to a
lower shell a photon of a distinct wavelength is emitted. The electron does not travel through the
space in between the shells, it can only leap frog from one shell to another.
Bohr explained the mystery why electrons dont crash into the nucleus by saying there is a
lowest shell that cannot be trespassed. To this day quantum physics has never been able to
explain why the electron is forced to orbit in a given shell, the answer is simply this: its the
magic of quantum physics!

Louis de Broglie in 1924 raised the question in his doctoral thesis Recherches sur la thorie
des quanta (Research on the quantum theory) whether electrons could actually be waves as
well? It was the introduction of the wave-particle duality in quantum physics. De Broglie
proposed that particles (electrons) could be observed as solid objects and in other cases
behaved like waves.
Quantum physics was able to mould this strange dualistic behaviour of matter into a consistent
mathematical model, however they were never really able to explain why an electron or photon
for instance behaves like a particle in one situation and as a wave in another. When an electron
or photon is observed as a particle it is contained in a confined space, however when observed
as a wave it is everywhere since the wave spreads out in space. Try to imagine this for yourself
its utterly impossible! They came to call this wave-particle like atomic matter wavicles indicating
their dualistic nature.
Quantum physics is the weirdest of physics that ever faced this world. It was discovered that at
the level of subatomic particles nature ceased to be deterministic. Up until this time Newtonian
physics assumed that all properties and behaviour of our physical reality could be determined,
since it was assumed that all physical reality at all levels abides to well known physical laws of
which there are no exceptions.
Quantum physics proved this assumption to be wrong for elementary particles, at the
microcosmic level. At the microcosmic level, nature starts to behave fuzzy and is by no means
deterministic anymore. Absolute certainty about the exact state and properties of a particle
cannot be determined any longer, it can only be calculated in terms of a statistical probability.
This principle has become known as the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, named after Werner
Heisenberg.
It is paramount to understand that the non-deterministic nature of subatomic particles is not due
to the lack of accuracy of measuring instruments but an inherent property of nature itself. At the
quantum level, electrons jump into higher orbits of electron shells in the atom for no apparent
reason at all. When they fall back to their ground state, a photon (electromagnetic light energy)
is released. This behaviour is noticeable in all of our electronic equipment such as an electronic
amplifier as noise. The random behaviour of nature at the quantum level shocked and puzzled
scientists since they had always believed in the Newtonian axiom that nature abides to well
predictable laws. Physicists now had to live with the uncertainty principle of quantum physics.
Einstein who couldnt believe it once said; God doesnt play dice!
What is causing these quantum fluctuations of energy at the quantum level that cannot be
predicted?
Erwin Schrdinger worked out the equation which determined either the speed
(momentum) or the exact location of an electron in an electron cloud. Because of Heisenbergs
uncertainty principle it is not possible to know both speed and location at the same time: if you
know its speed its location will be uncertain and if you know its location its speed will be
uncertain.

To solve the paradox of the dualistic nature of a wavicle, a particle that can be both a particle
and a wave, quantum physics says that the wavicle only exists in an imaginary form as a
superposition of all possibilities. As soon as an observer, in most cases the scientist in his
laboratory, measures the wavicle its quantum state collapses. The superposition of all
possibilities is said to collapse into just one physical state, one physical reality. In other words
the wavicle does not exist in the real world until the observer observes it. Before observation it
exists in a transcendental realm of possibilities. When it is being observed it freezes, or
condenses out, into just one of those possibilities.
This has become famous as the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum physics and was
proposed by Niels Bohr. The Copenhagen interpretation says that the act of
conscious observation by the observer is causing the collapse of the quantum wave, the
quantum superposition of all possibilities. Hence what quantum physics is saying is that our
physical reality is subjective, the observer plays an active role in what nature is manifesting. In
the quantum realm of subatomic particles we are co-creators of our own reality!
Einstein once said Im not sure the moon is still there when I turn my head. What he meant by
this is that quantum science assumes that our physical reality only exists when it is being
observed (particle state) and that matter returns to pure energy when no one pays attention
(wave state).
Quantum physics meant the end of the Newtonian objective and causal determinative reality
since the conscious observation of the scientist plays an active part in physical observations.
Today this knowledge is being used to develop quantum encryption technologies for information
transfer. The interception of a message can be detected by the act of observation alone since
the unauthorized reader will have to some extent changed the contents of the message.
Quantum science predicted the existence of so called non-local effects. Non-local effects are
effects that take place instantaneously between physical objects that are separated in spacetime. In this case there is no time involved between the cause and the effect. This is strictly
against Einsteins theory that nothing can exceed the speed of light in the universe. Einstein
when he first learned that quantum science predicted the existence of non-local effects called
these effects spooky action at a distance. He just didnt believe it.
In a paper released in 1935 by Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen, together they proposed the socalled Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen (EPR) correlation for quantum-entangled particles. Two
particles are entangled when the quantum states of the particles are coupled. Quantum
entangled particles react as one body, there seems to be no separation. When the quantum
state of one particle collapsed into a classical state, so does the other in exactly the same state.
In order for this to happen it requires that the communication between the two particles is
instantaneous in other words non-local. In the EPR proposal however Einstein tried to disprove
the non-locality of quantum entangled particles stating that quantum science must be
incomplete and he came up with and alternative of local hidden variables. In 1964 John Bell in
theory proved that the non-local effect of quantum-entangled particles was real after all and this
became known as Bells theorem.

So communication between the entangled particles was again assumed non-local and thus
instantaneous. If the state of one entangled particle changes, so does the other to reflect the
same state.
Engineers at IBM as of 1993 have been working on quantum teleportation using quantum
entanglement as their cornerstone. Quantum teleportation is a technique whereby matter is
dematerialized in one location and faxed in a quantum state to another place to be
reassembled locally. Although were not expecting Star Trek science fiction scenes in the near
future where Scotty is beamed up to the mother space ship U.S.S. Enterprise, the fact remains
that the phenomenon is real.
What the researchers at IBM are working on is not the actual teleportation of matter itself, but its
quantum state properties. Teleportation was long considered impossible since the
measurement, the scanning of the original would cause the collapse of the quantum state and
hence destroy the original, degrade it to a classical state. However, the IBM scientist proposed a
trick in which scanning takes place not fully in the quantum state but in a half classical, half
quantum state such that the quantum uncertainty principle is not violated.
In April 2004 the BBC News reported breakthroughs in quantum teleportation that were
achieved by researchers in Austria. These researchers successfully teleported quantum
entangled photons over a distance of 800 m across the Danube River near Vienna using fibreoptic wires. This event was the first time that quantum teleportation was demonstrated outside
of the laboratory.
Quantum teleportation is a major feature that is required in the development of a new super type
computer using quantum computing. Our current computers use binary states in memory called
bits to store data. A bit can take on the value of either one or zero. In quantum computation the
classical bits are replace by quantum bits or qubits. Qubits when in their quantum state take on
the superposition of both the one and zero value at the same time. While in the quantum state
the computation takes place. Quantum teleportation is the feature by which data (qubits) is
moved form one place in memory to the next, just like what happens in our current computers.
At the end of the computation the quantum state of the computers memory collapses into a
classical state. All qubits in memory now will have a classical bit value of either one or zero! The
advantage of quantum computers, provided they can be constructed will be that they can
achieve an almost infinite degree of parallel computing that will render them extremely efficient
and fast.
Non locality and quantum entanglement only existed in theory until Alain Aspect of the Institute
of Optics at the University of Paris in 1982 first proved the very existence of these effects is his
laboratory. He managed to produce a series of twin photons that were sent in opposite
directions. The quantum entangled twin photons travelled in their quantum state, meaning they
have an infinite number of spin directions all at the same time as a quantum possibility. When
one of the photons was intercepted and measured, the quantum state of spin of the photon
collapsed into a classical spin state that could be determined. At exactly the same time with zero
time difference, the other twin photon was measured, the photon collapsed in exactly the same
classical spin state as the first photon, no matter the distance between the two photons. The

experiment proved that a non-local communication must have taken place between the two
photons, how else was the photon to know the exact spin of its twin?
This discovery rocked the scientific community to the core. If non-local effects are real than
there must be either other hyperspace dimensions, other physical planes of existence outside
our physical world where this non-local communication is taking place, or Einsteins assumption
is wrong that no local effect in our universe can travel at a speed greater than light speed.
(1)
After Aspects discoveries, University of London physicist David Bohm came up with a
completely different explanation. What we see as two separate photons may be illusionary; the
photons may be united at a hitherto unknown level as one. He assumed that our universe could
be holographic in its nature. He explained this beautifully with an analogy. Suppose we place to
cameras near an aquarium, one in front and one at the side. Suppose we show the separate
images of the two cameras recording a swimming fish to a spectator on two separate video
screens. What our spectator may conclude after studying the images from the two screens
intensively is that although he sees two fish swimming, their moves are synchronized
(entangled) since the other fish reflects every move of the first fish. What David Bohm is
suggesting with this analogy is that at a deeper level of reality the two photons may not be
separate after all. He proposed an implicit order of the universe, a oneness at a deeper level
that is folded outwards as separate things.
(2)
The implications of quantum physics are mind boggling; it is showing us that we are co-creators
of our own physical reality at least at the microcosmic level of reality since the observer plays a
part in what is being observed. Niels Bohr, cofounder of quantum science once said, Every one
whos not shocked by quantum physics, didnt understand it.
We will provide abundant prove in this book of the fact that the effect of human
consciousness in quantum physics is not limited to the microcosmic realm, but also applies to
our macrocosmic world. Human thoughts, emotions and intention have a far greater effect on
reality than ever assumed possible.
Quantum science is still to this day a prevailing science; it can explain many physical
phenomena, except for gravity!

String theory
In an attempt to unify both Einsteins relativity theory and quantum physics, according to
mainstream physics, the Holy Grail of physics today is string theory. String theory should
deliver Einsteins unification theory that is supposed to bind the four existing force fields (strong
and weak nuclear forces, electromagnetism and gravity) into one unified theory of everything
(T.O.E). In string theory, the building block of matter is a vibrating string that can either be a
loose end or a one-dimensional closed loop. Depending on the various spins and frequencies of
the vibrating string, different subatomic particles manifest. In string theory there is only one

fundamental cause, the vibration of a string, but it is the note that is being played on the string
so to speak that accounts for the different type of particle.
The string itself is so small that it is impossible to imagine its existence! Now I want you to think
in ratios; the string is said to have the size of an atom, if presumably the atom had the size of
the Earth! This means the string is unbelievably small. If the theory ever works, its a question if
scientists will ever be able to prove the existence of these strings in their laboratories!
Non-locality in quantum science suggests that there must be higher planes of existence, other
dimensions besides our physical world since no information can travel faster than the speed of
light in our dimension. String theory predicts the existence of at least 10 or more dimensions.
Physicists all over the world now agree that this physical dimension alone cannot explain our
physical reality.
The problem with string theory is that there is more than one string theory needed to get the
model working and these string theories have become so complex that only a few of the most
brilliant scientist are able to understand it, such as professor of physics at Princeton University
Edward Witten.

Chaos theory
In the seventies of the 20th century, a new science emerged out of the blue, chaos theory!
Where quantum science reveals that at the nuclear level objectivity doesnt hold true, chaos
theory goes even one step further in disappointing Einstein who believed that God doesnt play
dice.
Chaos theory reveals that the unpredictability, the uncertainty of quantum science is also true
for what was believed to be predictable events. According to chaos theory scientists have been
fooling themselves for centuries! By ignoring small deviations in measurements, calling them
measurement errors, they had missed the point altogether! Predictable systems that could be
fully explained with Newtonian physics such as the swinging of a pendulum of a clock and the
orbits of the planets behaved in a chaotic way instead of being perfectly predictable.
The new reality revealed by chaos theory is that there is chaos, unpredictability even in the
swinging of a pendulum! Our universe does not abide to strict laws of physics at all. Physical
laws only operate within certain boundaries, giving them a degree of freedom. Chaos theory
showed that our universe by no means is deterministic; it is creative and eternally evolving.
Chaos in Greek mythology is regarded as the cosmic force that creates form from emptiness,
nothingness.
Physical laws themselves may not be predetermined but may evolve over time. In this respect a
better term for physical laws would be physical habits, the natural habits that have evolved in
billions of years to become just the way the universe works. The universe can be regarded as
an evolving system of habits. Physical laws are more or less a universal memory of how to do
things.

Chaos theory continues to explain that although events may seem totally random at first sight,
there still exists order at a deeper level! Examples of random events with chaotic order are the
irregular dripping of water drops from a tap, the crystallization of ice crystals.
Although the sequence of drops that will be falling from a water tap is completely unpredictable
even by chaos theory, there is still a deeper order, a pattern to be discerned! Ice crystals are all
similar but not identical, its impossible to predict what the ice crystals will look like when they
crystallize. However chaos theory is able to demonstrate that ice crystals have a common
hidden order.
The founder of chaos theory is Benoit B. Mandelbrot. Employed as a mathematician at IBM in
New York, Mandelbrot discovered that there is a hidden mathematical order in the seemingly
random order of price fluctuations. He studied the price of cotton, a commodity with a vast
amount of price data, dating back hundreds of years. Mandelbrot found a pattern in the price
fluctuations that was quite revolutionary to say the least. It baffled economists, who couldnt
believe that something like the price of cotton could be predicted. What Mandelbrot discovered
was what he later termed a fractal.
A fractal is a recursive geometric pattern that is repeated at different scales indefinitely. The
most famous fractal is the Mandelbrot fractal. Fractals are often used in screen saver software
of computers. They keep on repainting the screen eternally with an increasing complexity of
geometric patterns.
The order in the Mandelbrot chaotic fractal is quite simple its a formula:
z -> z + c, whereas z is a complex number and c is a constant.
The formula is recursive; each new value of z is fed into the formula again and determines the
next value. The initial value is 0. Z is a complex number that consists of a real part and an
imaginary part. The real and imaginary values of z can be plotted in an x-y diagram rendering
these amazing pictures. Different values for c will render different fractals and gives the
fractal its degree of freedom.
Fractals were found everywhere in nature, for instance in the arteries and veins in the vascular
system of the body and the bronchi of the human lungs. Plants have fractal symmetry; broccoli
is a beautiful example, but also a mountain landscape is fractal. When we zoom into an object
that is fractal, we see the pattern of the object at macro level repeated at the micro level, no
matter how much we zoom in.
Chaos theory has discovered the existence of four basic cosmic attractors, the point, cycle,
torus and strange attractor. We will not go into detail about the differences but mention that an
attractor can best be described as the force in nature that creates order out of chaos. The chaos
is drawn to the attractor creating a hidden order.
The four types of attractor work at every level of reality, creating our universe out of chaos. The
world is not totally organized by fixed physical laws as formally believed but it is self-organizing
and the fourfold type of attractors organizes it. Chaos theory also makes an end to a centuries

old physics law, the second law of thermodynamics, the law of entropy that states that all order
in the universe will eventually decay to disorder. The attractors of chaos theory prove that
negentropy (negative entropy) creating order out of chaos must exist in the universe. In fact it
seems to be the rule and not the exception!
The attractors of chaos theory completely reverse the idea of cause and effect. Causality is
based on the idea that every effect must have a cause that in time is prior to the effect. However
in chaos theory, the cause is the attractor, the unseen force in the future that draws the effects,
the current and past time events to it.
The attractor in chaos theory is a force that Greek philosopher Aristotle called entelechy, the
goal that draws the events of change to it.
(3).

Recapitulation
At the turning of the millennium it became more and more obvious that science is loosing its
very foundations of objective reality and causal determinism.
The illusion of objectivity was removed by quantum science that showed that the influence of
human consciousness plays a role in the quantum realm of subatomic matter. Quantum
scientists have always had problems with the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum science.
The idea that consciousness has a measurable effect on reality just didnt fit into the established
framework of science. Descartes and Newton founded science with the assumption that
consciousness doesnt have any effect on reality; consciousness itself was shoved aside to the
domain of religion! This has lead to a blind belief that the universe could be explained like
clockwork, a blind faith in materialism. No one ever doubted it in the 19th century. It was
believed that everything in nature could eventually be explained by science in mechanical
terms, the universe was regarded as one huge mechanical clock.
Causal determinism already damaged by quantum sciences uncertainty principle in the
quantum realm was finally tackled by chaos theory! Chaos theory simply states that all events in
nature are chaotic and unpredictable and that physical laws can only operate within confined
boundaries giving them room for creativity and spontaneity. Cause and effect are reversed with
the fractal attractor as the cause drawing the effect towards it. Chaos theory lends credit to the
idea that there must be purpose in the universe!
But how strong is really is the effect of consciousness on reality?
Is it limited to the quantum realm of subatomic particles such that it remains forever hidden from
our personal experience or does it also play out in the macroscopic world of our daily
experience as well? Lets have a look at what science has to say about consciousness in the
next chapter.

Chapter 3 Science and consciousness

On his return trip from the moon on the Apollo 14 mission, astronaut Edgar Mitchell stared out of
the window at our blue planet Earth. At that moment something profound hit him. All of a sudden
he was hurtled out of his normal consciousness and felt an intense oneness, a connectedness
with planet Earth and in fact all of the universe. Never before had he had such an experience.
His ego and the separate world outside of him merged. He could no longer discern a difference;
he himself had become the universe! His thoughts seemed to have an effect on the outer world
and the outer world seemed to have an effect on his thoughts. He was fully aware of the fact
that the separation of his ego and the universe at large does not exist. It is the experience
described in quantum scientific terms by David Bohm wherein the observer becomes the
observed!
Many people in all walks of life throughout the ages have reported such experiences; it is called
a mystical experience. In a flash of higher consciousness a higher truth is revealed that
dramatically changes the life of the person who underwent the experience. And such was the
case with Edgar Mitchell.
After his safe return to Earth, he founded in 1973 a non-profit organization the Institute of
Noetic Sciences aimed at studying the nature of human consciousness.
(1)
After Descartes had called for a divorce between science and religion, consciousness and
science were never close friends. Science simply ignored the relevance of consciousness.
Science is supposed to be an objective study of nature and holds no interest in the subjective
conscious experience of individual humans. To science, these are just two separate things.
Anyway how is science to study nature if our personal experience plays a significant role in it?
Psychic phenomenon, such as telepathy, precognition, extra sensory perception (ESP), out of
body experiences (OBE), lucid dreaming and near death experiences (NDE), that were reported
by so many people time and again, were simply dismissed into the realms of myths and
parables. Now from a scientific point of view where science is supposed to study every aspect
of our existence, that is a very unscientific approach! The sceptical attitude adopted by science
has created a taboo in our western society that still prevails today. People who underwent these
experiences often feel misunderstood and are not taken seriously. Many scientists even today
are afraid to even consider examining these phenomena, afraid of jeopardizing their careers
since some who have tried were cast out of the scientific community.
Fortunately quantum science has forced scientists to change their minds about the subject and
a more positive attitude has emerged in the last two decades. A scientific taboo seems finally
broken and thanks to people like Edgar Mitchell, consciousness has become a serious subject
for scientific scrutiny after all.
In this chapter we will provide some very interesting scientific insights in the enigma of human
consciousness.

The Quantum Brain

Maybe the most difficult question raised in science ever is called the hard problem or the
binding problem. It is the problem of how the immaterial world of our thoughts and feelings
interfaces with the material world of our body. Emotional states caused by our thoughts and
feelings (immaterial world) are immediately reflected in the physiology of our body (material
world).
For instance, when an immaterial thought pops up in your brain to raise your hand, immediately
your brain starts to produce neurotransmitter messengers that are carried along the nervous
system. Electrical impulses are sent to the muscles in your hand that will finally respond to your
initial thought.
Now how is this possible? How can something immaterial as a thought have a real noticeable
physical effect? It happens all the time in your body!
Since Descartes decided that there is a split between body and mind we are not likely to get
answers from Newtonian physics. Then how can the bridge between the immaterial world of the
mind and the material world of the body be crossed?
Maybe we can get some answers from quantum physics?
All of our outer reality that is perceived by the brain comes from the five senses, hearing, smell,
taste, touch and visual perception. According to philosopher Immanuel Kant (1724-1804) we
should make a distinction between the noumenal world, the world in itself (da Ding an sich)
and the phenomenal world, the world as we perceive it. What Kant meant is that it is impossible
to directly perceive the world; we can only perceive it through our senses. What outer reality
really is nobody knows, because we can never directly perceive it. The question may even be
raised if there is a physical reality at all? However Kant believed that physical reality, the source
of our perceptions is real. Immanuel Kant stated that what we know of the world at large is an
interpretation made by our brain. To appreciate what Kant is saying, try to count the black dots
in this picture:

Dont tell me you failed! Of course you did because there are no black dots in the picture! Your
brain imagined the black dots that you saw jumping back and forth!

The translation your brain makes from the external stimulus of the visual cortex to the picture
that you hold in your head is all from external electromagnetic wave patterns. You may never
have thought about it this way, but the colour red does not exist! The colour red like the black
dots in the picture above is only a translation, a representation that makes sense to you. The
colour red is a subjective construction of what is no more than an electromagnetic wave with a
distinct frequency, amplitude and phase. Insects with only two types of colour pigment receptors
have a completely different subjective representation of the very same colour that you call red:
since they cannot see it, they will perceive it as black. You dont even known how your fellow
humans perceive the colour red!
This is what Immanuel Kant meant when he said that we cannot possibly see the noumenal
world, the world in itself, we only see our personal version, our interpretation of a reality that is
out there. By default it is restricted since we only interpret a few percentages of the whole
spectrum of electromagnetic energy that exists.
We learned in school that our brain is a kind of super computer with loads of neurons firing at
the synapses, processing the vibratory information received from the five senses. Our thoughts
are personal and supposedly no one has access to them but us! Our memories are engraved
into grey cells that constitute the brain. Thats what the majority of people were taught in school
and still believes today.
Science has progressed quite a bit from the time of the dusty old ragged schoolbooks and now
uses quantum science to explain consciousness.
In 1920 Wilder Penfield believed that memories were stored as engrams at a specific location or
address in the brain, just as a computer stores its data in a specific memory location. Karl
Lashley on the hunt for these engrams eventually found by experimenting on rats that memories
are not stored at dedicated locations inside the brain at all. Memories seemed to be dispersed
all over the brain and each part of the brain seemed to contain the whole memory. Since
memory storage is distributed all over the brain and each part contains the whole memory, it
may explain why people with dysfunctional areas in the brain still hold on to their memories.
The part contains the whole aspect of the brains memories triggered Stanford
neurophysiologist Karl Pribram when he learned about holography in 1960. He came up with a
new explanation for memory storage and believed that the brain stores memories as a wave
interference pattern like a hologram. A hologram is three-dimensional picture that is stored on a
two dimensional photo as a wave pattern. It is constructed by splitting a coherent laser beam
into two beams using mirrors. These two beams are recorded as a wave interference pattern on
a photosensitive plate where the subject being photographed diffuses one of the beams and the
other the reference beam, is aimed straight at the photosensitive plate. When viewed in normal
daylight the hologram doesnt make sense, it contains a lot of blurry circles! However when a
laser beam is shone through the hologram, a three dimensional picture of the original subject
emerges that can be viewed from multiple angles. The three dimensional picture seems to be
floating in the air.
Now the brains memories are thought to be stored in the same manner as the hologram stores

a picture. Holographic memory storage can also explain the huge storage capacity of the brain
of the order of 10 billion bits of information in an average human lifetime. Holograms are also
very good at explaining how the brain manages to access and remember things very fast from
its huge repository of information. In a blink of an eye we recognize a face of someone we
haven't seen for many years even if the facial expression of the person has aged. Holographic
images can easily be compared and matched even when they are not a 100% identical.
Pribram showed that not only our memories but all our cognitive processes, smell, taste,
hearing and seeing may be explained by holographic principles.
Lets take visual perception as an example. The current view of science is that the picture of the
world is projected through the lens of the eye onto a canvas, the retina in the back of the skull,
and that this picture is somehow 'digitized' by the brain and its pixels stored.
Pribram proved that dedicated nerve cells in the eye respond to certain frequencies of
electromagnetic waves that hit the eye. The picture is viewed as a set of frequencies and not as
individual dots or pixels. Now how can a picture contain frequencies you may ask? Well in a
process called Fourier transformation, spatial information can be translated into a frequency
spectrum. Jean Fourier proved that any kind of waveform could be constructed from pure sine
waves. When multiple sine waves of different frequencies, phase and amplitudes are
superimposed, any kind of waveform can be constructed. The process of determining the
constituents of the wave is called spectrum analysis and is mathematically described by the
inverse Fourier transformation. The inverse Fourier transformation is used to create the original
wave from the spectrum of sine waves. Now Fourier transformations can also be applied to twodimensional spatial information. What Pribram found was that the cortex of the brain conducts a
Fourier transformation on the visual image in the eye and distributes the constituent frequencies
of the picture all over the neurons in the brain. So the picture is actually internalized and
memorized as a wave interference pattern among neurons, just like the hologram stores the
picture.
The original memory of the picture can be reconstructed from the holographic representation by
the inverse Fourier transformation creating a visual image inside our head.
The construction of an image from a spectrum of individual sine wave frequencies is the
technique used in the MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) scanner used in hospitals. The MRI
scanner also uses Fourier transformations to construct a holographic image of the scanned
body from the excited hydrogen atoms in the water molecules in the body. This MRI technique
has been developed by Walter Schempp who later contributed to the quantum brain theory
stating that memories are not actually stored within the brain itself but in the fabric of space, the
physical vacuum. The brain acts simply as a reader/writer tool to access the physical vacuum
where the holographic memory is stored as a wave pattern.
(2)
When we combine Karl Pribram's holographic theory of the brain with David Bohm's theory that
our universe as a whole is just a giant hologram, we get an interesting view of reality, called the
holographic paradigm. In the holographic paradigm, the universe is seen as just a huge
repository of electromagnetic frequencies encoding multiple levels of reality.

The brain, using Fourier analyses, decodes one channel out of a blur of electromagnetic
frequencies in the universe and from this constructs our inner representation of reality. Our brain
is limited to receiving only a limited range of frequencies from the outside world and hence
receives a limited scope of reality. We could say that the brain tunes into one reality much like a
radio only tunes into one station.
We think we move through a solid world of images that are perceived by the brain but the
fundamental truth could be that we simply decode just one reality out of many parallel worlds.
The holographic paradigm solves many mysteries involving paranormal phenomena since
individual brains are just a part of the whole, the universal brain. All brains in the holographic
paradigm are infinitely connected and paranormal information (telepathy) can easily flow from
one brain to another.
Stuart Hameroff and Roger Penrose contributed to the quantum brain theory by presenting a
model of the brain based on quantum computing. They believe that our brain processes
information from the neurons not only in classical states but may be using quantum states as
well. Quantum states within the brain were long believed to be absolutely impossible since the
brain was too big, too wet and too hot to sustain quantum states that were hitherto only
observed in the laboratory in isolated and controlled situations at the subatomic scale. However
Hameroff now believes he has found the building block, the qubit for quantum computing in the
brain. He identified a tiny tube called a microtubule that comprises the cytoskeleton of the cell.
The cytoskeleton is the skeleton that gives the cell its structure; its the scaffolding of the cell.
Besides giving structure to the cell, the microtubule is also a transportation pipe for all sorts of
chemical compounds used by the cell. Hameroff points out that the cytoskeleton may also have
a neural function and that they may even be more advanced than neurons themselves. The
neural function of the cytoskeleton may explain why a single cell organism can perform
intelligent tasks. Although the single cell organism does not have a neural network, no neurons
and no brain, it has some primitive form of consciousness since it can perform intelligent tasks
such as swimming, eating and mating!
Now for humans, we have a brain consisting of neurons that are interconnected by dendrites
and synapses that make up the central nervous system. Inside the neuron cell we find a
cytoskeleton built form microtubules. The microtubule itself is constructed from tubulins,
hexagonal structured proteins. It is the tubulin within the microtubule of the neuron that
Hameroff has identified as the qubit of the brain.
The classical interpretation of neurobiology has been that concentrations of various ions carry
impulses to and from the central nervous system and are responsible for all the information
processed by the nervous system as a whole.
Hameroff however noticed that the microtubule contains highly coherent light (laser like light)
and that this light might play an important role in the information processing by the brain. Fritz
Popp had already discovered the emission of bio photons by the human body. Popp found that
weak emissions of bio photons could be detected emerging from not only the human body but

from all biological life forms and suspected that the source of these bio photon emissions is
related to DNA.
Hameroff found coherent bio photons inside the microtubule in their quantum state. In other
words the bio photons were coherent and quantum entangled. The microtubule is filled with
water molecules that are highly coherently ordered, and Hameroff believes that this ordered
water plays a significant role in the conductance of the bio photons through the microtubule.
When the bio photons pass through the microtubule they are sent to the synapses of the neuron
and then move over to the next neuron. In this way the microtubules acts as a wiring system for
the coherent light in the brain and in fact all of the rest of the body. This network of microtubules
is referred to as the Internet of the human body connecting not only the nerve cells but also
every other cell in the body. It allows for quantum information exchange between the brain and
the rest of the body. The implication is that consciousness is not restricted to the brain itself but
that all cells of the body share in the same conscious awareness.
This may explain the holistic nature of consciousness whereby our thoughts and feelings act in
unity in the body. Think what happens when youre infatuated and the person you are in love
with suddenly jumps out in front of you. All of your body and brain will respond instantaneously
and in unity! Your eyes get wider, your heart starts to pump faster, you breathe faster, your
adrenalin level goes up and you feel butterflies in your belly while your knees start to shake, all
of this in unison. The unified response of the body in a single moment is sent over the bodys
neural Internet through the microtubule wiring as a coherent wave of light connecting all the
cells in the body.
Hameroffs companion, mathematician Roger Penrose developed a new alternative for the
Copenhagen interpretation of quantum physics, the collapse of the quantum wave by conscious
observation. Penrose proposes an objective reduction (reduction is a synonym for the collapse
of the quantum wave). Objective reduction (OR) calls for the collapse of the quantum wave
without human conscious observation but just happens when a certain threshold of what he
calls quantum gravity is reached.
The quantum computation that goes around in the brain uses a feedback mechanism from the
organisms sensory input and thats why the collapse of the quantum state maintained in the
microtubule is called an Orchestrated Objective Reduction (Orch OR). The classical state of the
sensory input, orchestrates, manages the quantum computation by means of the feedback loop.
Now Hameroffs quantum brain model makes a point of mentioning that consciousness, our
thoughts and feelings are a result of the objective reduction (OR) of a superposition of all
possible thoughts and feelings taking place in the qubits inside the microtubules inside the
neurons of the brain. In other words our personal thoughts are just a collapse of universal
thoughts.
The quantum brain model states that the universe itself has fundamental proto
consciousness properties!

It is this proto consciousness, or universal consciousness (thoughts of all thoughts) that

collapses into our individual consciousness in the qubits of the brain. This happens at an
average rate of 40 collapses per second corresponding to the 40 Hz brainwave frequency. Our
awareness of internal thoughts and feelings are constructed like the movie frames in a motion
picture at the speed of 40 frames per second from a universal consciousness.
Hameroff and Penrose point out that their Orchestrated Objective Reduction (Orch OR) model
for quantum processing in the mind is consistent with the spiritual teachings of Buddhism,
Hinduism and Kabbalah that all teach the existence of a universal mind.
Now what we have here is a model of the brain that states that consciousness is not the
epiphenomenon, the result of brain activity, but that the brain must be regarded as a big
antenna or receiver of a universal consciousness that is everywhere in the universe!
Now the quantum brain theory has many opponents and is still in its infancy, but it has already
drawn a lot of attention and may one day be widely accepted as exactly the way the brain
works.
(3)

Human intention
Dr. William Tiller is a professor emeritus of Stanford University and cofounder of the Institute of
Noetic Sciences and the Academy of Parapsychology and Medicine.
For the majority of his career he had been a professor in the department of Materials Science
and Engineering at Stanford University and his many subjects were metallurgy, crystal growths,
semiconductor materials etc. However in the sixties he started out a whole new career in a
subject that had always interested him, the study of the paranormal and unexplained areas of
human consciousness. His research was aimed at bridging the gap between science and
spirituality. Therefore he adopted strict scientific protocols in his research such that he could
seriously attract the attention of other scholars.
He became interested in studying subtle energies, energies such as Reiki energy used in
human healing by spiritually inclined people that can currently not be explained by our scientific
understanding.
Dr. Tiller developed an ultra-sensitive kind of Geiger counter device to measure the subtle
energies emitted by the hands of the Reiki masters and demonstrated the existence of an
energy field that is not in the electromagnetic spectrum. This experiment was a positive stimulus
for the Reiki community, they now had a scientific confirmation that the Reiki energy fields were
real and that they could be measured. In his research, professor Tiller noticed that the healing
intention sent to the hands by the Reiki practitioners had a crucial effect on the energy output
measured. From these experiments he concluded that the human intentions via our thoughts
and feelings have a measurable effect on physical reality.

He also tested Qi Gong Masters and found that their hands had a healing magnetism equivalent
of a 20,000 gauss magnet. Their palms emitted a beam of infrared radiation (1 to 4.5 microns in
wavelength) that had healing benefits.
Tiller conducted a series of experiments to study the possible effect of human intention using
strict scientific protocols. He built a dedicated device called an Intention Imprinted Electrical
Device (IIED) that radiated a very weak electromagnetic energy of less than a millionth of a
watt. He asked four trained humans who went into a deep state of meditation to imprint the
intention of the upcoming experiment onto the IIED.
Next the double-blind experiment itself was conducted with two identical IIED devices, one was
imprinted via the meditative process and the other was left untouched. The IIED devices that
were imprinted were placed in separate rooms in front of the subjects.
The following changes (statistical random change p < 0,001) were observed:

The acidity (PH) of water could be intentionally raised or lowered by one PH unit.

The activity of a human liver enzyme could be increased by 15 to 30 %

The larval growth rate of a fly could be increased by 25 %.

The results measured were highly significant, the possibility of occurrence by chance were less
than one in 1000. With these experiments William Tiller had proved once and for all that our
human intentions have a real measurable effect on physical reality. After continuous testing for 3
to 4 months, he noticed that the intentioned effects of the experiment continued even when the
IIED device was removed from the room. Somehow the room of the laboratory in which the
experiments were conducted had become conditioned. The IIED device was no longer needed
to have the same effect.
William Tillers experiments may be an indirect indication that our prayers have a real effect and
are answered. Tiller thinks that places where people gather with their positive intentions to pray
for better times, may get permanently conditioned and become sacred places, after years and
years being imprinted with the same intention.
He explains the effect that he measured by stating that the state of the physical vacuum in the
room where the experiment was conducted had somehow changed. In its normal state the
physical vacuum of the room is energetic, chaotic and random. However by imposing our
intentions the energetic order in the physical vacuum can be significantly and permanently
changed. (For more information on the physical vacuum and the energy contained within it, see
the next chapter)
(4)

Hado effect

Japanese researcher Dr Masaru Emoto, chief of the Hado institute in Tokyo, demonstrates
probably the most convincing and startling effects that human consciousness can have on
physical reality.
Dr Emoto has discovered an effect on water that was given the name the Hado effect. He
describes it as follows, quote: Hado is the intrinsic vibration pattern at the atomic level in all
matter, the smallest unit of energy. Its basis is the energy of human consciousness.
He wrote a book that was issued in 1999 called The Message from Water that has sold millions
of copies already around the globe and has been translated in many languages. Hes lecturing
and holding seminars around the world and also conducts live experiments where he
demonstrates the Hado effect of water. The word Hado is now a buzzword in Japan. People
use it to express the vibrations of a place or person, this place has no Hado or He is low on
Hado today!
And all this upheaval is about crystallized frozen water? What is it that he has discovered?
Dr. Masaru Emoto has performed a series of experiments in which he proves that our thoughts
and feelings affect our physical reality. Water was his subject of study and he started out
studying the shape of water ice crystals. He used all sorts of water from all different places all
over the world and studied how they would form ice crystals. He noticed that water from heavily
polluted rivers doesnt crystallize at all and that clean mineral spring water produces beautiful
ice crystals when frozen.
So far so good, it is a result that may be expected. However to his amazement he discovered
that the crystallization of the water molecules was somehow related to his mood. He started
experiments in which he used clean tap water and sent all kinds of human emotional thoughts
and feelings to the water samples before freezing them. To his astonishment the water reacted
to his intentions. When negative thoughts and feelings were used, no beautiful ice crystals were
formed, they were either chaotic in form or did not crystallize at all. However when he sent
loving thoughts and feelings to the water before freezing it, the most beautiful and regular highly
organized crystals formed. In following experiments he put stickers on the bottles of water and
labelled them with words like Love, God and Hate and Devil and again the ice crystals
reflected the intention of the words put onto them.
Next he experimented with all kinds of music to test the effect. Music is a natural expressing of
vibrations and it was no longer a surprise that the vibrations of lovely classical music versus
aggressive angry hard rock music were also reflected in the ice crystals.
Dr. Emotos Hado theory postulates that, since all phenomena are at heart resonating energy,
by changing the vibration we can change the substance. So when we want to change the
internal vibration of lets say polluted water, we can use our positive intention to clean this
water!
And thats exactly what Dr. Emoto and his followers are now doing. All over the world
Hado cleansing rituals are held to clean our rivers, seas and oceans. The first time he

demonstrated the effect of Hado in public, he gathered a crowd of 350 people around Japans
most polluted lake, Lake Biwa on the 25th of July 1999. The foul water smelled horrendous
caused by the algae Kokanada that yearly covered the lake! In the gathering organized by Dr.
Emoto a large crowd of people projected their positive intentions like a laser beam onto the
polluted waters.
Water samples of the lakes water were taken before and after the ceremony and a dramatic
improvement of the structure of the water crystals was detected. A month after the ceremony, a
newspaper article appeared in the influential Kyoto Shinburn newspaper. The article stated that
this year the spread of the water algae had improved and that the foul stench had disappeared.
(5)

Meditation and prayer

Maharishi Mahesh Yogi teaches transcendental meditation (TM), a form of meditation that
brings the spiritual seeker into higher states of consciousness. His present residence is situated
in the woods of Vlodrop in the Netherlands. He has selected this place because according to the
Maharishi, this place has positive vibrations. The followers of Maharishi count an increasing
number of scientifically educated people. These people have come to realise that the
meditations of the Maharishi have a positive effect on world peace. Science has driven them to
compare notes with eastern spiritual teachings and given them a new conviction.
Transcendental Meditation (TM) has become very popular all over the world especially since the
Beatles visited the Maharishi in the sixties. Scores of business managers are using TM as a
stress-relief therapy.
Extensive research conducted on the effect of TM showed that when practiced by a large group
of people they could substantially drop the crime rate in a large city. When the group
discontinued their TM, the crime rate went up again to the average level. This effect has
become known as the Maharishi effect and multiple studies have proven that this effect exists.
Many people pray for their loved-ones when they are seriously ill. They hope that a divine force
will hear and respect their request and cure the patient. Others pray by using their inner powers
and believe that they can heal at a distance using their sheer intention to help the patient. Three
medical researches at the University of Texas Health Science Center in San Antonio published
their results of a scientific investigation about the role belief plays in prayer in the summer of
2004.
A group of 86 people, were, without their prior knowledge of the double blind experiment, were
assigned to either a prayer treatment or to a control group. The volunteers that prayed only
knew the names and health concerns of the people that were assigned to them. Eight
volunteers from a local prayer group prayed twice a day for a period of at least 3 minutes.
After a month, the results were compiled for publication. Here is a summary:

Pain scores were significantly lower in the prayed for group than in the control group.

Patients with the most intense belief in prayer had the best physical improvements in
comparison with the control group.

Patients with a lower belief in the power of prayer had a significantly worse physical
improvement.

Now their research showed two things:

Prayer has a real measurable effect on the patient being prayed for.

The patients faith that treatment by prayer can be established has a measurable effect
on the effect of the prayer itself.

(6)
The healing power of the mind
If anyone in the last decades has had a major impact in the holistic medicine it must be Dr
Deepak Chopra. Born and raised in India, he had his medical education in the Unites States. It
was after a personal meeting with the Maharishi Mahesh Yogi that he was persuaded to study
the 4000-year-old traditional Indian Ayurveda. Ayurveda is Sanskrit for the the science of life.
After his meeting with the Maharishi he went to take the train where he met a friend who handed
him a book about Ayurveda. One and one makes two and Deepak knew there was a message
here. After reading the book, he became convinced that there was more to Ayurveda than
commonly believed in the West. Dr Chopra had become frustrated in his medical career
because he could do so little for his cancer patients. A patient of Deepaks diagnosed with lung
cancer got medical advice to quit smoking and the man replied: Thank you doctor, my mother in
law can give me that advice, but she doesnt charge me 50 bucks!
In his book Quantum Healing, exploring the frontiers of mind/body medicine, Doctor Chopra
explains the relation between quantum physics and Ayurveda. Ayurveda teaches that all is spirit
and that also the body is created by the mind. In this respect the mind must have all the power
to heal the body. Notice that there is no hard problem to be solved in Ayurveda, there simply is
no bridge to cross between the immaterial and the material world since there is no duality in
mind and body.
According to Deepak Chopra our deepest thoughts and feelings play a significant role in the
healing of a patient. This has been seriously underestimated in western medical practices. The
body is constantly recycling every atom in every cell. In a years time the body is completely
renewed and every atom in every cell has been replaced. Then what exactly is it that keeps that
tumour in its place if the whole body is rebuilt every year? Deepak explains that the blueprint for
the physical body is the subtler quantum body. Diseases appear in this quantum body before
they manifest in the physical body. As long as the disease is not removed from the quantum
body, the blueprint, the body will continuously reconstruct the body along with the tumour.

According to Deepak the mind has the capability to produce every drug that Hoffman La Roche
sells only at no expense, in the purest form and in the perfect dose.
The ability of the mind to heal the body may explain the well know placebo effect, the effect
whereby a patients is cured by his own suggestion since he has been administered only a
dummy. The ability of the mind to heal the body could also be at cause in the miraculous
spontaneous remissions of cancer that have been reported so often in the medical files but for
which there is no medical explanation. The nocebo effect is the opposite effect of the placebo
effect; it is the negative effect that the doctors diagnoses have on the cure of their patient.
Therefore the doctor-patient relation is of a crucial importance in the healing process. It is a
western ethical code that the patient has the right to know his medical condition in all cases,
however the drawback is that when a doctor straightforwardly gives a patient the diagnosis you
have an incurable cancer sir, he has actually given his patient the death sentence. The
diagnosis incurable kills the patients last hope for a cure and along with it his mental abilities to
heal himself, besides that he will probably have a mental shock as well.
(7)

Collective consciousness
Does something like a collective conscious, a consciousness shared by all humans on Earth
exist? Psychologist Carl Jung speculated that we all share a common sub-conscious. But could
such be proven by science?
At the prestigious Princeton Anomalies Research Institute (PEAR) they are convinced that a
collective consciousness does exist, in fact they are monitoring it all over the world right now
while you read these words! At Princeton for some time now, Professor Robert Jahn and his
colleagues have been conducting a series of laboratory experiments trying to prove or disprove
the existence of psychokineses (PK for short), the ability of thought to affect inanimate objects.
PK has become popular after public appearances of spoon bender Uri Geller. At Princeton they
took PK very serious and wanted to test whether or not the phenomenon exists.
They used RNG machines to do this. A RNG is a random noise generator, a device that
generates according to the uncertainty principle of quantum mechanics a totally random noise.
This noise is translated into a binary state, a 1 or 0. Now since the noise is random we expect a
50-50-chance occurrence of both ones and zeroes produced by the RNG device. Participants in
the experiments conducted at the PEAR institute were asked to mentally influence the outcome
of the RNG number generations. The participants were ordinary people and had no prior known
psychic abilities whatsoever. However at the PEAR institute it was proven time and again, that
mental abilities of mind over matter exist since the 50-50 change RNG outcomes could be
substantially altered.

They conducted tests for more than a decade, tested hundreds of subjects in thousands of trials
when they finally concluded that PK was real. They even concluded that PK abilities are
common to everyone to some extent. Their subjects did not have any prior known paranormal
abilities. At Princeton they have become so convinced that PK is real that they are now
searching for a theoretical explanation. Dr. Jahns quote from the Sunday Telegraph 16th
November 1997:
"We don't see much point in continuing the collection of yet more data," he said. "We're setting
up experiments to get a better comprehension of these phenomena."
If youre interested and want to test your psychic abilities on-line on the Internet yourself heres
the Internet address: www.parapsych.org/online_psi_experiments.html
At some odd 30 universities all over the world RNG devices have been installed and are
connected over the Internet. The next thing PEAR wanted to test with the RNG devices was
whether a human collective consciousness exists. The project was called the Global
Consciousness Project and the RNG machines were used to send their results over the Internet
to a central computer at Princeton.
This research proved that the RNG devices could register shocking global events that moved
the masses collectively. A few of these events are the funeral of Princess Diana, the verdict in
the OJ Simpson case and more recently the 911 attacks in New York.
All of these events showed measurable and significant deviations from the expected 50-50chance distribution. In case of the 911 attacks on the twin towers, the RNG devices even
registered deviations before the actual attack!

RNG registration on the day the twin towers came down

(Picture courtesy of Roger Nelson of the Global Consciousness Project)
(8)
Psi experiments
Russel Targ and Harold Puthoff in the seventies conducted a number of experiments to find out
if telepathic transmission of metal images between individuals is possible. They used a sender
and a receiver and put them in electro-magnetically sealed chambers. The sender was
submitted to a light that flashed at regular intervals. Both the sender and the receiver were
attached to devices that registered their brainwaves, their electroencephalogram (EEG). The
flashing of the light was reflected in the electroencephalogram of the sender, as was expected.
Next the receiver was asked to receive the images of the sender. After a while the receiver
started to pick up the light flashes that were admitted to the sender. The same patterns showed
up in the receivers EEG, although he was in a separate and electro-magnetically shielded
room.
Russel Targ and Harold Puthoff reproduced the earlier tests of Jacobo Grinberg-Zylberbaum of
the National University of Mexico. He performed more than fifty experiments over five years.
Jacobo Grinbert-Zylberbaum placed his participants in shielded Faraday cages. Prior to any
tests, the participants were asked to meditate for twenty minutes. After this period they were

placed in the Faraday cages and also connected to EEG measuring equipment. The sender
was subjected to a series of at least a hundred stimuli ranging from intense light flashes to hard
sounds and electric shocks applied to the index and ring finger.
Grinberg-Zylberbaum proved that in 25 percent of the cases the stimuli admitted to the sender
were transferred to the receiver and showed up in the latters EEG as a potential that was
coherent with the potential in the senders EEG. Similar results could be replicated with the
same participants in later experiments. When the same test was conducted with an infatuated
couple, the brainwaves in the EEG of both lovers showed a remarkable coherence even when
no stimuli were admitted. The couple themselves said they had a strong feeling of
connectedness and oneness.
These experiments proved that feelings of connectedness have a physical representation in the
separate brains of separate individuals. If we can really connect to another person such that our
own brainwaves show up in the other persons brainwaves, we may start to ask questions about
our own individuality, our own separate ego. Where does it start and where does it end?
These experiments seem to underpin Hameroffs quantum brain theory of proto
consciousness that is received instead of being produced by the brain. The question hence is
do we have a separate ego or is it some kind of an illusion?
( 9)
Working for the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) of the U.S.A, Russel Targ and Harold Puthoff
later conducted a great number of psi experiments in intelligence area that was coined remote
viewing. The objective of remote viewing is to spy on enemies. Targ and Puthoff impressed the
DIA with the results they obtained with the famous psychic Ingo Swann. It is a public secret that
the intelligence departments of the U.S.A and Russia have been using remote viewing
techniques for some decades now however just recently seventy three thousand pages of
secret documents about extrasensory spying has been declassified by the United States. The
CIA now states openly that they have been using remote viewing as a means of espionage.
(10)

Morphic fields
The Japanese monkey Macaca fuscata, living on the island of Koshima off the Japanese coast
had been a subject of study for at least 30 years.
In 1952 researchers fed the monkeys sweet potatoes that they dropped in the sand. The
potatoes were dirty and although the monkeys liked the sweetness of the potatoes, they
obviously disliked the dirt. A young baby monkey found the solution and washed the potatoes in
a nearby stream and handed them to her mother. Once she had taught this trick to her mother,
gradually more and more monkeys mastered this trick.
Between 1952 and 1958 a critical group of monkeys - estimated to be a hundred had learned
the trick of washing the potatoes. Monkeys are slow learners, arent they?

However, after the supposed hundredth monkey learned to wash his potatoes, all of a sudden
the whole tribe on the island mastered this trick. Even more surprising, colonies of monkeys on
other islands and on the mainland also suddenly began to wash their sweet potatoes.
For some unexplained reason, the ability was transmitted to other monkeys in remote locations.
Although the exact count - the critical mass - that was needed for this phenomenon to happen is
uncertain, it has become famous as the Hundredth Monkey Phenomenon.
Studies were conducted to see if the effect is applicable to humans and they revealed that
humans also share knowledge unconsciously as if we share a common database. When certain
puzzles were taught to single members of a group, the puzzles could be solved significantly
more easily and quickly when the hundredth monkey of the group had learned the trick.
According to cutting-edge-out-of-the-established-framework-reasoning biologist Rupert
Sheldrake, our consciousness is connected to unseen collective fields that he calls morphic
fields. Every member of a group contributes to the collective morphic field and the total
awareness of this morphic field is accessible to each individual of the group. There are
countless morphic fields, at least one for every species.
Sheldrake also believes that morphic fields contain the information for the building plan of a
living organism. Although it is commonly believed that DNA contains all the information required
to build an organism, this is certainly not true. The DNA contains only the information for the
construction of the materials that are required to build the organism; it does not contain the
assembly plan itself! In the first stage of the embryo all cells are 100% identical and
differentiation takes places after the fifth cell division (32 cells). But where does this information
about what cell is to differentiate into what - what part of the embryo is to become a head cell
and what a tail cell - come from? The information cannot possibly come from the DNA itself,
since the cells cant discriminate among themselves - so what is orchestrating the embryo
growth? Rupert Sheldrake thinks that this information is stored in an external morphic field.
It may also be the explanation of the rather strange phenomenon of gene recovery discovered
in fruit flies. Biologists had removed the genes that were responsible for eyesight from the
DNA of a colony. The flies all went blind. However, miraculously after a few generations, the
genes were restored in the DNA and the flies could see again! It is now believed that the
information of the missing genes was recovered from the morphic field of the DNA of the fruit fly.
.
Consciousness the ground of all being
Professor of Physics at the University of Oregon, Amit Goswami, author of The Self Aware
Universe, Quantum creativity, Physics of the Soul and The Visionary Window, is the founder
of a whole new brand of science called science within consciousness. Goswami believes the
paradoxes imposed by quantum science can only be solved if an opposite view is adopted
about consciousness. In the current worldview consciousness is regarded the side effect or the
epiphenomenon of brain activity. Consciousness is simply the result of the chemical dance of
molecules and electrical fields of energy in the brain. This causal deterministic view of

consciousness is called upward causation and claims that our free will is illusionary. All human
behaviour is simply determined by our chromosomal makeup and the sum of mechanical,
electrical and chemical processes that happen in the body. Following this concept, humans are
just complex machines without free will. Amit Goswami however believes in a downward
causation for consciousness and that consciousness is the ground of all being. He has a very
simple reasoning: how can consciousness be the result of the physical world, if the physical
world by grace of the collapse of the quantum wave requires consciousness observation?
Consciousness cannot be both its own cause and its own result at the same time! The chicken
and egg problem is solved if consciousness is seen as primordial.
Amit Goswamis religious Hindu background taught him that the mind of Brahman is the only
cause for the universe, however from his scientific sceptic background he refused to believe it.
Finally he gave in and accepted that his religion had been telling the truth all along.
He is trying to teach that our material realism, the belief that our material world is the only reality
there is, is false and that the ground of all being is consciousness.
(11)

Recapitulation
In this chapter we have seen that consciousness has a far greater impact in our daily
experience of the world than ever believed before. The impact of consciousness is not restricted
to the quantum realm of quantum physics alone, it also plays a significant role in the world at
large that we live in.
The centuries old idea of a strict separation between body and mind suggested by Ren
Descartes is false. Our thoughts and feelings are not limited to our bodily internal experiences of
reality but have a measurable and provable effect on the outer world. Science can no longer
claim that consciousness is solely the domain of spirituality and that there is a strict borderline
that should not be crossed.
It has brought quantum physicist Amit Goswami to believe that we have held the world upside
down. Its not that consciousness is an effect of the materialistic world; no its the very cause of
it. But if this is true, if consciousness creates the physical world, what does it create it from?
At least consciousness should involve some form of energy, a spiritual energy for that matter
that is required to create anything at all. If the quantum brain theory is right that consciousness
is everywhere in the universe and not restricted to the brain, then this energy should be found
anywhere in the universe as well. In the next chapter we will see what quantum scientists have
discovered about the empty space in the universe, the space between planets and stars, but
also the space between the electrons and the nucleus in the atom.
It doesnt seem to be empty at all but seems to contain an abundant amount of energy!

Note :

Noetic Science plays a major role in the latest novel by Dan Brown called 'The Lost Symbol'.
The book predicts that a major shift in consciousness will take place around the year 2012 due
to this science alone.

Chapter 4 The zero point field

The invisible field

Quantum science in the 20th century revealed the presence of an all-pervasive background sea
of quantum energy in the universe. Cambridge Universitys Dr. Harold Puthoff was one of the
first to measure this energy of the universe. This energy was measured at zero degrees Kelvin,
the absolute lowest possible temperature in the universe equal to minus 273 degrees Celsius.
At this temperature according to Newtonian physics all molecular and atom movement should
have ceased and no energy should be measured at all! Instead of finding no energy, as was
expected, he found what he called a seething cauldron of energy and henceforth it was given
the name zero point energy (ZPE). Harold Puthoff proved that the physical vacuum is not
devoid of energy at all and that instead of being a vacuum, space it is actually a plenum.
(1)
In quantum electrodynamics the background sea of quantum energy is now used to explain the
uncertainty principle that was discovered by quantum physics, the unpredictable behaviour of
subatomic particles. The jiggling of subatomic particles is believed to be caused by the zero
point field. Randomly virtual photons jump back and forth between the zero point field and our
physical world. They collide with and are absorbed by subatomic particles that will be excited
into a higher energy state. After nanoseconds the energy is released again by means of another
virtual photon that returns to the zero point field. The photon is called a virtual photon since it
comes and goes from the zero point field and is not here to stay in the material world. It is only
used in the energy exchange between the zero point field and the material world.
Not only photons but also all sorts of elementary particles come into our physical reality from
nowhere at all. They seem to come from the zero point field, make their appearance in our
physical reality for only thousandths or millionths of a second to disappear once again into the
void. These forms of mystical particles were called virtual particles since they were not stable
enough to stay around in our reality. The zero point field is a quantum foam of virtual particles
and photons. Our universe is never at rest not even in empty space!
Even in a pitch-dark room where absolutely no light from the outside world can penetrate,
scientists can still measure the presence of virtual photons.
The existence of the zero point field has been known in the quantum science community for a
long time, but most scientists simply ignored its relevance.
They simply nullified the effect of the zero point field energy in their scientific calculations since
it only bothered them. As a result they eliminated the effect of the zero point field because they
believed the effect was insignificant!
However a small but growing number of scientists now take the zero point field very seriously,
among them are many professors of note and they are now taking on a radically different view
of our reality. Their scientific discoveries and theories are controversial in the eyes of the
established science community who are holding on to the old paradigm that our world can and

eventually will be fully explained by a mechanical model of the universe.

The zero point field is becoming popular to a larger public thanks to scientific journalist Lynn
McTaggert who wrote the book The Field. She created greater awareness of the zero point
field that may otherwise not have been disclosed to the public at large. I strongly recommend
this book to anyone interested in new zero point discoveries and the astonishing role human
consciousness plays in this field. For paranormal and psychic phenomenon, there is now a
scientific basis for study.
(2)
One of the first magazines covering the zero point field at length is Ode which appears in the
US and the Netherlands. The article about the zero point field appeared in the November 2003
issue, no 61.
(3)

A sea of energy
Princeton Universitys John Wheeler and Richard Feynman valued the zero point energy for the
first time. They calculated that a cup of zero point energy is enough to bring all the oceans of
the world to boiling point. The equivalent in matter of the zero point energy using Einsteins
famous equation of E= m * c is 10 gram/cm! This is more matter per cubic centimetre than
the total mass of the entire universe!
Contrary to what we have always believed matter is not a condensed substance but a diffuse
form of energy.
(4)
Now how is this possible, we seem to live in a huge sea of energy and we dont even notice it?
Were like fish submerged in water but never ever aware of the fact that there is water all around
them.
Haisch and Rueda contributed to the zero point field using Hal Puthoffs work, by proving
Newtons famous law of inertia which states that inertia is the product of mass and acceleration,
F= m * a. This old law that Newton took as an assumption, an axiom in his Principia, the holy
bible of classical physics, could never be proven in the last three hundred years! But by taking
account of the zero point field, Rueda and Haisch proved that inertia is simply the resistance,
the drag that objects experience when accelerated in the zero point field.
(5)

Sonoluminescense

There exists a very weird phenomenon in nature that is called sonoluminescense; it is the
transformation of sound waves into light energy! It is well known experiment in mainstream
physics.
In the experiment a small spherical glass, filled with water is resonated by harmonious sound
waves of 20 KHertz originating from sound speakers. Next a very tiny air bubble is blown into
the center of the spherical glass flask. When the air bubble is exactly centered in the flask it
starts to rhythmically implode and emit light. The light is emitted in ultra short light flashes
representing trillion-fold concentrations of the original sound energy. Temperatures within the
center of the bubble reach an astronomical height of 30.000 degrees Celsius and the pressure
is immense.
Mainstream physics is still having problems with this experiment and are speculating about cold
fusion, others think that there is no other explanation than that the abundant light energy comes
from the zero point field! The sonoluminescense effect has stimulated the imagination of
Hollywood filmmakers, and they featured a whole film about this phenomenon, the film is called
Chain Reaction.
Further investigations about this natural phenomenon may lead into what is called sonofusion, a
kind of cold fusion that physics has been seeking for so long.

Sonoluminescense experiment

Harvesting the energy

Since the word on zero point energy was out in the world, a new breed of gold diggers has been
born. Many inventors are on the hunt for this zero point energy since it is free energy. The story
goes that even Michael Faraday and Nikola Tesla discovered the application of free

energy. Once you know how to delve it you can tap it from the vacuum in an abundance that is
inexhaustible. Imagine this, your TV set having no power cable since it is running just on energy
it receives from the vacuum? Can you imagine that, do you know what this means? Bye bye to
oil, maybe now you get the picture. In a world that is heavily dependant on oil, many people in
power today will not be pleased since they will lose all their power and wealth.
It is for this reason and the possible military applications that these inventions have been
suppressed globally in the last few decades. The United States of America prohibits pending
patents to be exported outside the USA if they are believed to have dangerous military
applications. However retired army lieutenant Tom Bearden has patented an over unity free
energy device called the Motionless Electromagnetic Generator, the MEG. Over unity in this
respect means that more energy is coming out of the device than what is going into it. Bearden
claims that it produces a 100 times more energy output than the energy that is put into it to keep
it running. His MEG device is not in conflict with the laws of energy conservation, the second
law of thermodynamics, since it simply taps the energy from the vacuum. Jean Louis
Naudin who replicated Beardens MEG device now corroborates his claim that the MEG is an
over-unity device.
Bearden has redone 19th century James Clerk Maxwells work, the founder of the classical
electrodynamics theory. He says the interpretation of the original work of Maxwell is seriously
flawed and has been misinterpreted and simplified by Lorentz and Heaviside for better
understanding. Bearden discovered that the original quaternion equations of Maxwell were
overlooked and, as a result, so was the possibility of tapping free energy from the vacuum.
Bearden is in good company about this statement since it was Max Planck the founder of
quantum physics who had always suggested that the validity of Maxwells equation should be
re-established.
In lay terms Beardens MEG devices is basically a charged dipole, consisting of two charged
plates. He explains that the physical vacuum creates a virtual photon flux of electromagnetic
energy that sustains the electrical dipole potential. The dipole potential is actually the
equilibrium between the discharge and replenishment by virtual photons from the vacuum.
Hence, the static electric field is not static at all; it only appears to be so, much like a waterfall,
which from a distance looks like one static wall of water, but when studied at close range proves
to be a constant flow of water. The secret of the Meg device is not to discharge the charge of
the dipole in the same circuit of the dipole but in another separate electrical circuit. After this the
vacuum will automatically replenish the discharged dipole to seek equilibrium. The charge that
flows in the other circuit is said to deliver real electrical power.
In this way zero point energy is extracted from the vacuum and discharged in an electrical
circuit. Bearden says that all our current sources of electrical energy such as batteries, dynamos
and power plants all have one problem in common. When the electrical current is fed back to
the source that created the electrical current to begin with, it will kill the source of the virtual
photon flux with the vacuum. Unknowingly weve been taking buckets full of zero point
energy from the river but were unintentionally throwing it straight back into the river.

Tom Bearden also made a very important new discovery concerning a new type of
electromagnetic energy. According to Bearden the four Maxell equations used in todays
electrical engineering are simplified versions of Maxwells original work. According to Bearden it
was Oliver Heaviside who removed the scalar part of the complex numbers in Maxwells
equations leaving only the vectors in Maxwells equations for easy calculation.
This is why science today only knows the classical electromagnetic wave that is a transverse
wave. In the transverse wave the electrical and magnetic fields of the electromagnetic wave
oscillate perpendicular to the propagation of the wave. Bearden says that by removing the
scalar part in Maxwells equations we missed the fact that energy can also propagate as a
longitudinal wave at super-luminal speed (faster than the speed of light). Longitudinal waves are
akin to sound waves and oscillate in the same direction as their propagation.
According to Bearden the internal longitudinal wave in the electromagnetic wave is the
fundamental wave and exists in all known electromagnetic fields of any shape. The scalar
component of the electromagnetic wave can be created from two opposing electromagnetic
waves, a wave and its anti wave. Both waves will cancel each others electrical and magnetic
field components when the waves are in phase spatially but 180 degrees out of phase
temporally The result is an electromagnetic scalar wave. This scalar wave travels in the time
domain and it is completely different from the transverse electromagnetic wave, which travels
through three dimensional space. According to Bearden we must think of time as a compressed
form of energy just like matter is.
Remember Einsteins famous law that tells us that energy equals mass times light speed
squared? Now the same amount of abundant compressed energy can be found in the time
domain and can be tapped when the longitudinal scalar EM waves of the time domain are
converted into ordinary transverse EM waves. The conversion of scalar electromagnetic energy
into transverse electromagnetic energy is called scalar interferometry and is the result of two
interfering scalar waves. It is the opposite effect to the self-cancelling of two transverse
electromagnetic waves which creates the scalar wave.
The virtual photon flux that occurs between the dipole and the vacuum mentioned above is what
scalar waves are. So scalar waves are very different from electromagnetic waves; for one thing
they can travel over immense distances with no loss of energy at super-luminal speed (faster
than light).
When scalar waves are created by a dipole, such as a battery, a generator or a permanent
magnet with two poles, the polarisation of charge will create scalar waves that rush between the
dipole and the vacuum. Every dipole in the universe from the atom with its positive and negative
charges, to the Earth and the Sun with its magnetic fields and all the other heavenly bodies in
the universe radiate scalar waves, so basically scalar waves are everywhere in the universe,
they fill the vacuum of space making it a plenum of zero point energy.
In the early 20th century Nikola Tesla was the first to discover the scalar wave. He used
induction coils to create these scalar waves. He had conducted many experiments while
sending scalar waves around the Earth proving that scalar waves propagate over long distances

with no loss in field strength. Unlike our current familiar electromagnetic wave that dissipates
and looses its energy at a rate equal to the square of the distance from the source, Teslas
longitudinal waves could travel any distance with practically no loss of energy.
Tesla in his time believed in the existence of the aether and that it could be harnessed for free
energy that could be the salvation of humankind. He addressed the American Institute of
Electrical Engineers in 1891 with these words; .. with the power derived from it, with every form
of energy obtained without effort, from stores forever inexhaustible, humanity will advance with
great strides, it is a mere question of time when man will succeed in attaching their machinery to
the wheelwork of nature.
Tom Beardens scalar waves have also been discovered by Russian scientists. The Russians
however have given scalar waves a different name; they refer to them as torsion waves. We will
learn much more about torsion waves later. As a former military man, Bearden is convinced that
the Russians used this technology to create an arsenal of scalar wave weaponry during the
Cold War. These weapons are based on Teslas howitzer, a deadly scalar weapon that makes
our present day weapons of mass destruction weak in comparison. In their mildest form these
weapons can be used to modify and manipulate the weather, create hurricanes and tornados
and can even be used to induce earthquakes. In their most aggressive application they could
wipe out our present civilisation with a deadly force that is unstoppable.
On the other hand the peaceful application of scalar wave technology is beyond imagination; it
is unlike any other technology that this planet has ever witnessed and may lead us into a
Golden Age. It promises free energy, anti gravity propulsion, and healing applications that will
cure any disease by means of time reversing the illness. According to Bearden, Antoine Priore
in the sixties and seventies used a pre-cursor of his patented medical application of the scalar
wave technology and Priores experiments on animals proved that he was able to cure all forms
of cancer. The explanation for these miraculous cures is that the damaged cells are simply
forced by the scalar waves to their previous healthy state. So scalar wave technology is a
technology of miracles if we are to believe Bearden.
Beardens theory, which he has put in writing in a book called Energy from the vacuum,
concepts & principles, is proven by the first marketed power device called the Patterson Power
Cell, an innovative over unity energy device.
The Patterson Power Cell is developed and patented by James A. Patterson, scientist of the
Clean Energy Technologies in Dallas. It is a glass enclosure filled with thousands of tiny
palladium coated spheres that serve as the electrodes. It runs on heavy water. When started
with a small input power of 1.4 Watts, the cell puts out an enormous amount of heat, hundreds
of times the energy input. Claims are that the US Patent Office has tested it and four patents
have been awarded. Its being studied at different universities worldwide and is taken very
seriously: now the dispute seems not to be if it works but how it works!
(6)

Vortex technology from antiquity

Robert A. Patterson himself is a very remarkable engineer who has educated himself in
vortex technologies and studied the work of Viktor Schauberger. Viktor Schauberger worked on
vortex technologies for the Nazis during WOII and has made many amazing inventions that, like
Teslas inventions, almost went down in history to be forgotten. Their invaluable contribution to
science is finally recognised by pioneers now the energy shortage in this world is building to a
climax. Well come to vortex technologies and their electrical application in Daniel Winters
implosion physics in chapter 6 (Ether vibrations). The best visualisation of a vortex is a tornado
sucking in air and accumulating these whirling winds with incredible magnitudes into the center,
the eye of the tornado.
Among Pattersons inventions of applied vortex technology is a RAM implosion wing that can be
attached to the roof of a car. This wing will create an imploding vortex in front of the car and an
expanding vortex behind the car, such that the pushing of the rear vortex reinforces the suction
from the front vortex. The overall effect is that fuel consumption is drastically reduced by a factor
2 or 3.
The drastic reduction of fuel consumption is the result of the cars drag reduction. As a
practitioner of the Chinese martial arts of Wing Chun Gung Fu, Patterson got the insight to use
the energy of his opponent who takes a swing at him; by redirecting that energy to work for him,
he is able to tackle the opponent by getting him out of balance from his own swing. Its a
common practice in martial arts. Using the martial arts analogy, the opponent of the car would
be the sustained drag and Patterson explains that the energy contained within this drag can be
redirected to do usable work. This is exactly what his RAM implosion wing is doing.
Patterson somehow realised that the same vortex pumping mechanism of his RAM implosion
wing, based on the aerodynamics of air, may have an electrical counterpart in electrodynamics if
applied to zero point energy in the vacuum of space. What if he could pump this zero point
energy using electronic circuitry to mimic the vortex technologies used in the design of his wing?
Now the most astonishing fact of the matter is that his next enlightened idea was inspired from
yet another ancient Asian art form, a Dogu statue from Japan. He stumbled upon this statue
reading The Antigravity Handbook by David Hatcher Childress. These ugly looking statues date
back at least a 10.000 years. Looking for the electronic equivalent of his RAM implosion wing,
he suddenly realised that this must be it. Now you and I, if we had yet another 10.000 years
time to gaze at this ugly statue, would probably never come up with the idea, but according to
Patterson, this statue is the schematic representation of what he calls an electrogravitic
implosion propulsion system.

Japanese Dogu statue and translation into space age technology

(Courtesy of Robert A. Patterson, quantumgravitics.tripod.com)
From this statue he developed his electronic zero point energy-pumping device and called it the
Dampened-wave Oscillatory Gravitic Unit (DOGU). It uses much of Teslas technology to
extract free energy from space, according to the designer. Basically his device is rather
straightforward and self-energises using antenna technologies to scavenge the resonant
electromagnetic frequencies that exist in free space.
If Pattersons DOGU invention is not already more than orthodox science can cope with, the
idea that this planet could have been the home of cultures dating back to at least 8.000 BCE
with access to the same space age technology we are just discovering, is mind boggling.
However as we will abundantly prove in this book, these highly civilised cultures predating our
current civilisation did indeed exist, and their scientific prowess has been transmitted to our
current era by means of artefacts whose scientific significance completely evaded the
archaeologists who unearthed them, and who could only wonder at the beauty of the art form
itself. In chapter 1 Earth Changes we mentioned that Edgar Cayce had predicted that the
science of the sunken continent of Atlantis would resurface and the Dogu artefacts from
antiquity can be regarded as evidence to corroborate Cayces predictions.
(7)

Hutchison effect
The Hutchison effect is a collection of phenomena that were discovered by the flamboyant John
Hutchison in 1979. John Hutchison lives in Vancouver Canada in an apartment that he has
completely stuffed with electronic equipment.
Hutchison has been experimenting in his apartment with scalar waves using Tesla coils and a
Van de Graaff generator. Using radio wave interference of low energy input but at high voltages
of hundreds of kilo Volts, he discovered amazing effects ranging from:
1. levitation of heavy metals

2. fusion of dissimilar materials

3. anomalous heating of metals without burning adjacent material
4. fracturing metals in a strange way.
All of these effects have been documented on video and he has been demonstrating his
discoveries to many qualified scientists and famous people who are now supporting him
financially. The Hutchinson effect is demonstrated in movies on the Internet. In his movies we
see objects floating in space and metals vibrating as if they are puddings. He even levitates a
heavy canon ball. He is also able to demonstrate the fusion of dissimilar materials such as wood
and metal. The wood simply submerges into the metal and when the Hutchinson device is
switched off, the wood remains as if it had been perfectly glued into the metal! In the same way
he has melted coins into aluminium bars.
His experiments defy all common laws of nature! His anomalous waves having antigravity abilities seem to alter space-time itself.
He is able to melt metals without any burn marks or obvious heat radiation.
Materials such as wood held in the same place where the metal is melted were not burned! This
simply defies the laws of thermodynamics where at least some heat radiation should be
apparent. Somehow his device seems to dissociate the normal organization of the atoms in a
material. It is as if the Van der Waals forces that bind the atoms in the material are shut off and
the atoms are free to be moulded into a new configuration.
John Hutchinson has also developed a self-sustaining battery that recharges itself from zero
point energy, so he claims! The battery generates 18V at 250mA! He says he got help from
Tom Bearden with this one!

John Hutchison with his self-charging battery

(Courtesy of John Hutchison, www.hutchisoneffectonline.com)

Unexplained fractures and fusions of coins and wood in metal

(Courtesy of John Hutchison, www.hutchisoneffectonline.com)
(8)

Disclosure project
Steven Greer has made a career out of disclosing the truth about free energy in his Disclosure
Project. He is pressing politicians in the United States to come forward with the truth. According
to Greer, the nuclear arms race and the Cold War with Russia has created a political climate in
the United States in which top-secret projects were launched to develop advanced military
technologies. These classified projects were executed under the strictest of secrecy and only on
a need-to-know basis few were informed about these programmes. Gradually things have
become so complex and out of control while illegally consuming billions of US Government
budget dollars, that congressman and even the President himself have lost total authority over
these projects.
Greer claims to have found several hundred whistle-blowers in the military, scientific and
corporate community who can deliver documents, physical proof and testimonies of the
deliberate suppression of advanced technological information. The military and intelligence are
preventing public access to technologies that can definitely replace conventional oil, coal and
nuclear energy sources. These technologies have been developed inside the United States for
military applications, but when peacefully applied they can shape a totally non-polluting
civilization and save our planet Earth.
(9)
We could make an end to all poverty in the world by tapping into the free zero point energy from
the vacuum. It could be locally used by the developing countries since the infrastructure of an
energy grid would not be required. With the abundance of local energy it would be possible to
create fresh water from seawater for irrigation in areas that are now suffering from draught.

Recapitulation
Empty space is not empty at all! The vacuum is actually a plenum. It contains an abundant
amount of energy, the zero point energy. There is a cosmic dance of energy back and forth

between the physical realm and the zero point field, a constant creation and destruction of
matter from the void. The continuous flow of energy in and out of the material world resembles
what Eastern Hindu cosmology described as the cosmic dance of Shiva.
Could it be that what scientists are observing as the zero point energy is in fact our own
collective consciousness and that we are creating the physical world from this energy? If
consciousness is indeed the first cause of physical reality and not the effect, at least we have
identified a candidate for the required spiritual energy!
In the next chapter we will see how an ancient science that has been secretly preserved
throughout history is now being reconstructed by modern science. This ancient knowledge is
called sacred geometry and for some reason it was very important to be preserved for future
generations. In antiquity it was taught in the mystery schools of the Egyptians and the Greeks.
On penalty of death, initiates had to keep this knowledge secret throughout history. In the West
this knowledge was preserved in Gnostic circles and secret societies of Freemasonry.
The science of sacred geometry claims that everything in our universe has an underlying
invisible geometric structure following a fundamental principle. Contemporary scientists now use
sacred geometry to explain how physical reality is constructed from the omni present and allpervasive background energy of the physical vacuum.

Chapter 5 The revival of an ancient science

At the other end of the scientific spectrum of contemporary science an ancient science is being
restored. For ages it has been preserved carefully. It is more or less an art form and it is called
sacred geometry. Why sacred, what is so sacred about geometry? In spiritual mystery-schools
of the past it was taught that sacred geometry has been used by God to create the universe. We
now know that sacred geometry contains many mysterious elements that elegantly describe
many phenomena such as the growth of plants, the proportions of the human body, the orbit of
the planets, light, the structure of crystals, music. The list goes on and on. Well give a few
examples in this chapter.
Now why do we introduce sacred geometry in a book that is about contemporary and
groundbreaking science? The reason is that sacred geometry seems to be the key to a new
post quantum physics that is emerging that better explains the existence of the zero point field.
The new physics that is emerging is a revival of 19th century aether physics.
The archaic science of sacred geometry can be traced back to the Egyptian civilization but may
well be a heritage from the civilisation of mythological Atlantis and well provide sufficient clues
in this book to sustain this claim. Sacred geometry contains elements that are crucial in
understanding a new aether physics that will be introduced in the next chapter.
Surprisingly enough sacred geometry also shows up in many crop circles that have been
appearing in the last two decades all over the world. It seems that someone somewhere is
teaching us meaningful lessons. I will not go into detail about the source of crop circles whether
or not they are extraterrestrial; I personally think it they are, because this cannot (yet) be
proven.
What is far more interesting is that crop circles contain intelligent embedded geometry. The fact
is that hundreds, thousands of crop circles appear each year and that their design is of a much
higher intelligence than that of people who may have found it interesting enough to create
hoaxes! There is abundant evidence that apart from the crop circles that were indeed identified
as hoaxes; the majority of crop circles are genuine. It was proven that the stems of the crops
are bent in a peculiar way by an excessive heat produced by a hitherto unknown energy source
since no burning marks were found. Strong energy fields can be measured hours after the crop
circles are formed in and around the crop circle.
In my opinion the significance of crop circles is that contemporary scientists are getting hints to
seek for more understanding of geometry in physics in general and in the zero point field in
particular.
In the ancient teachings of sacred geometry it is believed that the sacredness of everything in
the universe can be described in terms of geometrical patterns coming from the hand of God. As
unbelievable as that may seem, it can be illustrated with ample examples that indeed many
unexpected things have a hidden geometry that is not obvious at first sight.

It is now believed that the Egyptians applied sacred geometry in the construction of the Great
Pyramid and many other monuments. The Egyptians had two mystery-schools; one was called
the left eye of Horus. This school taught the female principles of creation, about love and
compassion. The other school was called the right eye of Horus and taught the intelligent male
principles of creation; sacred geometry was a main subject.
Sacred geometry has also left its traces in other cultures such as in the gothic architecture of
European churches and cathedrals (Chartres), the Parthenon in Athens, paintings by Leonardo
Da Vinci and the Hindu classical dance. Sacred geometry has been preserved in circles of
Freemasonry in utmost secrecy.
(1)

Freemasonry symbol
The Freemasonry symbol is a carpenters square and a pair of compasses, the two only
instruments needed in sacred geometry. The golden rule is that if you have to use any other
instrument than these two to prove something applies to sacred geometry, it may be geometry
but it is definitely not sacred!
Thanks to people like Robert Lawlor, Bruce Rawles and Drunvalo Melchizedek, the art of sacred
geometry is now being restored and thanks to the enormous success of the book the Da Vinci
Code by Dan Brown that became very popular in the year 2004, the awareness that seemingly
important knowledge has been secretly preserved throughout history is now within the public
domain.
Now lets take a quick course in this sacred art form and Ill show you some amazing things in
the end.

Flower of life
Now this is a very important figure in sacred geometry:

Genesis pattern
It is called the genesis pattern. We must remember that what we see here is a two dimensional
representation of what are actually three-dimensional spheres! Depicted in the picture you also
see the hexagram formed by the two equilateral triangles, its the Jewish symbol known as the
star of David. The star of David in this picture is actually a three-dimensional star tetrahedron or
interlaced tetrahedron. It is formed by two interlaced three-sided pyramids, one pointing
upwards and one pointing downwards. If youre looking for an example of a star tetrahedron,
have a look at the cover of this book.
Now the next creation story was taught in the right eye of Horus mystery schools and is also the
basis of the Hermetic tradition (the wisdom of Hermes Trismegistus alias the Egyptian Toth).
This creation story was most likely also familiar in Freemasonry circles.
In the beginning the universal mind of God created from a total void or nothingness from the
focal point of Gods awareness a single central sphere. The first sphere was all around God on
the first day of creation. The next day God created another sphere, the center of this sphere is
located on the surface anywhere of the first sphere. The intersection of the two spheres is called
the Vesica Pisces:

Vesica Pisces

Symbol of Christianity

Did you ever see the symbol on the right? You see them often as a bumper sticker on cars; the
symbol is probably derived from the Vesica Pisces.
The Holy Bible mentions that God created the light on the second day, the Vesica Pisces as we
will explain at the end of this chapter is now believed to be the geometry of the photon- the
particle state of light!
Gods creation continued for 7 days, each time the center of a next sphere is projected on the
surface of the previous sphere. Now count the number of spheres in the Genesis pattern, they
add up to 7, exactly the number of days it took God to create the world as mentioned in the first
book of the Bible, Genesis. This is why it is called the Genesis pattern.
If we continue Gods creation in the very same way but just a little longer than 7 days, we get
the following figure:

The flower of life

This figure is called the Flower of Life, note the double outer circles that were added here, this
figure is found all over the world, decorated on ancient buildings and sacred monuments. It has
been found in temples in Egypt. No symbols were found that continued the creation process
beyond the Flower of Life pattern, thats why the outer circles were added. Somehow in ancient
times, the ancients wanted to limit this creation pattern to the Flower of Life, maybe they wanted
to hide something?
So lets joyfully continue this creation pattern and look for what is hidden in these patterns that
was discovered by Drunvalo Melchizedek.
(2)

Lets add the just the next outer round of spheres. What we now find is called the Fruit of Life, I
marked the significant spheres that make up the Fruit of Life red to distinguish the pattern,
remember that what we see is actually a three-dimensional picture of spheres:

The Fruit of Life

Crop circle Wiltshire, 22nd July 2003

Now the Fruit of Life is called a female form because it only contains rounded forms, spheres,
just like a female body that is curved. The male counterpart can be constructed if straight lines
are used to connect all the centres of all the spheres in this picture. The result is called the
Cube of Metatron.

Cube of Metatron

The Cube of Metatron is very important since it contains the solid geometrical forms that have
become the focus of a new aether physics that we will describe in the next chapter!
Philosopher Plato described these forms that we find in the Cube of Metatron 400 years BC,
hence they are called the Platonic solids.
In fact the Platonic solids can be found in the Metatron twice, the smaller versions of the solids
are repeated in the inner 7 spheres. One of the five Platonic solids is the well-known cube. If
you will, you can try and find the cube in the Cube of Metatron. I will help you a little bit with this
one, here it is:

Cube in the Cube of Metatron

The green spheres are the corners of the cube. One corner in the back is hidden from view
though.

Platonic solids
The five Platonic solids are named after Greek philosopher Plato who first described them 350
years BC in his book Timaeus. Here they are:

Tetrahedron, Cube, Octahedron, Dodecahedron and Icosahedron.

Crop circle, West Overton, 24th June 1999 octahedron projected in 2D layout.
All of these five forms are in the Cube of Metatron, it may take a little while to discover them but
they are all in there. The Platonic solids have very remarkable characteristics, for one they all fit
perfectly within a sphere. The vertices of the solid are on the surface of the circumscribing
sphere! Also they perfectly fit inside each other and can be perfectly nested. All forms have a
double, an opposite form that can be created from the other. The cube and the octahedron are
doubles for instance. If we take the centers of the faces of the cube and connect all the lines
between these centers we get the octahedron. The same process can be reversed creating a
cube from an octahedron. The tetrahedron has itself as the double. The dodecahedron and
icosahedron are doubles. Every line, face and angle in a Platonic form is identical to every other
line, face and angle within the same form. In other words the Platonic solids are extremely
symmetrical!
Another puzzling symbol that is derived from the progression of the Flower of Life is the Tree of
Life. The Tree of life is central subject of study in the mystical Jewish Kabbalah. The Tree of Life
can be overlaid with the Flower of Life and they will perfectly match. The Tree of Life is an
extraction from the Flower of Life, leaving out a number of spheres of no interest.

Tree of Life pattern Jewish Kabbalah

Jewish Kabbalah, Tree of Life

In the next picture we show that the Tree of Life also perfectly overlays with the Genesis pattern.
Do you start to grasp the geometrical beauty of symmetry that is involved in all these symbols
and how all of them evolve from a simple progression of the Genesis pattern?
In the next picture we show that the Tree of Life also perfectly overlays with the Genesis pattern.
Do you start to grasp the geometrical beauty of symmetry that is involved in all these symbols
and how all of them evolve from a simple progression of the Genesis pattern?

Tree of Life overlaid by the Genesis symbol

The Tree of Life is the mystical symbol used in the Jewish esoteric Kabbalah. The Tree of Life is
mentioned many times in the Bible as the tree next to the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil
in the center of the Garden of Eden. Ancient traditions thought that these geometrical patterns
were very important and preserved them in mystical esoteric sciences..

Torus
The torus is also a very important geometrical three-dimensional form and well bring it up here
because it is the building block of matter in the new aether science of the next chapter. It is best
compared with a doughnut or the smoke ring from a cigar. Heres it is:

Torus
It is a sphere, curving inwards on top and bottom, such that it has a hole in the middle! It also
resembles an apple. The torus is the result of rotating the Genesis pattern 360 degrees around
the center.

Golden Mean

Maybe the most important subject of sacred geometry is the Golden Mean. The Golden Mean is
a very special ratio and is expressed by the Greek letter called Phi.
= * v5 + = 1.618
Phi like Pi is an irrational number, meaning you can never calculate its exact value, you can only
approximate it.
The Phi ratio is expressed in the Golden Section. The Golden Section is a the length of lets say
a rope when it is divided such that the ratio of the longer part of the rope to the whole is exactly
the same ratio as the shorter part of the rope is to the longer part. (Read it again)

When the Phi ratio is applied to a rectangle whereas B = 1 and A has length , the rectangle is
called a Golden Rectangle.

The Golden Rectangle can be used to create a spiral, the Golden Spiral. Starting with one
Golden Rectangle, a second Golden Rectangle can be attached to the first using the longest
side of the rectangle, side A as the shortest side B of the next rectangle. To this end the second
rectangle is constructed 90 degrees perpendicular to the first rectangle. If this process is
continued, called the spiralling of the Golden Rectangle, a curved line can be drawn through the
corners of the rectangles creating the Golden Mean spiral. The spiralling of the Golden Mean
spiral continues indefinitely in inward and outward directions, its getting smaller and smaller
spiralling inwards and getting bigger and bigger spiralling outwards.

Golden Mean spiral

A variant of the Golden Mean spiral is the Fibonacci spiral. The difference with the Golden Mean
spiral is that is does not spiral in indefinitely but starts with a Golden Rectangle of which one
side has length 1 and the other length Phi.
Gradually when the Fibonacci spiral, spirals outward, there will be no distinction noticeable any
more between a true Golden Mean spiral and the Fibonacci spiral. The Fibonacci spiral is based
on the progression of the Fibonacci sequence.

Crop circle, fractal spirals, Milk Hill, Wiltshire august 12th 2001

Fibonnaci sequence
Leonardo Fibonacci (1175 AD), a great mathematician of the Middle Ages discovered the
Fibonacci sequence by studying nature. He studied the growth of rabbit populations and the
growth of leaves and petals and discovered a well-defined mathematical sequence in all of this.
This is the Fibonacci sequence:

1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144 etc.

Each number in the sequence is the sum of the two preceding numbers starting with the root
number 1. The Fibonacci sequence progresses towards the Golden Mean if we divide two
successive numbers in the sequence.
1/1
=1
2/1
= 2.0
3/2
= 1.5
5/3
= 1.667
8/5
= 1.60
.
144/89 = 1.618
The Fibonacci sequence propagates towards Phi () but never reaches it since it is an irrational
or transcendent number.
Fibonacci spirals and Golden Mean ratios appear everywhere in the universe. The spiral is the
natural flow form of water when it is going down the drain. It is also the natural flow form of air in
tornados and hurricanes. Heres another beautiful example of a Fibonacci spiral in nature, its
the Nautilus shell and every book about sacred geometry contains one:

Nautilus shell
The Golden Mean ratio is all over the human body, in the ratios between the bones, the length
of your arms and legs. The Golden Mean is also the ratio in the distance from the navel to your
toe and the distance from your navel to the top of your head. Michelangelo has beautifully
hidden these Golden Mean ratios in his fresco on the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel in Rome:

Michelangelo and the Phi ratios in the human hand

(Courtesy of Frank van den Bovenkamp, www.frankvandenbovenkamp.com)
Music
Greek philosopher Pythagoras discovered a wonderful mathematical relation between the
harmonic notes in music. He noticed that by depressing a string in different positions on the
fingerboard of a guitar like string instrument that harmonic sounds were created. Some notes
sounded better than others. At each depression of the string the string is divided in two different
lengths and the ratio between these lengths were measured by Pythagoras. He marked down
all the ratios that sounded harmonically well together. In this way he found the following ratios:
1:1 (open snare)
1:2 (depressed at 1/3 of the length of the string)
3:2 , 5:3, 13:8, 21:13, 34:21
What Pythagoras had discovered is called the Diatonic musical scale, named after the fact that
the string is divided into two lengths (Dia = two).
These ratios correspond with the frequencies of the notes produced by the white keys of the
piano when attuned in the Diatonic scale. After the 7th note the octave of 8 notes is repeated
only this time the first and the eighth note are doubled in frequency! The next 7 notes of the
white keys on the piano follow the exact same ratio!
Now if you have been paying attention you may already have noticed that the musical ratios
discovered by Pythagoras are the same ratios of the Fibonacci sequence! Simply take a number
out of the Fibonacci sequence and its successor and you have the musical ratio found by
Pythagoras.
The Fibonacci sequence is the sequence that gives us beautiful harmonics in music. The
diatonic scale is not the only musical scale, there are many more, in fact no piano today is tuned

in the Diatonic scale. But the principle relation between harmonics in music and mathematical
progressions of the Fibonacci sequence is real.
Now lets pretend that weve tuned a piano in the Diatonic scale and that we have extended the
pianos keyboard with keys to provide for 49 octaves! That would be one hell of a piano and it
would certainly no longer fit into your living room!
But suppose that we could actually play on this piano. When we play the notes in the last two
highest octaves, the keys on the furthermost right side of this piano, will correspond with the
frequencies of the colours of light!
There are seven keys in the highest octave that are the frequencies of the 7 primary colours of
the spectrum of light, the 7 colours of the rainbow!
So not only does the Fibonacci sequence define the ratios of harmonics in sound but also in the
electromagnetic spectrum of light, it defines the 7 colours of the rainbow!

Music and color, the same harmonic ratios

We now know that many musicians like Beethoven, Mozart, Chopin, Bartk, Schubert and
Debussy used the Fibonacci sequence and the Golden Mean ratio deliberately not in the notes
but in the composition itself. For instance Beethoven used the Golden Mean in his famous
Beethovens Fifth. His famous opening motto not only appears on the first and the last bar of the
symphony but also on the bar that represents the exact Golden Mean point of his symphony!
Bela Bartk used both the Golden Mean and the Fibonacci sequence deliberately in his
compositions using the measures 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55 and 89 to introduce new instruments such
as strings, cellos, percussion etc. The question is why did these composers add sacred
geometry into their music? Maybe they were not only famous musicians but also Freemasons?

Squaring the circle

A classical mathematical problem dating all the way back to Plato is called squaring the circle.
In the last three thousand years mathematicians have tried to come up with a solution using
only a pair of compasses and straightedge on how the construct a circle and square such that
they have the same perimeter. In 1882 Lindemann proved that there is no solution to this
problem. Since Lindemanns proof is rather complex, we will show in simple terms why the circle
cannot be squared. The circumference of the circle with a radius of one is 2 * and (Pi) is an
irrational number (a transcendent number, can never be measured only be approximated!).
But when Pi is irrational and cannot be measured so is the circumference of the circle! However
the squares circumference is a real number since it equals 4 times the side of the square that is
a real number that can be measured. Hence the circumference of both circle and square will
never be equal in the mathematical sense; however they can become infinitely close.

Vitruvian man

Now heres an interesting drawing from Leonardo Da Vinci. What he is showing in this sketch is
that the human body squares the circle. When man stretches his arms and holds them
horizontally, mans body will perfectly fit into the square. On the other hand, when he spreads
his legs and raises his arms as in the sketch, mans body can be perfectly circumscribed by a
circle. The circumference of the square equals that of the circle.
A lot has been written about this sketch alone, it contains a whole lot of hidden sacred geometry.
We will not go into all the details here, but I want to show you some very amazing things.
Ancient wisdom, the Hermetic tradition tells us that the human body can be regarded as a
blueprint for the universe by means of all the ratios that are found within the body. This may
indeed be true. Lets have a look at the following picture:

This is the same picture as above, in the picture there are now two red circles added. The
biggest red circle fits perfectly and is inscribed by the square. The smaller red circles is
centered between the outer circle and the inner red circle and tangentially touches both.
Much to our surprise, the upper red circle represents the moon and the lower red circle
represents the Earth! In mathematical terms: The ratio of the diameter of the smaller red circle
to the bigger red circle r / R equals the ratio of the diameter of the moon to the diameter of the
Earth! Now lets prove it:
(3)
Radius of the moon : r
Radius of the Earth : R
Side of the square is : 2R
The perimeter of the square is : 8 R
Radius of the outer circle is : r + R
The circumference of the outer circle is : 2 p ( r + R )
Now squaring the circle makes the perimeter of the square equal to the circle:

8R=2p(r+R)
8R-2pR=2pr
R (8 2 p) = 2 p r
r / R = (8 2 p) / 2 p = (4 p) / p
Earth radius = 6,370,973 m
Moon radius = 1,738,000 m
Moon to Earth ratio = r / R = 0.27279977
r / R = (4 p) / p = 0.273239544 (p = 3.14159265)
Quod Erat Demonstrandum!
There is another mysterious relation to be discovered in the sketch of the Vitruvian man by
Leonardo Da Vinci. The Great Pyramid at the Giza plateau in Egypt called after the pharaoh that
is supposedly buried there named Khufu (Cheops in Greek), holds a perfect geometrical relation
to the squaring of the circle and the Vitruvian man as depicted by Leonardo Da Vinci!
Look at the picture below:

Great Piramid at Giza in relation to Vitruvius man

The triangle in the picture is the exact geometrical proportion of the Great Pyramid at the
Giza Plateau near Cairo, Egypt. The angles between the base and the apex (top) of the
pyramid are exactly 51 degrees and 51 seconds. (51 51).
(4)
The Great Pyramid and in fact the complete layout of the Giza plateau with all its pyramids,
sacred temples and the sphinx contains a lot of hidden sacred geometry of which we will reveal

more in this book. The point I want to make here is that the Egyptians were aware of the art of
sacred geometry and how it relates to the universe, as the Giza plateau and in particular the
Great Pyramid proves.

Let there be light

While explaining the Genesis pattern of sacred geometry we mentioned that on the second day
of creation God created the Vesica Pisces and that the Vesica Pisces is the geometry of the
light particle the photon. The Holy Bible mentions the second day of creation as the creation of
the light. By the way did you notice that the Vesica Pisces has the shape of the eye?
It was discovered by Buckminster Fuller, who did a lot of the groundwork in re-establishing
sacred geometry, that the geometry of the photon must be two tetrahedrons joined at a common
face.
Now the geometrical shape of the double tetrahedron is perfectly circumscribed by the Vesica
Pisces whereas the vertices of the tetrahedrons neatly touch the face of the Vesica Pisces. This
has been confirmed by Drunvalo Melchizedek another sacred geometry architect!
(5)
The tetrahedron is also the hidden geometry in the electromagnetic wave (wave form of light)
itself. The electrical and magnetic fields are perpendicular to each other and a spiral can be
drawn connecting the electrical field with the magnetic field that exactly traces over a
tetrahedron!
Tom Bearden, the inventor of the MEG machine has proof that James Clerk Maxwell must have
known this but that Oliver Heaviside removed the knowledge of the hidden tetrahedron in the
simplified version of electrodynamics.
(6)

Notre-Dame de Chartres
The knowledge of sacred geometry has been preserved in the architecture of churches and
cathedrals all over Europe. The cathedral of Chartres is famous for its sacred geometry that was
used in its design. Sacred geometry can be found for example in the layout of the ground plan
and the stained glass windows that contain the Phi ratio.

West rose window of the Chartres Cathedral and ground plan

In the Gothic nave of the cathedral we find an enigmatic labyrinth on the floor made out of white
stone and set within dark marble. The labyrinth measures almost exactly one tenth of the
interior length of the cathedral and it is used as the central point, the focus of the whole
geometric construction of the cathedral. Obviously the designers thought it to be very important
The diameter of the labyrinth measures exactly the size of the west rose window shown in the
picture above. At the same time the distance from the center of the west rose window to the
floor is the same distance as the distance from the center of the labyrinth to the west portal wall
of the cathedral. In other words the west rose window and the labyrinth form a perfect
equilateral triangle.

Labyrinth on ground floor of the nave

I personally visited the Chartres Cathedral a few times. During my last visit, in the summer of
2004, I noticed a young couple, a boy and a girl. The girl kneeled down at the center of the
labyrinth and went into a meditation, hands held high into the air. The boy sat beside her. The
couple were totally undisturbed by the crowd that passed by although they drew a lot of
attention! I was intrigued. Obviously the couple knew something more about the sacredness of
the labyrinth and they had chosen this spot for their meditation. But what could it possibly
mean?
If we meander through the labyrinth we have to make these alternating left and right turns. At
the same time we turn inwards and outwards until we enter the center. According to Daniel
Winter, whose physics we will study in the next chapter, the labyrinth is the two dimensional
symbolic projection of the Phi spirals that make up a torus. The torus is assumed in his
aether physics to be the building block of matter and the atom. The labyrinth according to Winter
is a symbolic projection of the twists and turns the Phi spirals of light take while centring into the
nucleus of the atom.
The Chartres cathedral secretly contains knowledge of sacred geometry; however it took many
ages before it was discovered. Sacred geometry was used in many more cathedrals and
churches throughout France such as the ones of Rheims, Sens, Arras, Amiens, St Quentin,
Bayeux and Toulouse to name a few. All of them contained labyrinths quiet similar to the one in
Chartres. The labyrinth obviously was very important.
France was the home of the Merovingian Kings a bloodline that were believed to be the
descendants of Jesus Christ. Many authors now claim that Jesus had children with Mary
Magdalene and that the Catholic Church kept this fact secret for many ages. The idea has
gained a lot of public awareness since the book the Da Vinci Code by Dan Brown was released
in the summer of 2004. The descendants of Jesus are the bloodline of the Holy Grail. Traces of
this bloodline lead to Rennes Les Chateaux in France and Roswell Chapel in Britain, the
homeland of the Knights Templar and King Arthur. This secret of Jesuss his marriage to Mary
Magdalene and of his offspring was carefully preserved in secret societies.
It is now believed that these secret societies also preserved scientific and Gnostic knowledge
that can be traced back to the mythological Atlantis. The Atlantean knowledge was supposedly
passed on to the Egyptians and from the Egyptians to the Greek Hermetic tradition. In modern
times it was preserved in secret circles of Freemasonry that have existed throughout the ages.
Leonardo Da Vinci was a member of such a circle that gave him access to the science of sacred
geometry and his membership explains why he used it in his paintings. The importance of
sacred geometry especially the meaning of the Golden Mean has been used in many art forms
in modern history, from the paintings of Leonardo Da Vinci to the architecture of churches and
cathedrals and in music such as Beethovens Fifth symphony.
(7)

Recapitulation
This chapter was a lecture in sacred geometry. I would not have introduced it in this book if it
didnt play such a significant role in a new physics that is unfolding. Science is discovering the
geometrical and fractal patterns described by sacred geometry in our physical universe, the
gravitational and electromagnetic energy fields of the Earth, the structure of the atom and the
energy fields of the human body.
In chapter 3 we showed that the separation once suggested by Ren Descartes that there is a
strict segregation between the physical and the mental dimensions is false. The human mind is
very powerful and has powers of mind over matter. Quantum physicist Amit Goswami suggested
that consciousness is primordial and that the physical realm is created from it.
In chapter 4 we discussed the zero point field that was discovered by quantum science. The
zero point field is an unlimited inexhaustible energy field that is present everywhere in the
universe. We suggested that the zero point energy might be the spiritual energy required to
sustain Amit Goswamis claim.
In this chapter we studied sacred geometry an ancient science that is being rediscovered by
contemporary scientists.
In the next chapter we will use sacred geometry, the zero point field and our understanding of
consciousness and show how scientists today assimilate it into a new model of physics, a
theory of everything that explains both the physical and the mental domain. We will also see
that contemporary science is rediscovering what Plato 2350 years ago suggested: that the world
of the atom is constructed from the Platonic solids and discover the importance of the Golden
Mean in waveforms.

Chapter 6 Aether vibrations

Quantum physics that has been around for some hundred odd years now is still mainstream
physics most accepted physics. Although quantum science has revealed the presence of the
zero point field with all its virtual subatomic particles and photons that jump into existence from
apparently nowhere to return to oblivion nanoseconds later, there is still is no reasonable
explanation as to how and why particles and photons can appear and disappear just like that.
Also the quantum probability wave is still hard to grasp and visualize. Quantum physics may
have proven to be a mathematically correct science; for lay people the wave-particle duality of
quantum science it is still very hard to understand. How do we visualize particles that are both
waves and solid little marbles?
Another difficult thing to grasp is the atom model presented by Niels Bohr where electrons fly in
well-defined shells around the nucleus. Since electrons continuously radiate energy they should
eventually collapse into the nucleus, but they dont! The question is where does this radiating
energy actually come from and how is it replenished? Quantum science has accepted the
quantum states of the electrons (distinct shell within the atom) for a fact, but is unable to answer
the question why the electrons only occur in discrete shells within the atom and why they dont
eventually crash into the nucleus.
Even three hundred years after the discovery of gravity by Newton, science still has no
theoretical explanation for it.
This is exactly why science is moving forward to find new theories that can better explain the
anomalies of quantum science. Today mainstream sciences best shot is the string theory.
However, a small group of scientists are now taking a radical new view, and their thinking is
taking them back to insights from ancient history.
For hundreds of years brilliant physicists and philosophers have tried to represent our world in
mathematical models of particle physics that state that our physical world is made of matter of
which the smallest part is called the atom. Atom is an ancient Greek word meaning
undividable; it is supposedly the smallest part of matter that cannot be divided anymore!
Quantum mechanics however noticed that particles in some cases behaved like waves and later
introduced the wave-particle duality.
Some quantum scientists already suggested in the past that the quantum waves could be real
waves after all, existing in the physical domain. They did not believe in particle wave duality. As
long ago as 1937 Erwin Schrdinger wrote that what we observe as material bodies and forces
are nothing but shapes and variations in the structure of space itself.
Eventually even Einstein rejected the idea of discrete particles and believed that particles were
in fact part of a continuous field.

A growing number of post quantum physicists are discovering what Einstein and Schrdinger
already assumed; physics may have been on the wrong track all along, misled by the idea that
the material world exists of separate hard particles! They are suggesting now that we may live in
a wave-based universe. Matter is simply the focal point of a vibration in an energy sea called the
aether.

The aether
In Greek antiquity, the Greek scientists and philosophers believed that nature only counted four
elements; earth, water, fire and air. The atoms were believed to be the building blocks of these
four elements of the universe. Aristotle added the fifth element aether and postulated that
planets and stars were made of this aether. Greek philosopher Plato, 350 years B.C., described
these five elements and added that matter is created from the five Platonic solids that he
described in his book Timaeus. He equated the tetrahedron with the element fire, the cube with
the earth, the icosahedron with water, the octahedron with air and the dodecahedron with the
aether, the stuff of the planets and stars. We now know of course that there are far more
elements in nature than the ones known in Greek antiquity. However, it is a well-known fact that
the Platonic solids play a role in chemistry as the internal organization structures of molecules in
many materials. For instance the Platonic solids show up in the organization of molecules of
natural crystals.
In this chapter we will present a new theory about matter that agrees with Plato that the atoms
are constructed from the Platonic solids. Some scientists now believe that the aether is a subtle
energy that flows through all material things like some liquid, creating the material world from it.
The Platonic solids are believed to be the geometrical internal structures of the atom. Thats the
reason why sacred geometry is so important in this new aether theory.
In the 19th century the luminiferous aether was well accepted by science! It was the medium
through which the electromagnetic wave was supposed to propagate. In those days physicists
believed that matter and the aether were two separate things. The aether served as the carrier
medium for radiant energies such as light and was believed to transmit force fields between
material objects in the universe such as gravity. James Clerk Maxwell, the founder of
electrodynamics and his contemporaries didnt have any doubt that the aether existed. However
in 1887 Albert Michaelson and Edward Morley conducted an experiment to prove the existence
of the aether. At the time light was thought to be a compression wave that propagated as a
longitudinal wave through the motionless and stationary aether, just like sound waves through
the air. While the Earth itself is spinning, the Earth must have a relative motion with respect to
the motionless aether. They reasoned that when the speed of light is measured on the surface
of the Earth, it should give different results when measured clockwise or counter clockwise with
respect to the rotation of the Earth around its axis. However the Michelson Morley experiment
proved that the speed of light had the same constant value no matter in what direction the
speed of light was measured. From this experiment it was concluded that the aether did not
exist. Physics has abandoned the aether theory ever since. However today scientists believe
that the results of the Michaelson-Morley experiment have been misinterpreted.

So now after a hundred years the aether is back in physics. In the new emerging physics, the
Newtonian particles and quantum mechanical particle/wave duality is abandoned. In new
aether physics there are only waves!
The aether is the medium of the electromagnetic waves and it is assumed that the aether is a
non-material fluid-like medium, a subtle energy substance that permeates the entire universe. It
is a well known fact that waves require a medium to wave in: without a medium, sorry there can
be no waves. Sound requires the air. For water waves it is the water that waves. But for some
unexplainable reason ever since the Michaelson-Morley experiment supposedly disproved the
existence of the aether, physics accepted the fact that electromagnetic waves can travel through
empty space without any medium at all. How absurd, if there is no medium, then what is
waving? How is light to propagate as a wave phenomenon if there is nothing to propagate in?
Physics accepted that light could travel through absolute nothingness only because the
Michaelson-Morley experiment had failed to prove the existence of the aether.
An astonishing premise of the revived aether physics is that there is no dualism, no distinction
between a material and immaterial thing; its all energy since energy is all there is! Matter is not
a fundamental property of the universe; it is the form not the substance that shapes matter. Now
we finally can take Einsteins famous formula E=m * c, one step further and really start to
understand what this formula implied!
It is not that energy and matter can be interchanged; no, matter = energy, period!
In this sense matter is an illusion of solidness and separateness. Eastern spiritual traditions
have always claimed that our world is Maya, illusionary. What they meant by this is that
separateness does not exist; there is only the unity at the fundamental level of existence, the
unity of Brahman. Now we may see Eastern wisdom corroborated by modern day science!
This is how aether physics is best described:
Our universe is multi dimensional and it is made of one substance and one substance only! This
substance is called aether and it is a vibrating fluid-like energy that permeates the physical
vacuum. Matter as we know it is created moment by moment as a standing wave, a vortex in
the physical vacuum. It is the condensed center of these vortexes that creates the illusion of a
separate particle. All matter in the universe is interconnected since the particle fields extend to
the far corners of the universe.

Wave Structure of Matter

A precursor of aether physics is the Wave Structure of Matter theory by Milo Wolff. In 1986 Wolff
formulated a theory that he called the Standing Wave Structure of Matter (abbreviated to WSM
theory). Independently Geoff Haselhurst came to the same conclusion about a standing wave
theory for matter and they are working together as of 1998.

The WSM theory is relatively simple. It proposes that matter is the focal point of a standing
wave the result of two interfering waves. One is an inward wave moving towards the center and
the other is an outward-bound wave moving away from the center. The waves are spherical
waves in the fabric of space. The center of the two spherical waves is the point particle center.
As simple as the axiom of this theory is, the properties these standing waves can assume seem
to be immense.
Whereas almost all physical laws both in Newtonian and quantum physics were empirically
derived from experiments, Milo Wolf says he now has theory that a priori, from theoretical
principles, allows the laws of both relativity and quantum physics to be determined!
If he is right the origin of the physical laws and the properties of charge, mass and gravity, for
the first time can be understood. Mainstream physics could never really explain these; for one
thing we still dont know what gravity really is; we have known the physical laws of gravity since
Newton; however we dont know whats causing gravity!
String theory is trying to accomplish exactly what the WSM theory has done, to integrate
quantum physics and Einsteins relativity. String theory is mainstream physics best shot and
hope for a theory of everything (T.O.E.)
A wave structure of matter had already been proposed 130 years ago by William Clifford, he
declared that all matter is simply undulations in the fabric of space. Unfortunately, his
colleagues never took his work seriously.
In the WSM theory matter is just the interference pattern of in and out waves. The in-waves of a
given particle are the out-waves of another particle. In this way all matter in the universe is
sustained and mutually dependent. In and out waves tie all the matter in the universe together.
(1)

Sub-quantum kinetics
Paul La Violette has developed a general system aether theory called subquantum kinetics. He
believes that science is wrong about many aspects in physics including the Big Bang theory that
tells us that the universe came into existence from one big cosmic explosion. According to the
Big Bang theory, the universe inflated from what is called a singularity, an infinitely compressed
point in space, into a volume of several hundred million light-years in diameter in just 10
seconds!
This event required that all known laws in physics, including the laws of thermodynamics,
Einsteins relativity laws (nothing can exceed the speed of light) were disabled for the happy
occasion, the birth of all matter and energy from complete nothingness. After this briefest of
moment of time, the holy laws of science were re-enacted and ever since the universe does not
allow energy and matter to be created from the same nothingness any longer (first law of
Thermodynamics). At its birth, the universe showed its highest degree of organisation and

physics dictates that this order eventually will decay into complete chaos again (second law of
thermodynamics). Scientists call this the increase of entropy. Paul La Violette does not
contradict these laws; on the contrary, he simply doesnt believe that these laws were disabled
for just this split second during the Big Bang. In his book Genesis of the Cosmos he mentions
many more problems with the Big Bang theory such as the explanation for the observed redshifts of stars that cosmologists use as proof that our universe has been expanding ever since
the Big Bang. The red-shift of the stars is believed to be caused by the Doppler effect as stars
move away from our point of reference. Cosmologists never took the alternative tired light
explanation for these red-shifts seriously- that is, the fact that light travelling over billions of light
years may be absorbed by intergalactic material resulting in a loss of energy and an increase of
wavelength.
La Violette believes that the cosmology of the ancients is a better alternative that does not suffer
from the Big Bangs singularity problems. According to many ancient cosmologies, the universe
evolved over billions of years as a result of a continuous process of matter and energy creation
from a supposedly fourth dimensional realm, the aether. This creation process has never
ceased and still continues today according to La Violette. To sustain his claims, he explains that
the universe at heart is not a closed but an open system and is able to receive energy and
matter from a fourth dimension without contradicting the laws of thermodynamics.
The aether is supposedly an unobservable metaphysical realm, a non-equilibrium transmutable
medium that continuously fluctuates. When fluctuations reach a critical threshold they are able
to spawn stable waveforms in our observable physical universe. It was only in 1973 that system
theorists learned about chemical solutions that were able to create self-organising chemical
reactions that spontaneously started to oscillate. These chemical reactions such as the
Belousov-Zhabotinski reaction periodically spawned so-called chemical or reaction-diffusion
waves. The cross chemical reactions involved oscillate between low and high concentrations of
the chemical compounds that drive the reaction. Lets assume that the first reaction uses
compound X to create compound Y, then the second reaction will be exactly the inverse of the
first and use compound Y to create compound X again.
There is a constant diffusion of the compounds from areas of high to low concentrations, hence
the reaction-diffusion wave. These chemical waves will spawn beautiful Mandala like wave
patterns when put on a Petri dish. To understand how the chemical reaction actually starts to
oscillate lets use the metaphor of the predator-prey system. Suppose we have a population of
rabbits that has an abundant supply of lettuce. Since rabbits breed like hell, their population will
grow fast. However in our little closed habitat there are also foxes that feed on the rabbits,
limiting the growth of the rabbit population. Since the rabbit population grows fast, so does the
fox population. However, since there is a feedback loop in our system, balance will be restored
in our habitat; when the foxes eat too many rabbits, they will run into a food shortage, reducing
the growth of the fox population and allowing the rabbits to survive. The fox-rabbit population
will oscillate between two extremes, a minimum and maximum, a perfect example of a wave
oscillation.
From these observations, Paul La Violette reasoned that the aether may likewise spawn wave
patterns from two aether states, two different aetherons, which continuously mutate from one

state into the other and visa versa. In normal cases, the aether maintains its equilibrium state
due to the second law of thermodynamics, however under critical conditions these aether
transmutations like the predator-prey waves may become self-organising and form stable wave
patterns. These wave patterns will become observable in our physical universe as
electromagnetic energy, light.
His theory has been tested in a simulator model called the Brusselator and uses two X and Y
aetheron states to prove that under critical conditions, self-organising oscillations may
spontaneously come into existence. The actual ether reaction used just a few more intermediate
ether states but for the sake of simplicity aetherons X and Y are the only ones mentioned here.
The transmutation aether model of Paul La Violette brings to mind the transmutation of the
Chinese Yin and Yang energies mentioned in the I Ching, the Book of Changes. The I Ching
mentions creation as the result of cyclic mutual transmutations of Yin and Yang energies. The
female Yin energy transforms into the male Yang energy and vice versa in an eternal process of
physical manifestation.
Paul La Violettes sub-quantum kinetics perfectly describes how the aether realm spawns waves
that we observe as light in our universe. Since this light forms a standing wave that is eternally
replenished by the aetheron transmutations, this is what we finally observe as quantum particles
of matter.
Sub quantum kinetics yields a better alternative for the required in and out waves of Milo Wolffs
WSM theory. As we progress in our understanding of how matter is actually shaped from the
aether, we will see in the next paragraphs that the vibrations created from the aether must be
organised in vortex shapes in order to shape the atom.
(2)

Vortexes in the aether

David Thomson and Jim Bourassa both founded the Quantum AetherDynamics Institute and are
independently developing an aether based model integrating, quantum mechanics, relativity
theory and string theory. The model describes matter as a subatomic whirlpool, tornado or
vortex in the aether. They call this vortex the Toroidal (A) Aether Unit (TAU). When combined in
spherical configurations they form the nucleus and electron shells of the atom. Quantum
AetherDynamics mentions that the aether has both mechanical and electromagnetic properties.
The mechanical property is what gives matter its mass; its the angular momentum of the
whirling aether energy. Mass is simply the inertia created by the aether vortexes much like the
inertia that is created by a spinning top.
The eternal spin of the aether vortexes that is to be maintained for the stability of all matter in
the universe is called the mysterious Gforce or God Force. AetherDynamics defines it as an
enormous force with no known cause. I quote from their website:

The Gforce is a tremendous force that is beyond comparison to any other force in the universe.
It may not be what physicists are hoping to find (and I believe this is why this model hasn't been
proposed before), but the Gforce appears to be a primary force that gave rise to the entire
universe. If one were to liken it to the Force in Star Wars, they wouldn't be far off. If one were to
characterize this Gforce as God, or Supreme Being, or Great Architect of the Universe, they
wouldn't be far off, either. Whatever this prime force is, it appears to be a living thing and the
source of all things animate and inanimate.
(3)

Cymatics
Sacred geometry plays an important role in the aether physics that we are presenting in this
book. The reason is rather straightforward. When the universe is shaped from one substance
and one substance only, then the only way to give the physical world a seeming separate
appearance of individual material things is through form, since substance by itself cannot
discriminate. Hence the geometry of the aether and how it is structured is the crux in creating
the material world.
The relation between vibration and geometry is beautifully described by the work of Swiss
medical doctor and natural scientist Hans Jenny (1904-1972) in a science called Cymatics.

Dr. Hans Jennys Cymatics research, vibration of a fluid

with colloid showing a star-tetrahedron
The late Buckminster Fuller (1895 - 1983) however was the first to discover that a relation
between musical frequencies (The Diatonic scale) and geometrical forms exists. He used a
balloon submerged in blue dye and vibrated it with frequencies from the musical scale (the 7
white keys from the piano): as a result of wave interference, marvellous two dimensional
arrangements appeared on its surface.

Dr. Hans Jenny carried on the work of Buckminster Fuller and tested these standing wave
vibrations in spherical volumes of fluid. Much to his surprise all of the Platonic solids, named
after the legendary philosopher Plato, showed up as geometrical patterns. What you see in the
picture above is a star-tetrahedron; it is also on the cover of this book! If you examine the
picture carefully you may have noticed the two equilateral triangles, one facing up and one
facing down. Together they form a symbol that is known as the Jewish Star of David, but
remember in 3D reality the two triangles are tetrahedrons, three sided pyramids.

Star of David
The white curved and straight lines in the photograph are the places where the vibration is
cancelled, these are the nodal points, the still places to which the colloid particles dissolved in
the fluid take refuge when the fluid is vibrated. The geometrical patterns are the result of wave
interference. When the outgoing waves from the center of the sphere meet the reflected waves
from the surface of the sphere, standing waves are formed.
Plato explained in his book Timaeus that the Platonic solids are the basic forms that construct
matter and that this knowledge came from the legendary Atlantis.
We now have proof that humanity knew about the Platonic solids even before Plato. In the
Ashmolean Museum in Oxford they preserve all of the 5 Platonic solids and some additional
semi-regular solids that were described by Pythagoras. Carved out of stone the Platonic solids
are dated at least a thousand years before Plato! These stones were found in Britain and
belonged to the Neolithic peoples, a culture that according to our current understanding did not
have the mathematical ability to understand these forms - nonetheless they carved them out of
stone!
Now isnt this surprising that a vibrated fluid can create forms such as these and that these
forms have been described by Plato some 400 years BC?
The secret of Sacred geometry is not about geometry per se,
its about vibrations that take on geometrical patterns!
Sacred geometry was preserved throughout history in Freemasonry circles since it was believed
to be important knowledge revealing the secrets of our universe! Contemporary scientists now
tell us that in fact all of creation is the offspring of aether vibrations just like the Eastern
Hindu cosmology has always talked about the Ohm sound of Brahman as the vibration that
creates the physical world.

Daniel Winter and David interpreted these Cymatics experiments, and both agree that the
Platonic interference patterns also occur within the aether, and that it is these interference
patterns that really shape the atom.
The Egyptians called matter frozen music and if indeed matter is the result of musical vibrations
of the aether just like the Cymatics experiments demonstrate, we can now appreciate why.

Implosion physics
Daniel Winter presents a physics that is called implosion physics. He concludes that the entire
universe, the material world is created from one non-material substance, the aether. The
aether is a kind of super conductive fluid that flows right through all physical objects. The aether
vacuum is an extremely dense nonetheless frictionless medium. The best comparison for the
aether being non-material in nature is the super-conductive state of helium. When helium is
cooled down to temperatures below 2 degrees Kelvin it becomes a super-fluid, which means
that objects can move through this fluid with no friction at all.
Daniel Winter now believes that vortexes, little eddies or tornados in the fluid-like aether are the
basic building blocks of matter. Since the aether is some kind of a fluid, it follows the well-known
physical laws of hydrodynamics.
Interestingly, in 1895 two clairvoyants by the name Charles Leadbeater and Annie Besant
published an article in a magazine titled Occult Chemistry wherein they explained the internal
structure of Hydrogen, Oxygen and Nitrogen. Using clairvoyance as the only instruments in their
scrutiny, they revealed the internal structure of the above-mentioned elements. The clairvoyants
had no scientific background whatsoever; however they pictured the following torus shapes as
the basic building blocks of the atom:

The Anu
(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
They called these torus-like flow forms the Anu and mentioned that the atom is shaped from
the aether using the Anu as a flow form.
(4)

Daniel Winter supports the idea of these two clairvoyants and uses the torus shape from these
observations along with the Platonic Solids to construct the atom.
According to Daniel Winter the aether creates vortexes, little tornados of whirling and spiralling
energy in the ocean of aether, our universe. The vortexes in the aether are like the little eddies
in a river. The vortex is natures natural flow form for fluids. The same vortex flow form is created
every time we pull the plug in our bathtub!
When two of these aether vortexes join their funnels they form a torus:

Single aether vortex

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)

Double vortex
=
Torus
(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
Now the torus is a unique flow form in hydrodynamics, it allows fluids to spiral inwards and
outwards on the same surface of the torus. It is a very stable flow form.
If the universe is essentially created from one universal substance, the aether, it must be form
that is used to create different and separate things out of this universal substance. The torus is
natures perfect flow form to create a seemingly separate entity in the formless aether that is
stable enough to last.
The torus flow form is similar to the rings created by the smoke of a cigar. The cigar smoke
whirls inwards on top of the smoke ring and comes out again on the bottom of the ring. It is
constantly folding inwards to come around on the other side flowing outwards. The torus is often

compared with the shape of a doughnut or an apple. Its a spherical form folded inwards at the
poles to form a small hole in the middle.
The individual aether torus doughnuts can be nested inside each other. Nesting torus doughnuts
requires that the vortex cones of the torus are aligned with the faces of the Platonic solids.
The flat bottom of a vortex cone should touch the face of a Platonic solid.
As an example we show the cube that contains 3 vortex pairs or 3 torus doughnuts aligned
perpendicular to each other in a cube..

Cube (3 doughnuts)
(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
Now we may remember from the Cube of Metatron that the Platonic solids themselves can be
nested, they fit into each other. Lets take the cube, when lines are drawn to interconnect all
centres on the 6 faces of the cube, they form the octahedron. The octahedron is fully
circumscribed by the initial cube. The same process can be repeated now with the octahedron
by interconnecting the centres of the faces of the octahedron. The result is a cube now
circumscribed by the octahedron. This process can go on and on forever, creating smaller and
smaller Platonic solids perfectly nested into each other, it creates a fractal, a repetitive
geometric pattern.

Nested Platonic Solids

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
The nesting of the Platonic solids is not restricted to the cube and octahedron. All Platonic solids
can be nested into each other. It is the nesting of the Platonic solids that creates the electron
shells of the atom. Similarly however at a much smaller scale the nucleus of the atom is formed.
The electrons in the electron shells correspond with the vortexes that are nested in Platonic
symmetries. According to Daniel Winter, physics has mistaken these vortex waveforms for
electron particles. Within the atom, the electrons orbit the nucleus at a fixed distance from the
nucleus. The sphere that describes the orbital plane of the electron is called the electron shell.
There are different types of shells in the make up of the atom that were given the names s,p,d
and f shells and they contain respectively 2, 6, 10 and 14 electrons maximum.
Each vortex pair in the doughnut corresponds with 2 electrons and when the doughnuts are
organized inside a Platonic Solid we get the equivalent of an electron shell. Heres the
correspondence:
Each vortex pair in the doughnut corresponds with 2 electrons and when the doughnuts are
organized inside a Platonic Solid we get the equivalent of an electron shell. Heres the
correspondence:
1 vortex pair (1 torus) corresponds with the 2 electrons of the s shell.
3 nested vortex pairs in a cube correspond with the 6 electrons of the p shell.
5 nested vortex pairs in a decahedron correspond with the 10 electrons
of the d shell, see note *
7 nested vortex pairs in an cubeoctahedron correspond with the 14 electrons
of the f shell., see note *
* In previous versions of this book it was mentioned that the d-shell with 10 electrons
corresponds with the dodecahedron and the f-shell with 14 electrons corresponds with
the icosahedron. This information has proven to be wrong, since the dodecahedron has
12 faces instead of 10 and the icosahedrons has 20 faces instead of 14. The decahedron
and cubeoctahedron are quasiregular polyhedron and therefore no Platonic but
Archimedean solids. A cubeoctahedron can be constructed from a cube by connecting
the centre of the edges of the cube. The faces of the cubeoctahedron consist of triangles
and squares making the polyhedron quasiregular.

The cubeoctahedron (Archimedean body) of the f-shell.

So matter is the stable flow form pattern emerging from the aether. It takes on geometrical
shapes from a formless energy, creating the illusion of separate electron particles in the electron
shells and the particles that make up the nucleus.
Mainstream physics has never been able to explain why the atom has these random numbers
of 2, 6, 10 and 14 electrons in its electron clouds, the orbital shells around the nucleus. Daniel
Winters model of the atom now explains exactly why these number show up in the period table
of the elements! These numbers are related to the geometrical properties of the Platonic Solids!
Also for the very first time we have an explanation as to why the electron does not crash into the
nucleus and how its radiated energy is replenished. Electrons are not particles that encircle the
nucleus instead they are standing wave patterns at discrete distances from the nucleus! The
aether simply replenishes these standing waves eternally.
Another way of looking at the torus shape is regarding it as a form that can be perfectly
described by a set of Phi spirals.

Phi spirals in nested doughnuts

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
Each Phi spiral is actually a series of pure sine waves. It is a well-known principle in physics that
any complex wave shape can be created from the sum of simpler pure sine waves with different
frequencies and amplitudes. This principle is called the Fourier principle. The Phi spiral is
constructed from a series of harmonics with wavelengths that comply with the Golden
Mean version of the Fibonacci sequence:

When pure sine waves with wavelengths of 1/ , 1, , , etc. are added together, they
will form a perfect Phi spiral.

Golden Mean Waves

When these Phi spirals circle around the torus they meet and interfere. As a result of this
interference two new additional waves will be created. What is important to notice is that both
new waves will have wavelengths that are again in the Fibonacci series. This allows that the
interference will be non-destructive since the interference will simply result in more harmonics in
the Fibonacci series.
Whilst destructive interference is the norm in wave interference, the only exception in nature is
when the waves interfere with Golden Mean ratio wavelengths! In other words, the Phi spiral
can re-enter itself around the torus shape without destroying itself. So the Phi spiral is the
universes only possible way to nest and become self-organizing. This is how stable matter can
be formed from electromagnetic energy as a form of pure wave interference.
Electromagnetic energy in a straight line is what we usually call light. When this same light
chases its own tail around the surface of the torus shape we call it matter. In other words the
atom is pure electromagnetic energy in a form that we no longer perceive as light but as matter,
or to put it in Daniel Winters own words;

So now we have this dualism that waves in a line are energy and waves in a circle are mass,
and because we dont know how the wave got into a circle from the line and out, we conceive
mass as separate from energy. E=MC^2 simply said that yes loop the speed of light back
around on itself, and you made mass of energy.
The Golden Mean spirals of the torus shape eventually spiral into a perfect zero still point in the
nucleus of the vortex that coincides with the nucleus of the atom. So these sine waves implode
inwards into increasing smaller wavelengths. The implosion of the Golden sine waves into
smaller and smaller wavelengths not only increases the frequency of the waves but also
increases the speed of the waves to become super-luminal waves (travelling faster than light).
According to Daniel Winter, this is what gravity really is, the cascade of Golden Mean
electromagnetic sine waves that gain an ever-increasing velocity breaking the speed barrier of
light. Einstein had always assumed that electromagnetism and gravity were related and Daniel
Winter explains us how this connection is established.

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)

When doughnuts are nested to form the electron shells of the atom, the only requirement to
continue this form of non-destructive interference is that these doughnuts align according to the
Platonic Solid geometries.
When these nested doughnuts inside the atom are arranged according to the Platonic
solids symmetries, all waves will rush into the center of the atom, creating repetitive, recursive
or fractal patterns that not only shape the electron shells but also the nucleus. Eventually the
fractal patterns disappear into a zero point in the nucleus of the atom. The implosion of the
electromagnetic waves into shorter and shorter wavelengths is what gravity really is. In a way
the torus is a miniature black hole that attracts the light into itself creating gravity.

The harmonious wave cycles that follow the Golden Mean ratio, the Phi cycles may be the origin
of the word physical (Phi cycle). Physics would be simply the study of Phi cycles!
(5)
Dr Moon's atomic model
An alternative model for the atom based on the regular Platonic solid bodies (regular polyhedra)
stems from professor Dr. Robert J. Moon from the university of Chicago. In this model the
protons that make up the nucleus are situated on the vertices of the Platonic bodies. The
Platonic bodies used for the atom model, are duals like the cube and octahedron and the
icosahedron and dodecahedron. Dr. Moon got his inspiration from Keplers Platonic solid model
of the solar system.

Keplers Platonic solid interpretation of the solar system

In the composition of the atom, only the cube, octahedron, icosahedrons and the dodecahedron
are used, starting with the cube for the first element hydrogen. Hydrogen (H 1) has 1 proton and
1 electron, the proton sits on one of the vertices of the cube. The next element from the periodic
table of the elements is helium with atomic number 2 and hence has two protons. The structure
of helium (He 2) contains a cube whereas two vertices are occupied by protons. Oxygen (O 8)
with atomic number 8 completes the cube with 8 protons, one at each vertex. The next Platonic
solid that enters the nucleus in a nested fashion is the octahedron. The vertices of the
octahedron touch the centre of the faces of the cube. The octahedron has 6 vertices and
together with the 8 vertices of the cube forms 14 (6 + 8) vertices. The element that completes
the cube / octahedron structure is silicon with atomic number 14 (Si 14).

The next Platonic solid that nests in the nucleus inside the previous two Platonic solids is the
icosahedrons with 12 vertices. The element that completes the icosahedrons with 12 protons
has atomic number 14 + 12 = 26. This is iron (Fe 26). Next is the dodecahedron with 20
vertices. The element that completes this Platonic solid must have 20 + 26 = 46 protons. This is
the element Palladium (Pd 46). The next increment of nesting Platonic solids is in fact a hinging
of two dodecahedra, nesting does no longer occur, its a repetition of the first nesting.

Periodic table of the elements

The interesting thing about Moons model is the fact that the Platonic bodies correspond exactly
with the periodicity of the elements. German scientist Lothar Meyer and Russian scientist Dmitri
Mendeleev used the periodicity of the atomic volume versus the atomic number that occurs
between elements to compose the periodic table of the elements.
The atomic numbers that correspond with the start of the groups (horizontal rows in the periodic
table) are the atomic numbers 3, 11, 19, 37, 55 and 87. These are the atomic numbers with the
largest atomic volume expressed as a coefficient of the atomic mass and density. The atomic
numbers with the minimal volume correspond with the atomic numbers 8, 14, 26, 46. The
properties of elements like compressibility and melting point follow the same periodicity as the
former atomic numbers.

Periodicity of the elements (verticaly volume / horizontaly atomic number)

Moons atomic model can explain the periodicity occurring in the table of elements with respect
to the volume of het atom. The reason is that periodicity correlates with the completion of
protons inside the cube (8 protons at 8 vertices), cube + octahedron (14 protons at 14 vertices),
cube + octahederon + icosahedrons (26 protons at 26 vertices) and cube + octahedron _
icosahedrons + dodecahedron (46 protons at a total of 46 vertices).
The elements at which the atom reaches its maximum volume are the elements with atomic
numbers 3, 11, 19, 37, 55 en 87. This can be explained by the fact that these atomic numbers
correspond with the completion of both protons and neutrons occupying the Platonic bodies in
the nucleus. In a paper from 1988, Laurence Hecht proposes a distribution of the neutrons to
enhance and complete Dr. Moons model of the atom. Hecht was looking for an explanation for
the so called magic numbers 2, 8, 20, 28, 50, 82, 126, discovered by physicist Maria GoeppertMayer. Goepert-Mayer discovered that when these numbers either represent the atomic number
(Z), or the number of neutrons (N), or the atomic mass (A), sudden leaps occur in the table of
elements. These elements exhibit exceptional properties with respect to their neighboring
elements. It must be stated that this is not a hard and fast rule, but a tendency.
Magical numbers according to Hecht can be explained by the geometry of the neutrons
following the Platonic solids. To this end Hecht introduces the tetrahedron next to the cube,
octahedron, icosahedrons and dodecahedron in Moons atomic model. The geometry could be
derived from the differences between the magic numbers themselves. The numbers 8 2 = 6
correspond with the 6 edges of the tetrahedron. The difference 20 8 = 12 corresponds with the
12 edges of the cube, 50 30 with the number of edges of the icosahedrons. In Hechts model
the neutrons occupy the centre of the edges, while the protons occupy the vertices of the
Platonic bodies. Hecht proposes the geometry of an alpha particle, a tetrahedron occurring as a
dual of a larger tetrahedron as the first and smallest geometry within the nucleus.

Alpha particle, tetrahedron within a tetrahedron

According to Hecht, the helium nucleus consists of a tetrahedron with two protons at the
vertices and two neutrons at the centre of the edges. At the next element in the table of
elements, lithium (Li 3), the neutrons remain in place, but the protons move to the vertices of the
cube. The nucleus of lithium consists of a tetrahedron inscribed in a cube. In the following table
the neutron distribution in the atomic model as proposed by Laurence Hecht is presented.

Neutron distribution according to Laurence Hecht

Element

lpha Tetra

Kubus Octa

2-He-4

3-Li-7

4-Be-9

5-B-10

6-C-12

7-N-14

8-O-16

9-F-19

10

10-Ne-20

10

11-Na-23

12

12-Mg-24

12

13-Al-27

14

14-Si-28

14

15-P-31

16

16-S-32

16

17-Cl-35

18

18-Ar-40

22

12

19-K-39

20

10

20-Ca-40

20

10

21-Sc-45

24

12

22-Ti-48

26

12

Icosa Remarks

Start of period

Proton shell
completed

Start period

Proton shell
completed

Start period

23-V-51

28

12

24-Cr-52

28

12

25-Mn-55

30

12

26-Fe-58

30

12

12

27-Co-59

32

12

12

28-Ni-59

31

12

12

29-Cu-64

35

12

12

30-Zn-65

35

12

12

31-Ga-70

40

12

12

10

32-Ge-73

41

12

12

11

33-As-75

42

12

12

12

34-Se-79

45

12

12

15

35-Br-80

45

12

12

15

36-Kr-84

48

12

30

37-Rb-85

48

12

12

18

38-Sr-88

50

12

12

20

39-Y-89

50

12

12

20

40-Zr-92

52

12

12

22

41-Nb-93

52

12

12

22

42-Mo-96

54

12

12

24

43-Tc-98

55

12

12

25

44-Ru-101

57

12

12

27

45-Rh-103

58

12

12

28

46-Pd-106

60

12

12

30

Proton shell
completed

Start period

Proton shell
completed

The neutron distribution according to Laurence Hecht follows Sacred Geometry

In the table above, column N stands for the number of neutrons in the element. The prefix digits
of the element is the atomic number, the postfix digits is the atomic mass (number of protons
and neutrons). The table above is not complete and only comprises the elements up to atomic
number 46, ending the completion of the cube, octahedron, icosahedron and dodecahedron
with protons.
With the neutron distribution enhancement to Dr. Moons model, the magic numbers 2, 8 ,20, 28
can be explained. The first magic number 2 is the first atomic number of helium, representing
the introduction of the alpha particle with 2 neutrons. The magic number 8 corresponds with the
completion of protons inside the cube. The magic number 20 corresponds with the start of a
period; potassium (19-K-39) and calcium (20-Ca-40) have the same atomic mass and in fact
both form the start of the new period. With scandium (21-Sc-45) the neutron filling of the
octahedron starts. The filling of the icosahedrons with neutrons corresponds with element 28-Ni59 corresponding with magic number 28 (1 neutron in the icosahedron).
The sacred geometry that can be found within the Moon/Hecht atomic model based on the
Platonic solids, makes that the properties such as volume, melting point and compressibility as
well as the magic numbers can be explained. Until now no other model has been known to exist
to explain these magic numbers.
If we add Daniel Winters vision that elementary particles such as electrons, protons and
neutrons are no more than vortices in the ether, the Moon/Hecht model of the atom can be seen
as a nested set of Golden Mean vortices whereas the flat bottom of a vortex cone coincides with
a vertex of a Platonic body. The Golden Mean waves that make up the atom, implode all the
way into the nucleus following the laws of Sacred Geometry.
(5a)
Universal principal
The repetitive patterns of the Platonic solids that fit into each other are fractals. A fractal is a
repetitive pattern that can be scaled to any size. The scale may change but the ratio is held
constant.
Now the fractal patterns that shape the atom, according to Daniel Winter also shape our planets
and stars, in fact the universe.
A fractal has self-similarity at all scales, its the same geometric pattern repeated. The inner
structure in a fractal is reflected in the outer structure. Fractal means fraction of the all,
indicating that each piece is part of the whole. It is the basic idea of a hologram and this is why
according to Daniel Winter the universe at large is just a super-hologram. The fractals of
electromagnetic energy interconnect everything with everything within the universe and are the
basic building blocks of this hologram. The fractal repetitive structures of electromagnetic
energy weave a giant cobweb throughout the universe.

The wavelengths of planets and stars are huge in comparison with the wavelengths of the atom,
however when their wavelengths fit into the Fibonacci sequence of the Golden Mean, they
interfere non-destructively; they implode and form a fractal attractor that we call gravity! This is
how the planets and stars are connected by means of imploding electromagnetic waves that we
experience as gravity.
So if the universe is in essence a hologram and there is only one principle that shapes
everything from atoms to planets, stars, and the universe at large, we should find proof of these
vortexes, Platonic Solids, and doughnut structures in all parts of the universe.
This holographic principle of the universe was first mentioned by the ancient Greek Hermes
Trismegistus as one of the seven Hermetic principles As above, so below, as below, so above.
What Hermes meant was that there is a correspondence between the different planes of
existence, the macro-cosmos and the micro-cosmos. This Hermetic principle tells us that what
we see out there in the universe, in the galaxies, stars and planets, we will also find on a smaller
scale inside the atoms.
So is there any proof that may corroborate the validity of this Hermetic principle in our universe?
The answer is yes there is; the amazing fact of the matter is that recent discoveries reveal that
the Hermetic principle and the sacred geometry involved can be demonstrated in both the
theoretical unobservable subatomic vortexes of the atom, and the very real observable largest
vortexes of hurricanes! Richard C. Hoagland and David Wilcock discovered the pentagonal and
hexagonal structures in the eyes of violent category 4 and 5 (Saffir-Simpson scale) hurricanes
that have threatened the United States in the last few years. Satellite photos beautifully display
the five spoked-wheel observed in the eye of some of these hurricanes. The satellite photo
below shows the pentagon in the eye of hurricane Isabel of September 2003.

Five-sided pentagon in hurricane Isabel

Wilcock and Hoagland theorise in their hyper-dimensional physics that category 4 and 5
hurricanes open up an inter-dimensional gateway with a higher dimension that allows aetheric
energy to flow into our physical dimension. This aetheric energy in the form of torsion
waves (discussed later in this chapter), create standing waves like the ones in Dr. Hans Jennys
Cymatics experiments and are the explanation for the observed pentagonal and hexagonal
patterns in the eye of the hurricane. We would never have discovered these hyper-dimensional
aether structures in the mechanism of a hurricane if the water vapour of the clouds had not
arranged itself according to these interference patterns. Wilcock and Hoagland believe that
hurricanes are not only feeding on the conventional convection currents caused by the warm
ocean waters and cooler air above, but also experience anti-gravity effects in their funnels as a
result of the torsion waves. As a result the clouds that form the pentagram on top of the
hurricane are raised in the air much higher than normal. The antigravity effect increases
significantly and coincides with the formation of the pentagram only when the internal hurricane
wind speeds build up to the extreme categories 4 and 5 on the Saffir-Simpson scale.
Daniel Winter has a slightly different interpretation of the sacred geometry involved in these
hurricanes. According Daniel Winter, the pentagon shape revealed in the two-dimensional
satellite picture is in three-dimensional reality, a dodecahedron, and the hexagonal shape
represents the top view of an icosahedron. Winter postulates that the nested and
fractal structures of the dodecahedron and the icosahedron are the result of imploding
electromagnetic waves in the eye of the hurricane. These electromagnetic waves are extracted
from gravity, Winter explains, since gravity and electromagnetism are related phenomena.
Hurricanes and tornados are renowned for their anomalous electromagnetic effects such as
thunderbolts and shining lights in the funnel of these storms. This is an anomaly since
hurricanes and tornados are not thunderstorms. So now it seems that nature has provided a
real observable phenomenon that allows us to study the hurricane as the Hermetic counterpart
of the same vortex that shapes the atom.
The doughnut torus shape created by these vortexes can be found in the macroscopic world as
well. Surprisingly enough, NASA in the summer of 2004 released new information about
discoveries that were made with the European Space Agency observatories the INTEGRAL and
XMM-Newton. They discovered that so-called black holes in our universe are actually doughnut
shaped torus formations! Black holes are objects with an unfathomable mass. They have the
density of millions to billions times the mass of our Sun and the gravitational force of black holes
is so strong that nothing can escape from it, not even light. Everything in the environment of a
black hole is attracted to the core of the black hole.
The similarity between the macroscopic doughnut torus shape of the black hole and the
microscopic doughnut torus shape of the atom is apparent. The black holes basic characteristic
is that its gravitation is so immense that even light cannot escape it. According to Daniel
Winter the vortex structure of the doughnut torus structure is actually an implosion of Golden
Mean waves that is no less than the equivalent of gravity. It is light that is attracted into the core,
just like what happens inside the Black Hole.
(6)

It is also interesting to note that recent developments in string theory predict that black holes
can exist at any scale from the microcosmic scale of particles to the macroscopic monstrous
scales of black holes observed in remote galaxies. In fact at CERN in Switzerland they are
building a new colossal particle accelerator to be finished by 2007 called the Large Hadron
Collider (LHC) and scientists are anticipating that the LHC may actually be powerful enough to
spawn miniature black holes. This remarkable fact has become possible from new insights in
string theory. String theory predicts not only multiple dimensions but also that gravity unlike all
other forces in nature will be active in these additional dimensions. This means that the effect of
gravity is far stronger at small distances than conventional theory predicts. In conventional
theory black holes can only be created from tremendously dense masses; however string theory
now allows for miniature black holes far less dense that can exist even at the subatomic level of
particles!
(7)
Astrophysics is still trying to find out the right cosmological model for our universe. The current
accepted idea has been around since the seventies and is the idea that the universe has been
created in one giant blast called the Big Bang. Ever since the universe has been expanding, the
cosmological model of an expanding universe is called the inflationary model. One of the
founders of the inflationary model Dr. Robert P. Kirshner of Harvard University now believes that
a cyclic model can better explain the latest discoveries made about our universe. In the cyclic
model the universe is re-birthed in an eternal cycle of both expansion and contraction. Recent
discoveries have shown that the universe not only expands, but also that this expansion is
accelerating. The only source that could explain this acceleration is an invisible energy that
permeates the entire universe! Astrophysics has termed this mysterious energy dark energy!
Remarkably a cyclic model is the cosmological model that corresponds with the ancient Eastern
cosmology. According to the spiritual Eastern scripture of the Upanishads the universe is
recreated eternally from the breath of Brahman by breathing in and out the Prana of the
universe.
(8)
There are now a number of astrophysics theorists who have launched the idea that the universe
at large has the shape of a giant doughnut torus. One of these theorists is Professor Joseph Silk
of the Department of Physics, Oxford University. The most common used method by scientists
to model the shape of the universe is to measure and determine the geometry of the cosmic
microwave background radiation of the universe, the primordial residual energy of the Big Bang.
The new idea that the universe is shaped like a torus stems from the last measurements of the
background radiation..
(9)
If we assume that the universe is indeed in a perpetual cycle of birth and death then the
doughnut torus shape can perfectly explain and model this behaviour. Just suppose that all
planets, stars and galaxies move through space in this huge doughnut shaped universe. The
center of the doughnut represents the moment of the Big Bang. The center like the center of the
black hole is a singularity where all space and time are infinitely compressed. Think of this zero
point as the eternal now. Now when we leave the zero point of the doughnut and move

outwards through the funnel over the surface of the doughnut, space emerges and starts to
expand, time starts ticking. Weve left the white hole of the universe where planets, stars and
galaxies are birthed. While traversing over the surface of the torus, space keeps expanding until
we cross the equator, the middle plane of the symmetrical torus. Next space starts to shrink
again and all space is attracted to the black hole opposite pole of the doughnut where
everything will collapse again to the zero still point within the doughnut. Weve completed one
complete cycle of birth and death! The eternal cycle of the universe would be such that
everything is being birthed from a singularity, (The Big Bang), the white hole of the universe.
After the universes birth we move for billions of years through space to end up where we
started to be attracted again into a huge black hole. From there on the next cycle is started.
(10)
Recent discoveries made by astrophysics have also shown that the Platonic solids can also be
found in the clustering of galaxies.
In our galaxy, the zodiac with its twelve signs actually has the geometry of a dodecahedron with
its 12 faces corresponding to the 12 houses or signs of the zodiac!
Platonic Solids also show up in the Earths energy fields as will be demonstrated in the next
chapter. The aura of the Earth is a dodeca-icosohedron grid (nested dodecahedron and
icosahedron) that is referred to as the Earth grid for short.
Richard Hoagland together with David Wilcock have pointed out that there are planets in our
Solar System that show geological stress points at exactly 19.47 degrees latitude. Examples are
the Great Red Spot on Jupiter, the Great Dark spot of Neptune, the Suns area of the largest
sunspots. The 19.47 degrees latitude stress points can be explained if we consider the
interlaced tetrahedron energy structures to be present in the sphere of these cosmic bodies.

Interlaced or star tetrahedron in the planets

(11)

The correspondence principle of Hermes Trismegistos as above, so below is valid also for the
Platonic solids in the aura, the energy field of the human body. Science in the nineties has
actually corroborated the existence of the bio energy fields of the human body that were already
known to the Chinese for thousands of years, know as the Chinese meridian system and the
seven chakras in the body. The eastern Chakra systems of the body have been identified as
nodes in the human body where vortexes of subtle energy from higher dimensions interfere with
the physical body.
Many ancient traditions mention that the aetheric energy counterpart body of the physical body
as the vehicle of the human soul. Supposedly the energy structure of the human aura contains
the wave interference patterns of the Platonic Solids especially the star-tetrahedron.

Meditation in Lotus position and the Merkaba

(Courtesy of Ananda M. Bosman, www.akasha.de/~aton/)
The energy body in ancient Egypt was called the Merkaba. (Mer=rotating light, Ka=spirit,
Ba=human body). It was believed that the spinning light of the Merkaba could take a person
from one dimension into another. It was the light through which the soul descended into the
human body and that can also be used to ascend to higher planes.
The Merkaba energy field of the human body is an interlaced tetrahedron (double
interpenetrating tetrahedron, one pointing upwards and one downwards; see the cover of this
book). The Merkaba is mentioned in many religions such as in the Jewish Kabbalah, which
describes it as a counter rotating energy field that affects both spirit and body.
In the Bible Ezekiel called the Merkaba the vehicle of light. This vehicle of light allowed the soul
to travel between parallel dimensions. Kings 2:2 tells the story of prophet Elijah and Elisha who
crossed the Jordan river at Beth-El when all of a sudden a Merkaba of fire appears and Elijah
disappears in the whirlwind. Elijah had vanished from the face of this Earth and ascended from
the physical plane.

The Merkaba is also preserved in Islam in the ancient Islamic mysticism of Sufism. The dervish
Sufi dancer expresses the Merkaba by spinning in a counter clockwise dance his robe, creating
two spherical discs that express the toroidial shape or torus shape of the Merkaba.
Sacred geometry researcher Drunvalo Melchizedek has put much effort in reconstructing the
significance of the Merkaba; he mentions that the human body creates the Merkaba as an
electromagnetic energy field around the body. Ananda Bosman has launched a whole new
science that he has coined Vortexiajah. Vortexiajah stands for a physics of vortexes within
vortexes that perfectly corresponds with Daniel Winters implosion physics. Ananda explains that
the Merkaba or the Light Body Star Ship as he mentions it is the vehicle between the third
dimension and other higher planes of existence. He claims to be able to travel out of body using
his Merkaba. His first outer body experiences spontaneously occurred after a serious accident
where he almost lost his life! He claims to be in contact now with a higher intelligence helping
him to shape his new physics Vortexiajah!
(12)
Sacred geometry patterns of electromagnetic energy also occur in the energy field radiated by
the heart. The human heart has an electromagnetic field in the form of a doughnut toroidial field
(perfect torus) triggering the 7-layered muscles in the heart to beat. This toroidial energy field is
the animator of the heart according to Daniel Winter.
Another example is the geometry in DNA. DNA has the geometry of ten interpenetrating
dodecahedra spiralling along the helix. It requires ten Phi spirals to create the top view of DNA.
The basic geometry of DNA is that of a dodecahedron. Since Daniel Winter assumes that the
universe is one huge super hologram and that everything in the universe is connected with
everything else by means of Golden waves, he believes that DNA is electro-magnetically
coupled with the Earth grid and the Zodiac by means of the fractal dodecahedron shapes of
energy.

Aether and the zero point field

But how does the aether relate to the zero point field that quantum scientists have discovered?
Are they one and the same thing? The only difference I believe is how these fields are being
described.
Both fields describe energy that is everywhere in the universe. Quantum physics however
describes the zero point field as the collective energy that is released (virtual photons) by all of
the subatomic particles in the universe when they fall back from their excited state to their
energetic ground states (called the Lamb shift after Willis Lamb). The sum of all this energy is
what creates the zero point field. On the other hand the subatomic particles borrow energy
(virtual photons) from the zero point field pushing them into a higher energy state. The give and
take of virtual photons of energy is what shapes the zero point field. In this way empty space,

the vacuum is actually a plenum of electromagnetic energy (virtual photons) spanning all
frequencies in the electromagnetic frequency domain.
In contrast with quantum physics the aether theories state that there are no particles only
waves. The zero point in the aether theory of Daniel Winter is the perfect stillness, the alpha and
the omega of creation. This zero point is perfect stillness and infinite movement at the same
time. Its the same thing. How can this be? How can these opposites be the same? The
cascade of Golden waves creates an infinite series of higher harmonics and when all the waves
are added up using the Fourier principle it creates a flat wave of zero Hertz, perfect stillness!
Now think of a glass of water, if you start to vibrate it slowly, you will quite clearly see wave
fronts in the glass. When we increase the frequency, it will be harder to notice the water surface
is vibrating. If we add in all possible vibrations with frequencies ranging from extremely low to
indefinitely high, the sum result of all these vibrations will turn the water into a smooth surface
again. The water has become calm again. This calmness however is illusionary since the water
is both at rest and shaking like hell all at the same time!
That is what the zero point field in essence is; its complete stillness (0 Hz) and filled with an
infinite cascade of Golden harmonics all at the same time.
The waves that create matter and that by means of fractals move into the nucleus in an
increasing cascade of Golden waves speed up and exceed the light speed. But where do they
go? They center into the zero point, back from where they came. In this sense, the zero point is
the alpha and omega of creation!
The zero point is perfect stillness and unimaginable abundant activity at the same time! They
are two sides of the same coin, its like a snake biting its own tail.

Conscious energy
Scientists like David Wilcock and Daniel Winter take the notion even further, they say the
aether energy has properties of consciousness, they conclude that there is no dualism in the
physical and the mental realm.
The aether energy is pure consciousness energy and since it shapes our entire universe,
the universe itself must be a living intelligent being.
So if this fact can be proven aether physics seems to be a scientific corroboration of the tenets
held by many Eastern spiritual traditions that the source of our universe is a life force energy, a
spiritual energy called many names like Prana, Ki, Chi, Akasha to name a few.
In this chapter well present some proof of this startling conclusion, although scientists have
different ideas to come to this conclusion. For instance David Wilcock refers to Russian
research on torsion waves that travel as spiralling impulses through the aether at a billion times
the speed of light. They are caused by many types of events such as the movement of physical

objects but also surprisingly enough by conscious thought! Russian discoveries revealed that
our thoughts and feelings extend far beyond the body and travel through the universe!
Quantum physicist David Bohm also believes that the universe is holographic in nature and that
there is an undivided wholeness of all things. It is useless to think in terms of separate particles
since they are like little whirlpools in the river, you cant tell where the whirlpool starts and the
river ends. Bohm goes on to say that consciousness is not only present in animate life forms but
also in inanimate matter since, energy, space, time and consciousness are not separate things
according to Bohm.
Amit Goswami says that consciousness must be the ground of all being to solve the ambiguity
of the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum science. So it must be consciousness that is
primordial and shapes the physical. Amit Goswami is the author of the book The self-aware
universe.
Daniel Winter explains consciousness as follows; wherever the aether waves organize
themselves around the torus to become fractal or recursive, they turn around the torus to meet
themselves, they become self-referential. Not only do they create gravity but also self-reference
or self-awareness in the process. Self-reference is the principle of being self-aware and is the
definition of consciousness according to the ancient Vedas.
The Golden waves in the fractal geometrical patterns are attracted to the zero point, the focal
point of the atom. The zero point acts as a fractal attractor drawing into it all the electromagnetic
waves that can be shared to ride the roller coaster of the cascading Golden waves. In a sense
its a miniature black hole attracting the light into itself meanwhile creating not only gravity but
also self-awareness.
But if recursive electro-magnetic waves forming fractals is the true nature of consciousness, it
means that consciousness is not restricted to life forms only but also inanimate objects must
have a kind of consciousness. All material things in the universe must be self-aware!
Indigenous tribes like the native Indians of America and the Australian aboriginals for instance
have always claimed that everything from the raindrops to rivers, from rocks to mountains are
alive. Conscious life is not restricted to animate life forms that dwell upon the land; the Indians
believed that every material thing had a soul, including the land. To these people all of creation
was alive and part of the whole; they worshipped the mountains and the rivers, the moon and
the Sun just as much as the animals and plants.
Our western culture regards the ancient religions as primitive since the ancients worshiped the
stars and planets as the Gods of the Heavens. Maybe they didnt have such a primitive and
poor concept of reality after all? Maybe it is us who have some catching up to do?
It is now dawning in science that the universe may be self-aware. This implies that all atoms,
planets, stars, etc, are self-aware and have some form of individuality. We can no longer speak
of consciousness that is restricted to organic life forms alone; consciousness can reside in many
forms including stars and planets. The universe itself may be one conscious being that we
humans are part of.

This makes every single focal point of electromagnetic waves an individual consciousness that
is part of the universal consciousness. Human individual consciousness focusing in the human
body is simply a piece of the total consciousness of the universe. The brain is merely the
antenna tuned to receive the individual consciousness from the universal consciousness just
like the quantum brain theory suggests. Each individual mind however also has access to the
universal mind.
It would explain how the universal consciousness was accessed by so many geniuses like the
greatest philosophers, scientists, artists and musicians that have inspired us throughout the
Ages. If we accept this, then within this holographic concept of consciousness our separate
egos must be illusions.
A growing number of physicists today believe that the universe indeed is self-aware. Why is it
that almost all of the world religions associate Gods consciousness with light? The Bible tells us
that God is the Light of the world!
Daniel Winters implosion physics now tells us that it is conscious light that creates the material
world! Could this universal consciousness that many like to refer to as God be the zero point in
the aether, the still point, the fractal attractor in chaos theory that draws all the light of the world
into itself where all is One? The zero point could be regarded as the source and destination, the
alpha and the omega of creation. Daniel Winter tells us that it is this universal consciousness
that focuses the waves into the zero point and keeps it spinning, it can be compared with the
Gforce mentioned in AetherDynamics!
But wasnt God also associated with unconditional love? If God is really to be associated with
conscious light then where is the love in all of Winters Golden waves?

Phi and Love

Manfred Clynes, a former concert pianist studied the relation between music and emotion.
During his many performances he learned that certain parts of his playing moved people more
than others. He wanted to find out what it was in music, what pitches and notes touched people
more than others. He embarked on a scientific career to find out.
He studied the wave shapes that were related to human emotions. The tender hugs and
caressing between people seemed to follow predictable envelopes of pressure that were
universal. His studies showed that they were not related to cultural, religious or racial
backgrounds. All over the world people seem to follow the same recipe for creating emotions in
waves.
Expressions of anger and hate where people push and jerk the other also follow predictable
wave paths of pressure. Amazingly the emotion associated with love is Golden Mean related! If
were hugging our loved one and we express the feeling of love, the maximum pressure in the
hug is at exactly the Golden Mean ratio with respect to the total duration of the hug!

Relation between emotions and wave envelops.

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
Daniel Winter concluded from Manfred Clynes material that love must be Golden Mean related!
So it seems there is only one way the universal consciousness of the universe can create. It
requires the loving non-destructive interference bending of light into fractal structures of
geometries that allows the waves to stand and interfere eternally. The higher harmonics in the
Golden Fibonacci sequence are all based on the longest Phi wave, the carrier wave. The
cascade of electromagnetic waves all braid on this Golden wave with the longest wavelength,
the long Phi wave or lo-Phi wave, the love-wave!
Is lo-Phi the origin of the word love?
So it seems only love creates and we can now appreciate that the loving waves that interfere
with each other is what creates the material world. If the interfering waves did not maintain the
Golden Mean ratio in wavelength, destructive interference would be the result and the material
world could simply not exist. Isnt it true that love can move mountains and that hate and anger
destroys everything? We can see the same principle expressed in waves that lovingly construct
the material world! When the waves hate each other, they compete and kill each other!
Light in a straight line is energy, loving light bent around a focal point creates matter and its the
universal consciousness that keeps the waves centered! If the universal mind of the universe,
God is the light and love of the world, like the Bible has always told us; we can now appreciate it
from a scientific perspective!

The loving heart

Daniel Winter is a member of the Heart Coherence Team that has developed a Heart Tuner .
The Heart Tuner is a heart/brain biofeedback system that is able to measure the coherence
between the heartbeats (Electrocardiogram ECG) and the brainwaves (Electroencephalogram
EEG) of an individual. It is used by therapists and researchers but is also suited for individuals
to establish balance between the heart and mind.
For the first time in history were able to really measure human emotions such as compassion,
empathy, love, anger and frustration. The Heart Tuner uses the electromagnetic waves of the
heart and the brain and is able to determine if there is harmony between them, in other words if
there is coherence between heart and mind. What the Heart Tuner does is that it checks
whether our feelings and thoughts are balanced.
For ages weve believed that the heart is the home of our feelings and emotions, it is expressed
in almost any popular love song, however human emotions can now really be measured and
they stem from the heart indeed. Emotions are reflected in the waves of the ECG.
Also our thoughts leave a fingerprint in the electromagnetic field of the brain, our brainwaves
recorded in the EEG. The Heart Tuner picks up the signals of the heart and the brain and is able
to detect phase locks between the waves of the ECG and the EEG.
When a phase lock is detected, not only do the frequencies in the heart signal match up with the
frequencies of the brainwaves, also their phase matches, the waves are harmoniously
connected! In technical terms the signals are said to be coherent! What really is happening is
that the person involved is balancing his feelings and his thoughts and hes experiencing
peaceful, joyful feelings, bliss.
The Heart Tuner has proven its therapeutic benefits:

It stimulates the immune system

Balances emotional and physical health

Is a feedback tool for stress release

Improves a persons learning abilities

Can be used to eradicate addictions.

Is a good aid in conflict solving by measuring coherence between two persons (its a lie
detector that never lies!)

Now how does the Heart Tuner work and what is really happening in the frequency spectra of
the heart and brain?
First of all, the sonic sounds of the heart, the heartbeats are translated into electromagnetic
pulses by the thymus of the heart and the glands in our body that act as piezo-electrical devices
translating sonic pressures into electromagnetism. This is how the heart creates an
electromagnetic field that can be measured as an ECG.

Daniel Winter discovered that people who are experiencing true feelings of love leave a
signature in the frequency spectrum of the heart, the ECG.
What happens is that the frequency components in the spectrum become Golden Mean related
(Phi)! Surprisingly also the brainwaves can become entrained, phase locked with the heartbeat
waves! Brain and heart waves beat at the same pace and in the same phase connected by the
Golden Mean (Phi).
The result is our by now familiar cascade of Golden electromagnetic waves just like weve
discussed before that is happening inside the atom.
According to Daniel Winter, the cascade of Golden electromagnetic waves ends up as blue light
in the DNA of our body! The DNA is a kind of a lens attracting the electromagnetic energy into
itself.
So how does the heart and brain waves that have long wavelengths connect and lock with the
much shorter wavelengths of the DNA? Its the Golden Mean ratio that bridges the scale of the
long wavelength of the heart and brain waves to the short wavelength of DNA. When our
thoughts and emotions are attuned to love, a cascade of Fibonacci series of harmonics is
created that links the energy of the heart and mind to our own DNA.
So emotion is really energy, it is energy in motion, e-motion. Emotion is like a roller coaster
conveying the emotional energy from the heart to every cell in our body into our very own
DNA. The energy of our emotions moves between these scales of long waves to short waves
and is finally delivered to our DNA. Fritz Popp had previously discovered the bio photons, the
blue light in the body and assumed that it was somehow related to DNA, Daniel Winter explains
us the wave coupling mechanism of how the energy of the mind and heart is delivered to our
very own DNA.
When the heart expresses the emotion of love it creates a cascade of Golden
Mean electromagnetic waves, in fact it creates gravity just like the atom does when it attracts by
Golden Mean braiding electromagnetic waves into the zero still point. Why have we always
associated love with gravity? Why do we use words like Im attracted to you, like the moon is to
the Earth, when were in love with someone? Why has our emotion always been associated with
weight? When Isaac Newton saw the apple fall from the tree, he just discovered gravity. He ran
off to tell others and explained the principle of gravity by saying that the apple is attracted to the
Earth. The people stared and laughed at him, the whole idea seemed preposterous, how could
an apple be attracted to the Earth? Are they in love? Only people in love are attracted to each
other. It took Newton a long time before people started to get used to the idea of gravity as a
force of attraction. In those days, Newton would have done better to take other words to explain
the principles of gravity. However taking Daniel Winters theory of gravity literally, the word
attraction seems just fine; it now seems appropriate three hundred years after Newton to say
that the Earth and the moon are in love and that it is gravitation that is drawing a man to a
woman!
Daniel Winter also used his Heart Tuner on a trained yogi who went into a deep state of
meditation. Formerly he had instructed the yogi to focus on a tree and to send loving thoughts to

the tree. He placed an antenna near the tree and linked both the yogi and the antenna near the
tree to his Heart Tuner.
The antenna under the tree picked up the Earths electromagnetic Schumann waves. The
Schumann waves named after German Professor W.O Schumann were discovered in 1952.
The Schumann waves are a result of the Schumann resonance, a frequency resonation of
about 8 Hertz that occurs between upper layers in the atmosphere and the Earths crust. It is
called Gaias heartbeat.
The Schumann resonance is somehow related to human consciousness since brainwaves
operate in a frequency domain that includes the 8-Hertz Schumann frequency. Spacecraft of
NASA are all equipped with a device that simulates the natural Schumann resonance frequency.
From early space travel NASA learned that astronauts get disoriented and distressed when they
are shut off from the Schumann resonance. As a human being we depend on it.
Daniel Winter demonstrated that the trees in the woods act like huge antennae that pick up the
Schumann frequency and amplify it. When hooked up to the Heart Tuner he noticed first of all
that that the yogis ECG and EGG were coherent as expected from earlier experiments.
However he also found that the yogis brainwaves and heartbeats had become coherent with
the Schumann resonance of the Earth!
What he demonstrated with his experiment is that when we feel love we tune into and become
one with nature itself. Daniel Winter now believes that all biological life depends on the
Schumann resonance as the carrier wave, the long Phi wave to braid electromagnetic Golden
waves. Humans can link up to biology and to mother Earth itself for that matter. The heartbeat of
this planet is the Schumann resonance. It may be the explanation why a walk in the woods is so
refreshing and why people like to spend time in nature. Being completely shut off from the
Schumann resonance on high altitudes in a plane where the fuselage acts like a big Faraday
cage, is now believed to contribute to the effects of a jetlag.
Daniel Winter warns us of the hazards of electromagnetic smog in our biosphere; it destructively
interferes with biology itself and finally causes cancer. Weve shielded ourselves from the
natural Schumann resonance and the Earth grid energies by hiding in concrete buildings and by
destroying the green forests of the globe, the antennae that amplify the Schumann resonance.
The power grid in the United States that drains current into the Earth causes the worst case of
electromagnetic pollution and this activity should be stopped immediately according to Dan
Winter!
(13)

Torsion waves
Nikola Tesla around 1900 was the first to experiment with two spiral coils (caduceus shaped).
He fed the two coils with opposing alternating currents such that they would create
electromagnetic fields that would be self-cancelling. Although the electromagnetic fields were
cancelled out, he demonstrated that his Tesla coils were nevertheless able to transmit energy

over long distances. He had actually discovered a new form of energy. Remarkably Teslas
waves did not loose its energy at the inverse square of the distance as normal electromagnetic
energy does, even over long distances there was no loss of energy to be noticed.
Teslas work on this revolutionary new form of energy was almost forgotten in history. It
retrospect it seems his work was too revolutionary to be accepted by society in the last century,
especially its application of free energy. This is why his work nearly disappeared without trace.
Fortunately the same form of new energy was independently discovered in the nineteen fifties
by Russian astrophysicist Dr. Nikolai A. Kozyrev (1908-1983). Kozyrevs discoveries were kept
secret by the Soviet Union during the Cold War. It was only after the fall of the Iron Curtain that
Kozyrevs discoveries were slowly revealed to the West. In the Soviet Union thousands of
academics have delved into this subject after Kozyrevs initial discovery of this new form of
energy. Kozyrev proved the existence of the aether once and for all.
This new energy is neither electromagnetic in nature nor does it relate to gravity as it stands on
its own. The new form of energy discovered by Kozyrev is a spiralling non-Hertzian
electromagnetic wave that travels through the vacuum at super-luminal speeds, a billion times
(10 C) faster than light. Due to the spiralling nature of the wave, the wave is called a torsion
wave since it traces a spiralling path! According to independent researcher David Wilcock the
torsion wave also traces a perfect Phi spiral! Torsion waves are called non-Hertzian waves since
they do not obey the classical theory of Hertz and Maxwell.
Einstein and Dr. Eli Cartan predicted the existence of static torsion fields in 1913 in a theory that
became known as the Einstein-Cartan Theory or ECT for short. Torsion fields never got very
much interest in physics until Kozyrev discovered their actual existence.
We have already discussed torsion waves in chapter 4 about the zero point field, where we
mentioned that Tom Bearden discovered that the fundamental wave in the electromagnetic
wave is a scalar wave. The scalar wave is the wave that remains when two opposite
electromagnetic waves interfere cancelling out the electric and magnetic field components, just
like Tesla did. The result is a hitherto unrecognised component in the electromagnetic wave, a
longitudinal wave vibrating in the same direction it is travelling. Maxwells classical
electromagnetic wave theory that is still the prevailing theory today for electromagnetism does
not allow for scalar waves and accounts for transverse electromagnetic waves only. These
transverse Hertzian waves named after Heinrich Hertz, are created when electric charges
oscillate from side to side in a dipole antenna. At a distance they will induce a transverse force
on a charge in a distant radio receiver antenna when aligned perpendicular to the propagated
direction of the Hertzian wave. Scalar waves, lacking transverse polarity, are generated in a
totally different way and cannot be received with a normal dipole antenna, the antenna used in
all of our ordinary electronic receivers. This is also the explanation for why this new form of
energy has not been discovered much earlier. Tom Beardens scalar waves now get support
from Paul La Violette whose sub quantum kinetics theory not only predicts the Hertzian
transverse waves but also Teslas longitudinal scalar waves. According to Paul La Violette a
monopole antenna such as a charged sphere will create longitudinal scalar potential waves
when periodically charged and discharged. Scalar potential waves can and have been detected
using a Bendini detector.

To prevent the misconstruing of scalar and torsion waves mentioned in this book, they are
synonyms for the same wave.
Scalar or torsion waves now seem to play a significant role in explaining our physical reality.
Although torsion fields are very weak they can be measured using torsion beam balances that
were first developed by Kozyrev. Torsion waves create minute forces in matter and thats how
they can be detected.
Torsion fields can be either static or dynamic. Static torsion fields can take on the form of
vortexes like the one mentioned in the implosion physics of Daniel Winter. These static
vortex torsion fields in the fabric of the vacuum space can stay in one place for a very long
period of time. Kozyrev discovered that torsion fields can also propagate through space as
torsion waves at tremendous speeds at least one billion times the speed of light (10 C).
He noticed that all physical objects both absorb and radiate torsion waves. By shaking,
vibrating, deforming, heating and cooling physical objects they generate measurable torsion
waves. Even the displacement of an object generates torsion waves that can be measured. All
movement therefore from the vibrations of atoms to the orbits of our planets and stars leaves
their traces in the form of torsion waves in the aether.
A very remarkable phenomenon that Kozyrev discovered by rotating gyroscopes is that they
lose very small but measurable amounts of weight. Also firmly shaking objects could make
objects lose weight. Now from our current understandings of physics this is quite impossible! It
violates all physical laws, how can solid matter lose weight when it is spun at high speeds or
shaken? If we still believe that matter is made of little hard marbles called particles, yes this
would be a great mystery! However Kozyrev showed that the gyroscopes shed more torsion
waves when shaken or spun, so that aetheric energy that sustains the object was shed back
into the background sea of the aether. The momentary loss of aether energy accounted for the
weight drop.
Dr. Harold Aspden of Cambridge University discovered a related phenomenon. He attached a
powerful magnet to a gyroscope and spun it at high speeds. He measured the amount of energy
required to accelerate the gyroscope to full speed to be a 1000 Joules. Now to his surprise
when he stopped the gyroscope from spinning and restarted the gyroscope to spin again within
60 seconds after it stopped, it required 10 times less energy to spin the gyroscope to the same
speed. The spin of the gyroscope had added extra spin to the aether that sustains the
gyroscope that lasted for a while before it wore off, rather like the momentum stored in the tea of
a teacup after stirring it with a teaspoon. We now know that spinning magnets are strong torsion
wave generators.
Another violation of the laws of Newton with respect to torsion fields comes from Bruce De
Palma. He conducted experiments where he catapulted two identical steel balls at the same
speed under the same angle into the air. The only difference between the balls was that one of
the balls was rotating at 27000 revolutions/minute and the other was not. The spinning ball
reached far higher into the air than the non-spinning ball. By the spinning of the ball torsion
fields were created that caused a slight change in the total mass of the ball.

Kozyrev discovered that stars also radiate torsion wave energy and postulated that these
torsion waves were generated due to the spinning of the stars. From his astronomical
observations of stars using dedicated telescopes to measure the torsion wave radiation, he
noticed that the star radiated this torsion wave energy from a location in the sky that must be the
true position of the star whereas the visible light of the star reveals the position of the star many
years ago since it took many light-years before this light reached the Earth. From this
observation he concluded that the torsion wave must travel at super-luminal speeds. He even
noticed that torsion wave radiation was received in a location in the sky that revealed the future
position of the star! Since torsion waves travel at super-luminal speeds, they can cross the time
barrier and move into the future.
Since the Earth also radiates torsion waves and this torsion radiation is much stronger near the
poles, Kozyrevs experiments are geographical location dependant. He also noticed that his
effects could only be measured during the cold periods of the year. In the summer the intense
solar torsion waves interfered with the torsion waves of his experiments. Our Sun is the greatest
torsion wave generator in our Solar System.
(14)
Torsion waves flow in and out of all physical matter and atoms are basically all torsion
wave generators.
The counter rotating Phi spiralling electromagnetic waves in the implosion physics of Daniel
Winter that spiral into the nucleus of the atom, likewise cancel the electromagnetic components
of the electromagnetic waves and results in a torsion wave.

Phi caduceus scalar wave

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
Russian science has actually many names for Daniel Winters electromagnetic energy vortexes
such as spin fields, torsion fields and axion fields; they are all vacuum spin fields. The doughnut

and vortex structures of spiralling Golden Mean waves described by Daniel Winter are forms of
static torsion fields. The spiralling into the zero still point of the electromagnetic vortex creates
the following effects:

It accumulates infinite energy due to the implosion of the waves into smaller and
smaller wavelengths. The shorter the wavelength the more energy is contained in the
spiralling wave. Like the tornado accumulates energy and focuses it into the eye of the
tornado, the electromagnetic vortex accumulates energy into its still-point. Notice that it
is the extreme spinning of air molecules in the eye of a tornado that gives it its immense
destructive power.

A spin field of electromagnetic energy stores inertia (the resistance to movement). The
more spin, the more inertia is stored. The same inertia effect is demonstrated by
spinning tops and gyroscopes that resist any change to their momentum.

If we appreciate these two effects created by torsion fields, we may start to understand why
matter and energy are interchangeable (Einsteins famous formula E=m* c^2) and what it is that
gives matter its solidness.
If we organise vortex spin fields of electromagnetic energy in the organisation patterns of the
Platonic solids we call an atom, we may now understand that:

Matter is a dense form of accumulated energy

Matter internally has properties of inertia that gives it mass.

So in reality, there is really nothing solid about matter. Mass is the illusion of a solid thing, its the
Maya of the material world mentioned by the Tao. This illusion is sustained by the stored inertia
in the waves and has tricked science into maintaining a false concept of inertia. Weve always
believed that inertia is an inherent property of mass, but the truth is just the opposite, the stored
inertia of spinning electromagnetism in a local region of space creates the effect we observe as
mass!
There is little known in Western science about torsion fields created by matter spun at high
speeds. NASA has just recently launched a satellite in April 2004 to investigate the spin fields of
the planets in our Solar System. Since most scientists believe that the spin field is a property of
matter, they fail to recognise that it is the torsion field that creates matter in the first place. Bruce
de Palmas spinning gyro experiments proved that gyroscopes actually lose weight. This
phenomenon is totally unexplainable within the current scientific paradigm, however if we
understand that by spinning an object we change the overall electromagnetic spin stored in the
object, we may see why it has a feeble but measurable affect on its mass.
We can now also start to see why Haisch & Rueda, discussed in chapter 4 The Zero Point
Field, were able to prove Newtons famous law of inertia F=m * a. They proved that inertia is the
effect caused by accelerating mass through the zero point field. Well since the electromagnetic
vortex within the atom stores both zero point energy and inertia, were not surprised to find a
correlation here.

Static torsion fields in the form of vortexes in the aether and the spiralling torsion wave travelling
at super-luminal speeds are getting more and more attention in Western science. According to
some, torsion waves are the missing link in the search for a final theory of everything,
Einsteins unified field theory. It seems that electromagnetism, gravity and torsion waves are all
members of the same family; they are just different forms of aether vibrations.
The most astonishing fact that may prove that a theory for everything is within reach, is the fact
that Kozyrev discovered that human thoughts and feelings are generating torsion waves as well.
He has been able to measure torsion waves that were caused by sudden human emotional
changes. So what Kozyrev proved was that:
Consciousness is related to aether vibrations.
Our very thoughts and emotions create torsion waves that travel at super-luminal speeds to the
far ends of the universe.
Torsion waves may be the physics for telepathy, the ability of mind reading between two
individuals. Since torsion wave can physically affect matter, it may also be the explanation for
psychokinesis or PK, the ability to mentally change physical objects. Stage performer and spoon
bender Uri Geller has always demonstrated these abilities in front of large audiences. Although
many still think he was a conman, he has been subjected to scientific scrutiny but they could
never disprove his ability. During the Cold War Russian scientists experimented a lot with
psychics because they believed that their abilities were genuine.
Now we may remember from chapter 3 Science and Consciousness the research programs of
Dr. William Tiller into the effects of human intention. He used test persons to imprint their
intentions into his IIED device and asked them to manipulate the outcome of an experiment, for
instance the lowering of the acidity of water. The IIED device was placed in a room for extended
periods of time and the effect of lowering the acidity of water could clearly be measured.
After a while the IIED device could be removed from the room and the effect continued. The
room had somehow become conditioned. Now the conditioning of this room may be explained
by the presence of static torsion fields that were imprinted in the physical vacuum of the room
by human intention! These torsion fields created by means of human intention are able to create
subtle changes in matter.
In 1984, Dankachov showed that static torsion fields could also be memorized in water. Water
proves to be a good medium for storing static torsion fields. The late French biologist Jacques
Benveniste has proven that water is able to memorize the constitution of chemical compounds
that were dissolved in it. Somehow a torsion field can be created in water that is a fingerprint of
the chemicals dissolved in the water. After diluting the water a great number of times such that
no possible molecules of the original chemical compounds could be found, the heavily diluted
water still maintained its properties as if the original compounds were still in there. What had
happened is that although no molecular traces could be found in the water, there was still the
imprint in the water of the original torsion field of the chemical compounds. Benveniste also
demonstrated that by simply placing a second bottle next to the first one he could copy the

properties of the water from one bottle to the other. The torsion field of the first bottle of water
was induced into the second!
Prof. Dr. David Schweitzer is able to photograph this memory effect of water. He has a fairly
simple method to measure the water memory effect of water and the imprint they leave behind
in the water. He takes a water drop and allows it to dry up at a tilted angle. Next he investigates
the dried up water drop under a microscope and shows how interesting light structures become
visible.
The memory effect of water may be a physical explanation for homeopathy. Many people are
very sceptical about homeopathy because how can clear water that has been diluted so many
times such that all chemical compounds are gone still have a medical effect? Pure water cant
have a healing effect can it? However the invisible torsion fields that are present in the water
may be the reasonable explanation for this phenomenon.
(15)
The imprint of human intention into the ice crystals of Dr Masaru Emoto is yet another example
that can be explained by torsion waves radiated by human thoughts and emotions. The torsion
fields created by human intention are simply memorized in water. At an invisible level the
internal structure of water has changed. After freezing the water these changes manifested in
the different shapes of the ice crystals and were visible to the naked eye.
At Sound Energy Research they created torsion field imprints in water using scalar (torsion)
wave technologies. They treated distilled water with scalar waves and a dedicated coil
developed by Dr. Glen Rein. The result is structured water called scalar wave structured
water. They sent samples of this water to Dr Masaru Emoto who froze the water samples and
studied the crystals. They formed perfect hexagonal structured ice crystals. This is yet another
example that indirectly proves that consciousness and torsion waves are related since both
human conscious intention and scalar waves seem to produce the same results in Dr Masaru
Emotos experiments with ice crystals.
Sound Energy Research sells their programmed smart water in bottles in three different
flavours. By using different intentions they added different programming to the water. The water
is said to have relaxing and healing properties.
(16)

Akasha field
Torsion waves are very remarkable waves as they never wear off, they propagate to the far
corners of the universe without losing their power and in this respect they have eternal life.
Torsion waves as they travel through the physical vacuum do not encounter any friction;
therefore they maintain their energy. As torsion waves traverse the universe they interfere with
other torsion waves. Over time they weave a tapestry of the history of all that has ever
happened within the universe from the movement of the smallest subatomic particle, to the
revolution of the planets, and the expansion of galaxies. Remember that torsion waves are

generated by many phenomena such as the vibration or displacement of matter,

electromagnetic energy and our conscious thoughts to name a few.
Torsion fields are therefore information fields as they encode everything that has left its traces in
the form of torsion waves in this universe. This boils down to the recording of every little thought
that was ever thought and every little move that was ever made. The interference patterns of the
torsion waves form a huge hologram that permeates the whole of the universe.
Just like the waves of the seas form an interference pattern that in theory allows us to decode
the movement of the ships that stirred its surface, likewise torsion waves theoretically allow us
to decode the history of our universe. The only difference between the waves at sea and the
torsion waves is that the sea waves eventually loose their energy as they crest at the shores.
The superposition of torsion waves and their memory capacity however is limitless and eternal.
Torsion waves allow for information transfer across the universe, connecting every atom with
every other atom and since torsion waves travel at super luminous speeds they could be the
explanation of the non-local effects that were predicted in theory and empirically discovered in
quantum physics. The information field created by torsion waves allows for a coherent whole of
the universe, connecting every little atom with all other matter in the universe, informing it of its
whereabouts and activity. In fact scientists are discovering a very high state of coherence in our
physical universe that cannot easily be explained if the universe is a bunch of single individual
parts of atoms, molecules, planets and stars that only maintain contact by separate forces such
as gravity acting upon them. Quantum entangled particles keep their coherent relation eternally
and are not bothered by any distance separating them whether it be a few millimetres or the
distance of a galaxy. These coherent relations can only be explained if an invisible field
permeates the universe that interconnects them.
The information field described above is termed the A-field by Professor Emeritus Ervin Laszlo.
Laszlo in the last four decades developed an integral theory for everything; instead of
specialising in one particular field, Laszlo has studied many fields of science and finally
developed an integral system theory. According to Laszlo the A-field is more fundamental than
energy and matter in the universe. Its this primordial information field that is the ground of our
universe interconnecting everything with everything rendering our view of separate entities in
this universe useless. In his system theory there are no separate entities at all; separate
entities that we observe in our universe are all embedded in one seamless interwoven net of
connections.
The A-field of torsion waves may be new to science but its existence has been known for
thousands of years in the East. The only new thing about it is that it is being rediscovered by
western science. Eastern spiritual tradition has named this field the Akasha field. Akasha is a
Sanskrit word meaning radiating or shining, its a synonym for aether. Akasha is the womb of
creation bringing forth every physical aspect that can be perceived with the senses according to
eastern traditions. In ancient eastern spirituality the history written within the Akasha field are
called the Askashic chronicles, the book of life that records everything that has ever happened
or will happen in the universe. The Akashic chronicles or Akashic records contain the story of
every soul that ever lived on this planet.

The Akashic records are holographic torsion fields of individuals that embed in larger holograms
of groups of peoples such as nations. The holograms of nations weave the hologram of
humanity on Earth and resembles what Carl Jung called the collective mind of man. The A-field
or Akasha field can explain the psychic abilities reported by many people to see into the past
and know about events that took place in this world that were not perceived by any personal
cognitive conscious experience. The Akashic records are the storehouse of information that has
been consulted by all great seers throughout the ages including Edgar Cayce.
The author of this book personally testifies that psychic gifted people are able to read the
Akashic records. In the past I have been consulting a paranormal practitioner for a long time.
Being born as a very sceptical person, my disbelief in the paranormal however eventually
melted as I was confronted with many unusual cures that I could not explain. I also shared many
experiences with other clients of this practitioner during the long waiting hours in the waiting
room. During one of my consultations I handed him a photograph of someone close to me
without disclosing any prior details about the person in the picture, not a single word. I simply
asked if he could help this person. He held his hand above the picture to sense it while he
started to reveal to me what had happened to this person in clear details and quiete explicitly
explained the situation this person was in. The information hit me right in the face for I knew he
was right. I was totally flabbergasted by the experience since there was no way he could know
the details he was revealing to me! From this moment on I knew with absolute certainty that
there was something fundamentally missing in my understanding of what I believed to be my
materialistic reality.
To me this personal experience changed my scepticism about the paranormal once and for
good. After my first experience I met and talked to several people with paranormal abilities. I can
therefore from my own experience testify that psychic abilities to read the Akashic records are
real and that indeed everything that has every happened in this world must be written in the
vacuum fabric of space and time. Human consciousness is able to read this book of life.
Today I believe there is no woman more convincingly demonstrating her psychic abilities than
the famous American medium Char Margolis. She conducts readings on TV-shows where she is
able to give the most amazing details about the deceased loved-ones, always starting by
spelling out the names of the spirits shes contacting! She is able to see spirits, read thoughts
and foresee events reading from the Akashic records. Her mission is to show people that death
is not the end but really the start of a new beginning. She is also here to tell us that each one of
us has these innate intuitive abilities just like she has.
I think everyone of us at least has had one or more experiences in his life where he or she
suddenly had access to information not perceived by the senses. What we call intuition, a
sudden insight or feeling that informs us about a situation, may be explained by moments of
unconsciously tapping into the Akasha field and having access to information we cant logically
explain. Sometimes we just know things!
Twins who are emotionally very close often keep a telepathic contact and unconsciously know
about each other especially when the other twin half is in distress. Twins often have an ability

called twin-pains; they are able to sense the pain of the other half in cases of, for instance, a
severe toothache.
Owners of a dog know that their dogs are often mysteriously able to sense their bosses return
home after a long day at the office. Animals in nature are able to sense a pending Earthquake.
Hours preceding the actual quake animals start to respond very nervously as if they sense
something terrible is about the happen. Earthquakes are accompanied by a tremendous release
of torsion waves as a result of the frictions that occur in the Earth crust prior to the quake itself.
These intensified torsion waves are most likely sensed by the animals consciousness and may
explain their nervous behaviour in anticipation of the quakes. Humanity has somehow lost its
paranormal abilities that are still common in animals. During the tragic events of the tsunami
that took place on the 26th December 2004, rescue workers in the aftermath of the Earthquake
were amazed to find an almost complete absence of dead wildlife although there were so many
human casualties. The reason may be that animals used their 6th sense and felt the impending
disaster that caused them to flee to safer places in the higher mountains.
It seems our current understanding of psychic abilities and the paranormal is finally catching up.
Explanations for psychic abilities have now come into the domain of science that for the first
time in history is able to give a rational explanation for these abilities that have been ignored,
ridiculed and dismissed out of hand for so long in the West.
(17)

Recapitulation
For the first time in recorded human history we may have a unified theory of everything (T.O.E.)
within reach that not only explains our physical universe but also connects it with
consciousness, closing the gap between science and spirituality once and for all, 300 years
after Descartes.
The empty space of the universe is not empty at all. It contains a spiritual energy that modern
day science has rediscovered as the aether but this energy has been known for thousands of
years in many ancient spiritual traditions by names such as the Chi, Ki, and Prana or Akashic
energy of the universe.
This energy not only shapes the physical world moment by moment, it is also related to
consciousness. Contemporary science is revealing that the firm belief in a distinction between
the material and the spiritual world is false. There is no duality, the universe is constructed from
one and one substance only and both the physical and mental world springs forth from this
single substance called the aether. Amit Goswami, Daniel Winter and David Wilcock are a few
of the scientists who have crossed the bridge between science and spirituality and who now
believe that the primordial conscious energy of the universe is the first cause of creation.
The aether energy can arrange itself into basic geometrical wave patterns that were named
after Plato, the Platonic solids to form matter. Almost 2,500 years ago, Plato wrote that the

physical world was constructed from the Platonic solids. The Platonic solids arrange themselves
in what chaos theory calls fractal patterns weaving a matrix in space interconnecting atoms with
the stars. The scales of the Platonic solid shapes are different but the ratios between them are
still the same (following the Hermetic principle as above so below).
The suggestion coming from quantum science that the probability waves are real waves is now
believed to be true. This finally solves the enigma of the wave particle duality of quantum
science. There are no particles in the universe, only waves. What we see as a particle is in fact
the focal point of vibrations.
The idea that God is the light and love of this world as mentioned by many world religions can
be taken literally after studies of the work of Daniel Winter. Matter is created from pure light
(electromagnetic and torsion wave energy) and as we have demonstrated there is a distinct
relation between love and the Golden Mean ratio (Phi) that is required to sustain matter. Since
the focal point of these waves creates conscious awareness, every atom in the universe is
conscious and the universe itself is One conscious being. The universal consciousness, God is
all that is, hes omnipresent and omnipotent. Hes aware of all things going on in the universe
because hes the universal consciousness.
Matter in the universe is attracted by means of Golden Mean braiding of waves towards to the
zero point, the alpha and omega of creation. It is the love in those waves that creates the
gravity. The late and legendary R. Buckminster Fuller the subject of the Beatles song Fool on
the Hill, discoverer of the importance of sacred geometry, used to put it this way: Love is
metaphysical gravity.
If there wasnt any love in the waves that shape matter they would start to destructively interfere
and the universe would collapse into a great void. God is the Gforce in Aether Dynamics and the
fractal attractor in chaos theory, attracting all waves towards the center where all becomes One.
Russian scientists rediscovered Teslas new type of non-electromagnetic energy that travels in
spiralling waves and called it torsion waves. Scientists now believe that torsion waves can be
regarded as information carrying waves rather than energy waves. It was proven that torsion
waves are linked to human consciousness and are created by human thought and emotions.
Torsion waves are the interface between the mental and the physical world although we must
keep in mind that in reality there is no duality between them.
Torsion field physics is the promising physics of psychokinesis and telepathy and shows us how
the universe creates a hologram that resembles the ancient information field of the aether better
known as the Akasha field. The Akasha field is the book of life that keeps a record of all that has
ever happened in this universe and all that will ever happen in the future.

Chapter 7 Atlantis and the Earth grid

The vibrating aether energy that shapes the atom moment by moment also shapes the planets,
the stars and all the rest of the universe in the very same way. The Platonic energy fields at the

quantum level should therefore also be found at the macroscopic scale of our own planet Earth.
The scale of the wavelengths may be different but the ratio of the interfering aether wavelengths
are the same, the ratio is inherently fixed by the geometry of the Platonic solids. Another way of
saying the same thing is that atoms, planets and stars are interconnected by the fractal patterns
of the Platonic solids. We will demonstrate in this chapter that the Platonic solids also create an
energy matrix around the Earth that scientists now call the Earth grid.
The Earth grid
A number of scientists have been working on the Earth grid model, but the first one was Ivan P.
Sanderson. Sanderson found that the twelve Devils Graveyards around the world were
geometrically spaced from one another. The Devils Graveyards are the triangular areas in the
world where physical anomalies have been reported such as the mysterious disappearances of
ships and airplanes for no apparent reason. The most famous of them is the Bermuda triangle;
second best known is Devils Sea east of Japan. There have been many reports of time and
space dilations that were accompanied by loss of compass, altimeters, artificial horizon, loss of
radio contact and other strange phenomena that many airplane pilots experienced while flying
over the Bermuda triangle. There have been reports of planes that after arrival seemed to have
travelled through a different time zone since all watches on board were late by exactly the same
time! Sanderson noticed that there are five Devils Graveyards in the Northern Hemisphere,
five in the Southern Hemisphere and two at the poles, twelve in total forming the exact vertices
of the icosahedron!
Three Russian scientists, Nikolai Goncharov, Vyacheslav Morozov, and Valery Makarov made
the next step in the construction of the Earth grid. They started with Sandersons work and
added the dodecahedron to the grid pattern.
Bruce Cathie discovered independently the octahedron and cube in the subtle energy fields of
the Earth and this was later given the name the Cathie grid.
Husband and wife scientists William Becker and Bethe Hagens finally put the complete Earth
grid symmetry together. Becker is a Professor of Industrial Design at the University of Illinois,
Chicago, and Bethe Hagens is a Professor of Anthropology at Governors State University of
Illinois. Starting from the icosa-dodecahedron grid they added a special polyhedron developed
by sacred geometry explorer R. Buckminster Fuller. The official term of their final Earth grid is
the Unified Vector Geometry 120 Polyhedron, or the UVG 120 also called the Earth Star.

Becker-Hagens grid
(Courtesy of Bethe Hagens, 66.63.115.137/grid)
The Earth grid has been studied at length and it shows many amazing facts since it perfectly
outlines the shapes of the continents, mountain ridges, tectonic cracks in the Earths crust,
ridges at the bottom of the oceans, places of volcanoes, ocean current patterns. All of these
geological effects and many more can be mapped onto the Earth grid. The grid pattern of the
Earth is attributed to the torsion waves that rush into the Earth. Although torsion waves are very
subtle, collectively they become very strong and are able to create real geological effects that
are discernable in our Earths crust.
The Devils Graveyards are all situated on the vertices of the icosahedron of the Earth grid. In
these places abnormal aether vortexes can occur during rare interplanetary alignments taking
place within our Solar System.
According to David Wilcock the different densities of the aether in the universe create many
different physical dimensions. Basically there are eight dimensions related to the octave;
however every dimension itself can have again eight sub-dimensions. This subdivision can go
on and on rendering infinite dimensions within our universe.
The airplanes and boats that mysteriously disappeared in the Bermuda triangle without any
wreckage ever being found can be explained by these time and space warping vortexes on the
vertices of the icosahedron. The planes and boats may have literally disappeared into another
dimension.
One such a vortex location on Earth where physical anomalies can be experienced is the
Oregon vortex in the United States. The Oregon vortex is open to the public and is famous for

its space and time warps. Strange effects such as the shrinking and expansion of human beings
depending on the location within the Oregon vortex can be personally experienced.

Oregon vortex, two people trading places also change sizes

What happens in the Oregon vortex also happens in the Bermuda Triangle only the effects are
far stronger and can make planes disappear from this plane of existence.
(1)

The Earthgate project

With regard to the Earth grid research, a number of remarkable scientific experiments have
been conducted. Especially for these experiments a device named the Earthgate was
developed. This device is able to pick up the torsion wave energy of the Earth grid. The design
is very basic, it consists of a four-sided pyramid in the top with an elongated inverted pyramid
beneath it, along with 4 other tetrahedron shapes at the bottom all made of copper wires.
In the design of the Earthgate, brass spheres were used that were interconnected by hollow
brass pipes and soldered to the spheres. The whole construction is a wire frame of 1.8 m high
with a base of 1.10 x 1.10 m.

Earthgate device showing orbs

The whole idea about the Earthgate is that the Platonic geometries that are incorporated in the
wire frame are forms that resonate with the spiralling torsion waves of the Earth grids energy.
The whole construction is a kind of antenna that is tuned to torsion waves. The researcher calls
it an acupuncture needle punctured in the earths energy grid.
In multiple trials, the device was fired up by a group of people projecting their loving intentions
towards the Earthgate in a meditation. Special sounds were added as well! When the device
was activated, anomalous light spheres, called orbs started to emerge that could be viewed with
the naked eye and have been photographed with both normal and infrared photography. The
light spheres were translucent and seemed to float in the air.
Magnetometers picked up a strong signal at 3m distances from the Earthgate in the ELF
frequency range (extra low frequencies 0-100 Hz). A strong base signal was focused around 7.8
Hz, the frequency of the Schumann resonance along with higher harmonics.
Clairvoyant people that were invited to witness the Earthgate experiment explained that the
Earthgate links up with the energy grid of the Earth when the Earthgate was activated and
aligned to the North-South axis. Activation of the Earthgate caused cosmic energy to come
down from the universe while the same energy moved up from the Earth to flow through the
device, according to these psychic observers.
They were able to measure a toroidial energy vortex around the Earthgate; the vortex was
measured in a horizontal plane around the Earthgate. The explanation for the anomalies
created by the Earthgate is that the scalar waves or torsion wave fields that are omnipresent in
the physical vacuum cause these anomalous light effects. One believes that the Earthgate
works really like an acupuncture needle and that it enhances and balances the Earth grid.
(2)

Ley Lines and megalithic structures

The amazing truth of the matter is that mankind has known about the existence of an Earth
encompassing energy grid for at least thousands of years. The Earth grid has simply been
rediscovered in the 21st century. We now have irrefutable proof that the primitive cultures of
the past, the ancient cultures that had such a limited understanding of physics knew about the
subtle energies of the Earth and its grid pattern!
The fact is that the Earth grid itself is laid down in stone all around the world. The Earth grid are
the Ley lines that have been marked by megalithic structures including dolmens, menhirs and
stone circles around the Earth. Megalithic structures are found all over the world depicting the
precise location of the Earths energy lines. In the United Kingdom places like Avebury and
Stonehenge for example are situated on powerful Ley lines.
Ley lines are found all over the world and many cultures in the past have referred to the Earths
energy lines in various ways, the Chinese called them the dragon currents in the old art of Fengshui, the art of balancing and harmonizing the land. By building pagodas, temples and stones
structures they believed that it helped to heal the Earth. Feng-shui is to the land what
acupuncture is to the body, it regulates the flow of Chi, the invisible aetheric life force.
The Australian aborigines referred to energy grid lines as the dream lines that could be
experienced in their dreamtime (a state of heightened awareness).
When the Earth grid was finally in place it was discovered that all pyramids and ziggurats (flat
topped pyramids), sacred temple complexes and stone circles around the world were placed on
the vertices of the Earth grid. We mention the temples of the Mayas in Yucatan, the pyramids at
the Giza plateau and the white pyramid in Tibet. The Great Pyramid at the Giza plateau, the
pyramid of Khufu (Cheops in Greek) is the most important one because it is situated exactly on
the north pole of the Earth grid matrix. The reason why the ancients have chosen the Giza
plateau for the location of the Great Pyramid is because this location has the worlds strongest
aether vortex.
Most people know pyramids only from the ones in Egypt and Mexico, but pyramids are
scattered all over the world in China, Japan, Ecuador, and El Salvador. Mexico (Chichen Itza),
Guatemala, Peru (Machu Picchu). Some archaeologists believe that pyramids can be found in
Europe as well. They have found anomalous hills covered by earth that have the shape of a
pyramid in England at Silbury Hill, in Italy in Montevecchia (3 possible pyramid shapes) and
Germany.
(3)
The place where the Great Pyramid is built is very special; it is the only place on Earth where
the longest stretches of landmass are found in relation to water. When the Earth is
circumscribed by a circle drawn through the Great Pyramid, then the total area of land on the
circle exceeds the area of water far more in this place than in any other place on Earth. This
was probably recognised in ancient times and it was for this reason that the zero degrees

meridian, the Prime meridian was marked by one of the most amazing structures in the world,
the Great Pyramid.

The lost continents

Edgar Cayce was very sure about the fact that Atlantis was not a myth and he predicted that
proof of the mythological continent of Atlantis would eventually be discovered. Atlantis according
to Edgar Cayce was destroyed in three major periods of inundations spreading over thousands
of years. The third and final destruction was a cataclysm, a pole shift of the Earth that caused
the last of the remaining empire of Atlantis to sink in about 10.500 BC. Besides Atlantis, Edgar
Cayce also mentioned the existence of the civilizations of Lemuria or Mu in nowadays Asia. Mu
like Atlantis was a highly developed civilization that collapsed around 50.000 BC. Survivors of
the catastrophe fled to countries like China and Japan.
The current consensus by historians is that the first civilizations that emerged are of Sumerian
and Babylonian origins. These civilizations quite suddenly and in a relatively short time span
emerged some 5000 years ago from the Stone Age. If remains of Atlantis were to be found, this
discovery would certainly revolutionize our world and we would be forced to rewrite history
books.
Edgar Cayce was by no means vague about Atlantis; in 1933 he quite precisely predicted that
the remains of Atlantis would be found in 1968 or 1969 near the coast of the United States. He
pinpointed to Bimini, an island in the Bahamas where eventually remains of temples would be
found under the muddy sand of the ocean. According the Cayce, Bimini was once part of the
lost empire of Atlantis named Poseidia, the name of the sea God mentioned by Plato.
Cayces predictions came to pass when in 1968 a civilian pilot flying over the waters of Bimini
discovered an underwater structure that became later known as the Bimini Road. The Bimini
Road is man made road with a length of several hundreds of meters and has been studied by
the University of Miami Professor Manson Valentine who revealed this news to the media. Ever
since Professor Valentines discoveries were made public, flocks of researchers have swarmed
to the Bahamas and Cuba to get their fair share in what could have been the discovery of
Atlantis.
Researchers today are looking for the remains of the lost mythological civilizations of Atlantis
and Mu or Lemuria all over the world and some of them have already reported some very
astonishing findings. The Association for Research and Enlightenment (A.R.E.) that preserves
Edgar Cayces legacy have formed a team of experts who are diving for the remains of Atlantis
in the waters around Cuba and the Bahamas. They found a large underwater platform near
Andros Island in the winter of 2003. The discoverers hypothesised that they had found the
remains of a huge ancient port.
In the waters near Mexicos Yucatan Peninsula in the summer of 2000 a research group headed
by Russian researcher Paulina Zelitsky found mysterious megalithic structures at depths of 600
to 750m which they called MEGA. In October 2004 the same group headed back to the same

location to research what they believe to be the Mayan Atlantis. In 2001 colleagues of Zelitsky
discovered another huge land plateau in the same region between Yucatan and Cuba in a deep
trench with sonar technology that showed clear shapes of roads, buildings and pyramids. Using
undersea robots they also made video images of white sands with in the middle clearly
distinguishable large sized man made structures.
(5)
While conventional research is being performed by divers looking for the lost continent
underwater, a total new field of archaeology has emerged, the application of satellite imagery
from space. Satellites have discovered undulations on the ocean floor near the Bahamas the
size of mountains that are spaced in geometrical patterns that may well be pyramids. These
discoveries were made by a company named Satellite Discoveries. This company helps
archaeologists and other researchers in their archaeological quest. The company publishes an
e-zine magazine Mysteries Unsealed Online Magazine on the internet that keeps updates on
the progress of their work.
Satellite pictures made off the coast of Florida, show straight lines on the floor of the ocean that
are hundreds of kilometres long and are like trenches in perfect straight lines. These lines must
be artificial because of their impossible length and straightness. It is highly unlikely they were
caused by tectonic Earth plate movement, because they found Earth cracks that even run
perpendicular to these lines. Similar lines have been found near the coast of Africa, South
America, The Azores and Europe. It seems there is a huge megalithic underwater network that
is interconnected with super megalithic structures (pyramids). The constructions may have been
above water in ancient times and could well be the remains of the lost civilisation of Atlantis.
Digitally enhanced satellite pictures possibly reveal the structures of underwater super sized
pyramids, places that appear to be cities and other large megalithic structures. Further
investigations are required but if in fact it can be proven that these structures are artificial it
seems that Atlantis is rising. Satellite Discoveries are raising funds and inviting scientists to
investigate these underwater constructions further.
(6)
In 1995, off the coast of Japan near Okinawa large underwater structures were found that could
be the remains of a castle. The architecture resembles the architecture of nearby castles still on
land. The sites are under research by Professor Masaki Kimura, marine biologist of the
University of Ryukyus in Okinawa. Professor Kimura believes that the structures must be
manmade by a lost civilisation. They even found roads underwater that prove they must have
been manmade.
Professor of Geology Teruaki Ishii at the Tokyo University suggest that the structures must be
dated back to 8,000 B.C. Others believe that they are much older and may well be 12.000 years
old.

Structures in the waters near Okinawa, Japan

In March 1995 in another location in the waters of Okinawa divers found the remains of an
ancient city spread over an area of hundreds of square kilometres. They found streets,
boulevards, arched structures, staircases carved out of stone and welded together. A few
months later off the shore of the island Yonaguni, 300 air miles south of Okinawa in shallow
water they even found a huge pyramid!
The news about the submerged city and the pyramid made headline news for more than a year
in Japan but this striking news fact has been totally neglected outside of Japan. Speculations
are that the remains that are found are remnants of the legendary civilization of Lemuria or Mu.
(7)
On the 15th November 2004 the discovery of Platos Atlantis City made European headline
news when an American expedition team lead by Robert Sarmast held a press conference
claiming to have found its remains. Robert Sarmast says he has found the city with its circular
canals just like Plato has described it. The city supposedly lies 1.5 km below sea level covered
under meters of sea sediment, 80 km southeast off the coast of Cyprus. After a 6 days
expedition and sonar scanning of the area, he returned with proof of manmade structures,
including a 3 km long wall, deep trenches and meandering riverbeds. Sarmast says he
compared 50 clues derived from the books of Plato with the actual site and definitely identified
this site as the city of Atlantis with its Acropolis Hill. His expedition included members who also
joined in the expedition that discovered the wreckage of the Titanic. Being very sure of his case
from the preparations made in 2003 leading to the expedition in 2004, he wrote the book The
Discovery of Atlantis the startling case for the Island of Cyprus (Origin Press 2003) that has
become a bestseller among tourists on Cyprus already.
(8)

Employing the same underwater archaeological technology of sonar scanning used on the
seafloor in the waters off Cyprus, Indias National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT)
discovered underwater geometric structures at depths of 6 metres in the Gulf of Cambay off the
coast of Gujurat. The ensuing marine archaeological explorations revealed man-made
formations of at least two cities and actual artefacts have been recovered from these sites such
as pottery, jewellery and human bones. It has attracted a lot of attention since historians believe
to have found one of the seven sacred pilgrimage places of ancient India, the city of Dwarka,
according to Sanskrit literature founded by Lord Krishna. The city built on the banks of a river,
supposedly submerged in the sea after Krishnas death. Dwarkas discovery is of immense
importance to the Indian cultural and religious heritage and for many it has already removed the
lingering doubt about the historical validity of Vedic scriptures and the real existence of Krishna.
Discussions are continuing about the age of these sites and estimates vary considerably, from
early history to the late medieval period. However, Western historians may have to review their
assumptions for the start of Indian civilisation in the Indus Valley somewhere around 2500 BC.
as further investigations ensue. Artefacts, carbon dated 8,500 to 9,500 BC, were recovered in
January 2002 that could be indications that the city was of much older civilisation.
(9)
Researcher John Michell author of the book New view over Atlantis believes that all of these
structures both on the land and under water belonged to a geomantic tradition that was once
universally known all over the Earth. Michell states in his book We live within the ruins of an
ancient structure whose vast size has hitherto rendered it invisible.
The major regions where pyramids are found are in the Earth grids 0 degrees longitude zone
(Egypt, Giza plateau), the 120 degrees longitude zone (Kukulkan, Meso America, Maya and
Aztec pyramids) and the 240 degrees longitude zone (Japan, underwater pyramids). These
three zones are not coincidental; they mark the strongest energy lines of the Earth grid that are
defined by the Platonic tetrahedron shape, the three-faced pyramid!
The most likely explanation for all the pyramids that are found under water and on the land is
that they are the legacies of the lost civilizations of Atlantis and Mu or Lemuria. These
civilizations must have had knowledge of the aether and the Earth grid.

Pyramid Power
What is so special about pyramids? Why are they found all over the world and why over the
Earth grid?
Egyptologists tell us that the Egyptians built the pyramids in Egypt serving as burial sites for the
pharaohs. However no mummy was ever found in the Great Pyramid that was named after
Khufu, the Pharaoh that supposedly has been buried there. In later Egyptian times pyramids
were built of a far lesser quality than the enigmatic Great Pyramid and these pyramids have

certainly been used as burial sites. However a number of archaeologists now believe that earlier
pyramids such as the one at the Giza plateau served a totally different purpose.
To find out what pyramids are for, 20 large pyramids were built in 8 different locations in Russia
from 1990 onwards. They were built near Moscow and in the Ukraine. All pyramids were
constructed from fibreglass; the largest in size has a height of 44 meters and weighs 55 tons.
Research has been conducted for more than a decade now on these pyramids under
supervision of Alexander Golod, director of a Defence Enterprise in Moscow. Many Russian
scientists from famous Russian academies in the fields of medical science, biophysics and
physics were involved in the pyramid studies.

Russian pyramid
(Courtesy of Alexander Golod, www.pyramids.ru)
They have collected a lot of data indicating that the pyramids exhibit a hitherto unknown
pyramid power. Studies revealed that pyramids can increases the immune system of
organisms leading to a better health. Agricultural seeds that were placed inside the pyramid for
1 to 5 days yielded a crop increase of 30 to a 100%. The Russian military measured a column of
energy right above the pyramid extending for several kilometres into the air. Amazing enough
the ozone layer improved over the area of the pyramids and seismic activity in the region
diminished. A nearby oil well yielded a better production since the oil had become less viscous.
The reports were confirmed by the Russian academy of Oil and Gas.
Another amazing effect of pyramid power is the effect it seems to have on human
consciousness. Experiments were conducted with 5000 criminals in jails in Russia who were
secretly fed pyramid energy induced in salt and pepper in their food. Studies showed that within
months crimes inside the jails had almost disappeared and that the overall behaviour of the
inmates had improved.
Also medicines were tested after being exposed to the pyramid power, their potency increased
and the side effects diminished.

Tests were also conducted with radioactive waste from nuclear power plants, tests showed a
reduction in the level of radioactivity after being exposed to the pyramid power inside the
pyramid.
Ordinary water did not freeze even at 40 degrees below zero and it retained in its liquid state for
years. Synthesized diamonds turned out harder and were purified!
Now all of these effects prove that the pyramid power is real and the Soviets were so convinced
about its effect that Alexander Golod succeeded in convincing the Russian government in 1998
to take samples of crystalline substances that were energized inside the pyramids onboard the
MIR space station for the good of the space station in particular and the entire world in general!
Another amazing report on pyramid energy comes from Mr Kirti Betai. In Agra India, Mr Kirti
Betai has built 36.000 small pyramids and put them into a special configuration forming a
pyramid energy healing system. He has founded the Daya Dhaar Self Care Center, a non-profit
organization. Pyramid treatments are free of charge and without reservation available to
anyone.
Mr Betai has already helped ten thousands of people who have visited his center. He has claims
of miraculous healings from ailments that are incurable and he is inviting scientist to come and
study his work.
He built the pyramid construction to heal himself from a liver and kidney failure that was the
result of a wrong drug administration. Among his patients he also cured his wife who suffered
from chronic asthma. He claims to have healed a woman diagnosed with muscular dystrophy
with treatment lasting two years. When she entered the programme she couldnt stand on her
own feet, but after two years she was able to stand up for as long as 45 minutes. Blood samples
indicated that she was cured from the disease.
(10)

Recapitulation
The Greek word for pyramid is pyramidos and is contains the word pyr meaning fire and amid
meaning in the middle. So pyramid really means fire in the middle. Russian research has
shown that the pyramids power is indeed a fire in the pyramids interior.
The pyramids shape seems to acts as an antenna for the spiralling torsion waves. It is assumed
that a pyramid focuses torsion waves from the Earth grid into its center. The megalithic stones
and structures placed on the meridians of the Earth grid are the acupuncture needles in the
energy body of Gaia, just like the research with the Earthgate device has demonstrated.
Supposedly the megalithic infrastructure was built by highly advanced ancient civilizations to
protect us from cosmic influences and used to stabilize the aura, the aether energy fields of the
Earth.

There is now circumstantial evidence to suggest that the megalithic infrastructure was used by
the Atlantean civilization to stabilize the tectonic plate movements that caused Earthquakes and
volcanic activity around the world. However the Atlanteans could not prevent a pole shift that
eventually led to the destruction of Atlantis.
All of the discoveries mentioned in this chapter show us that we drastically need to re-evaluate
and rethink every book that has been written about human history.
If youre still not convinced that highly civilized cultures pre-dated our current civilization just
have a look at these hieroglyphs that were found on the Egyptian temple wall at Abydos.

Wall of the Egyptian Abydos Temple

(Image used with permission of Elysian Publishing, http://www.intent.com/elysian,
which provides educational services on Sacred Geometry)
It doesnt take much imagination to see from left to right a helicopter, a submarine, a UFO, and
an airplane. Now what do we really know about the Egyptians? Lets have a look in the next
chapter at the most intriguing and mysterious construction every made by man, the Great
Pyramid at the Giza plateau and see how scientist have started to unravel this enigma.
Indications are that the Great Pyramid must not be attributed to the Egyptians but to the
Atlanteans.

Chapter 8 The Giza Plateau

One of the seven world wonders is the Great Pyramid at the Giza plateau by the side of the Nile
near Cairo. The pyramid has been researched since the dawn of modern history. Piles of books
have been written about the enigmatic Great Pyramid alone. Many of these books stem from
Egyptian archaeologists. Egyptologists havent changed their view about the Great Pyramid
very much in the last hundred years. Pyramidologists date the construction of the Great Pyramid
back to 2589 B.C. and it is supposedly created as a burial site, the tomb of pharaoh
Khufu (Cheops in Greek). Leading pyramid expert is Dr. Zahi Hawass, chairman of the Supreme
Council of Antiquities (SCA) in Egypt, who fiercely adheres to the tomb theory of the Great
Pyramid. Although there is a sarcophagus inside the Kings chamber of the Great Pyramid, no
mummy has ever been found inside the pyramid. This sarcophagus must have been made
inside the pyramid since due to its size it cannot be removed from the Kings chamber any
more.
In the last decade scientists have started to doubt the age and purpose of the Great Pyramid.
Gradually as the Great Pyramid reveals more of its secrets, the tomb theory becomes less
acceptable. Indications are that the Great Pyramid must have been built by a highly intelligent
civilisation that must have had a scientific understanding and access to techniques even beyond
our own.
The Great Pyramid consists of two million limestone blocks, has the height of a forty-story
building and the width of two and a half football fields. The foundation of the pyramid is bedrock
chiselled with a precision of only 2 centimetres off perfect level. Even today with all our technical
know-how and laser precision craftsmanship according to specialists we are not able to build a
structure like the Great Pyramid which such precision! We simply do not have the mechanical
technology available to carve the stones that construct the pyramid with the precision that has
been used!
In fact attempts have been made to prove that the pyramid could be constructed using the
known ancient Egyptian tools and methods. Egyptologist Mark Lehner has made an attempt
with a large group of people but failed to even create a 6 m scale model of the pyramid. He had
to call in the help of a truck with a winch to get the blocks out of the quarry. In the late seventies
a Japanese team funded by Nissan made another attempt to create an 18 m high scale model
using the same primitive ancient Egyptian tools such as chisels and hammers. The once so
proud Japanese team returned home disillusioned and embarrassed, since they had to use
jackhammers to cut the hard stone, were unable to get the stones across the Nile and
eventually had to use bulldozers, a truck and even a helicopter to get the blocks stacked to a
pile that remotely resembled a pyramid. In both attempts made to reconstruct the pyramid, only
small blocks were carved from the quarry but remember that the real pyramid contains blocks
with the weight of a steam engine locomotive!
(1)

Also consider that these stones are so perfectly carved and the mortar joints are so terribly thin
that you cant even get a sheet of paper in between them! The mortar joints are terribly strong,
far stronger that the mortar that we use nowadays. The stones seem more or less glued or
fused together. The smallest blocks weigh a ton. The average block however weighs 2,5 tons up
to even 70 tons. How could the Egyptians lift these very heavy blocks with such precision to the
height of a forty-story building? Although there are some theories, we simply dont know for
sure. The massive construction of the pyramid is aligned with a precision of only 3 minutes and
6 seconds off perfect alignment to the 4 cardinal points.
The Giza Plateau contains three pyramids along with a number of satellite pyramids around the
bigger pyramids. We also find the famous Sphinx on the Giza Plateau. The three big pyramids
are named after the Pharaohs that according to the Egyptologists ordered for their construction
as a mausoleum:

The Great Pyramid of Khufu (or Cheops)

The pyramid of Khafre (or Chefren)

The pyramid of Menkaure (or Mycerinos)

From left to right, Menkaure, Khafre and Khufu

It would appear the reason Mark Lehner and the Japanese team from Nissan failed to
reconstruct even miniature models of the Great Pyramid is that the required technique is beyond
our technology, even today! Egyptologists still claim that all work has been done using primitive
chisels and hammers, the Egyptians simply had plenty of time and plenty of slaves to do the job.
The sarcophagi that were found inside the chambers of the pyramids are made of extremely
hard granite. Although no mummy was ever found inside these sarcophagi, Egyptologists still
want us to believe that they were used as coffins. They even came up with the primitive tools
that were used to hollow the granite blocks for the sarcophagus; a hard diorite ball on a stick
used to batter the rock.

In 1995, Christopher Dunn, a high tech aerospace manufacturer investigated the sarcophagus
of the Khafre pyramid. He had brought along with him some precision measuring instruments
and climbed inside the sarcophagus to measure the smoothness of the interior in order to
determine the degree of precision that had been used in the carving. What he found was
nothing less than astonishing; the inside of the box was so perfectly smooth and flat, that a
flashlight shone from behind a straight edge would not reveal any light passing through. All
edges in the box were perfectly square and the surfaces perfectly flat. The curvature of the
inside corners was so small and the edges so sharp, that it is totally impossible that these
corners were created by battering with balls with the diameter they are supposed to have. Since
Dunn couldnt measure a single deviation from a perfectly flat surfaces and perfect square
corners, in his enthusiasm and utter amazement from his discovery he yelled Space-Age
precision. Christopher Dunn has had many other granite artefacts examined and his conclusion
is that those precisions could only have been achieved using machinery.
(2)
It has become more and more obvious that the Great Pyramid in particular and the Giza Plateau
in general has been designed to encode sophisticated scientific knowledge in many ways, there
seems to be no coincidences. Every discovered detail has a meaning than weve just started to
unravel. Archaeologists got stuck in their single and only explanation for the pyramids and made
us believe that they served as tombs for the Pharaohs such that we missed the whole point! For
centuries the Giza plateau has been studied through the eyes of archaeologists and historians
but in the last two decades that has changed.
Originally the Great Pyramid was covered with a 144.000 white granite casing stones, giving it a
smooth polished surface. In ancient times the reflections from the Sun must have been
noticeable from miles away. The Egyptians called their pyramid Ta Khut which translates into
The Light. Muslims in later times robbed the Great Pyramid of its casing stones to build the
mosques in Cairo. The only remains of the casing stones are found at the base of the Great
Pyramid and the top of the pyramid of Kahfre. It is from these stones that the exact dimensions
of the Pyramids have been determined. The capstone that should seal the top of the Great
Pyramid is missing.
In this chapter we will just show a few facts that underpin the claim that the pyramids must have
been built by a highly advanced civilization that had access to a technology better than our own!
According to Edgar Cayce eventually the Great Pyramid will reveal all of its secrets when the
Hall of Records is opened and proof will be found of its Atlantean origin.
The Hall of Records is supposedly a large storage room hidden somewhere under the
Giza plateau that is believed to contain advanced Atlantean equipment. Some conjecture that
the missing capstone is a miniature version of the Great Pyramid with all the interior details and
speculate that this capstone is buried in the Hall of Records. Edgar Cayce gave directions to the
location of the Hall of Records and hinted at the left paw of the Sphinx where the entry to the
Hall of Records should be found. John Anthony West and Robert M. Schoch in the course of
investigating the weathering of the Sphinx to determine its age, detected by means of seismic

scanning the Giza plateau, that an underground chamber beneath the Sphinxs paws actually
exists, exactly where Cayce had predicted it.
The conclusion of West and Schochs research on the erosion of the Sphinx was that is was
actually water and not desert sand and wind that had caused the erosion of the base. This
would mean that the erosion could only have occurred from rainfall in the post ice age period of
10.000 BC to 5.000 BC before the green Sahara savannah turned into desert. They concluded
that the Sphinx must have been carved before this period and was linked to an ancient
civilisation, possibly Atlantis.
Also archaeologist Howard Middleton-Jones claims to have found the exact location of the Hall
of Records on the Giza plateau. He also claims that the Ark of the Covenant, the tabernacle that
contains the Ten Commandments of Moses, is buried inside the Great Pyramid. The entrance to
the Ark of the Covenant should be in the Great Gallery at the junction that leads to the Queens
chamber on the one hand and to the Kings chamber on the other. He came to this conclusion
after carefully studying the book Exodus in which God explains in detail to Moses the
construction of the Ark. Howard Middleton-Jones is quite sure that what is actually described in
the book Exodus is the staircase leading up to the Kings chamber of the Great Pyramid, known
as the Grand Gallery. Now if Howard Middleton-Jones is right we could be expecting some
interesting discoveries in the future.
(3)
But just lets not be drawn into speculations about the Great Pyramid instead lets have a look at
some very provable mathematical facts.

The mathematical constants

The pyramid encodes the mathematical constants for Pi and Phi and the natural logarithm e!
These three constants play a very significant role in mathematics and physics. The origin of
these constants has for centuries puzzled mathematicians and scientists and it still remains a
mystery, but the fact is that these mystical constants show up everywhere in nature. All of the
three constants Pi, Phi and e have been incorporated into one and the same structure, the
Great Pyramid! This in itself is a very remarkable fact and proves the ingenuity of the builders of
the Great Pyramid.
By no means is it possible that these constants show up accidentally by piling up some rocks. Pi
and Phi were found first; however it took until 2003 before Rick D. Howard eventually
discovered the natural logarithm constant. He developed a theory called the Triple-TriangularTheory (TTT) that mathematically underpins the presence of all three constants in the Great
Pyramid.
In the picture below are the dimensions of the Great Pyramid in royal cubits. The royal cubit is
an ancient length measure used by the Egyptians.

Dimensions of the Great Pyramid in royal cubits.

The mathematic value of Pi defines the ratio of the circumference to the diameter of a circle and
is found in the pyramid.

Pi can be found taking twice the base length of the pyramid divided by its height: Pi = 2
* 440/280 = 880/280 = 22/7 approximating Pi = 3.14159.

The Golden Ratio or Phi is found in the pyramid in the following way:

Phi is found when the length of the sloping side of the pyramid is divided by half the
base length of the pyramid, Phi = 356/220 = 1.618 (220 is the half of the base of the
pyramid).

Ive left out the proof for the base of the natural logarithm e since the Triple-Triangular Theory is
rather complex.
The fact that the pyramid encodes Pi and Phi and e, the most profound constants in nature
shows that the builders of the pyramid must have had a mathematical understanding of the
importance of these constants.
(4)
Now the Great Pyramid is not the only structure in ancient Egypt that contains these remarkable
constants. Schwaller de Lubicz who studied the Temple at Luxor from 1837 to 1952 has
amassed evidence that the Egyptians had used the Golden Mean ratio (Phi) ingeniously in
many ways in the architecture of the temple. Before de Lubiczs research, the discovery of the
Golden Mean was credited to the Greeks. His findings were irrefutable proof that the Egyptians
had a mathematical understanding a thousand years before Pythagoras.

Location of the Great Pyramid

The location where the Great Pyramid has been built is very remarkable to say the least; it could
be related to the speed of light! The speed of light is exactly 299.792.458 meter/seconds or
29,9792458 x 10 million meters per second.
Originally the meter was defined as 10 millionth of the distance from the North Pole to the
equator in the SI system (1791). If we divide the speed of light by the distance from the equator
to the North Pole, we get the number: 29,9792458. This is the latitude of a line at half the
distance between Khufu and Khafre of exactly 29.9792458 degrees North.
It could be an indication that the location of the Giza Plateau was deliberately chosen to
represent the speed of light.
Another indication that the builders of the Great Pyramid were aware of the speed of light is
found in the number of casing stones that were used in the construction.
From the discoveries made by Bruce Cathie, the one who discovered the octahedron and the
cube in the Earth grid, we know that there is a fascinating coincidence between the speed of
light, the Gematria value for light and the number of casing stones of the Great Pyramid. What
Bruce Cathie did is that he expressed the regular value of the speed of light in another
measurement. He called it the grid speed of light; the speed light takes to travel along the Earth
grid lines. Cathie proposed a different time unit. He introduced the grid second as a replacement
for the current second as a unit of time. Instead of there being 3 * 8 hours in a day, he proposed
a 3 * 9 = 27 grid hours in a day. He also used a different measure for distance; he used a radial
displacement, the radial arc bow on a circle of 360 degrees. Next he recalculated the speed of
light as the number of arc minutes (1/60th of a degree) light travels along the 360 degree circle
(the Earth) per grid second (supposing there are 27 grid hours in day). Much to his surprise he
found the grid speed of light to be the very harmonious value of 144.000 grid arcs per grid
second.
So the harmonic value 144.000 for the speed of light matches with the number of casing stones
that were used to cover the Great Pyramid. If we add in the fact that the Gnostic
Kabbalah equates the Gematria value for light to the number 144, we can safely assume these
numbers that are showing up are not coincidences and that the builders of the Giza Plateau
most likely knew the speed of light!
Remember also the facts that the location of the Great Pyramid is the exact location of the North
Pole of the Earth grid and that it is the unique location on Earth where the maximum of
landmass in relation to water is found!
The Giza Plateau therefore is a unique location on Earth and it is therefore hard to believe that
this fact has gone unrecognised by its designers!
(5)
The Giza plateau and the inner planets

The dimensions of the Great Pyramid are the first strong indications that the builders hinted at
representing the dimensions of the Earth. The Earth is not a perfect sphere; the radius from the
poles to the center is smaller than the radius of the equator to the center. Therefore the Earth is
flattened like a football that is squashed when someone sits on it. This is attributed to centrifugal
forces, a result of the Earths spinning on its polar axis. These imperfect spherical dimensions of
the Earth are perfectly reflected in the Great Pyramid. The perimeter of the pyramid represents
the equatorial radius of the Earth. The perimeter of the pyramid equals to half a minute of
Earths equatorial longitude. In other words if we take the perimeter of the Great Pyramid and
multiply it by 2 * 60 * 360 = 43.200 we get the circumference of the Earth along the equator in
kilometres. This proves to be correct from satellite measurements with a 99,5 % accuracy. The
height of the Great Pyramid represents the polar radius of the Earth. If we take the height of the
pyramid and multiply it by the same value of 43.200 to maintain ratio we get the polar radius of
the Earth with an accuracy of 99.3 %. So it seems more than reasonable to assume that the
Great Pyramid was indeed deliberately designed to represent the Earth. These facts cannot be
dismissed as being purely coincidental.
(6)
The height of the Great Pyramid also seems to be a reference to the distance between the Sun
and the Earth! The height of the pyramid is 280 royal cubits. The distance between the Earth
and the Sun measured in kilometres is 147 x 10^6 Km and equals 280 x 10^9 royal cubits! So
the distance between the Earth and the Sun is exactly a billion times the height of the pyramid.
In the chapter about sacred geometry we also demonstrated that the Great Pyramid expresses
the ratio in size between the Earth and the moon by squaring the circle.
From these examples, we may get the impression that the Great Pyramid is indirect proof of the
existence of harmonic geometrical relations between the Earth, the Moon and the Sun. John
Martineau in A little book of coincidence indeed has proven that such harmonic relations exist
between all the celestial bodies of our Solar System. With the aid of sacred geometry he
explained all the orbits of the planets of our Solar System and showed that they are based on
intrinsic harmonic principles. Johannes Kepler the great astronomer had always believed that
the orbits of the planets could be geometrically explained; in fact he believed that the Platonic
solids were the key to the mysteries of their orbits.
In 1994 Robert Bauval in The Orion Mystery proposed a now popular theory that assumes that
the three pyramids on the Giza plateau are aligned to the three stars of the Orion constellation.
The Nile according to Bauval corresponds to the Milky Way. The pyramids on the ground
represent the positions of the three stars of the Orion constellation at 10,500 BC (As above so
below) according to Bauval. The date of 10,500 BC perfectly corresponds with the date 10.490
BC for the construction of the Great Pyramid given by Edgar Cayce.
While the popular Orion alignment of the Giza plateau is still debated, there is also a less
popular cosmic relation that can be proven relatively easily. This cosmic releation, a discovery
made by Clive Ross, again shows that the Great Pyramid was built to represent the Earth.

Clive Ross discovered that the three pyramids on the Giza plateau cleverly correspond with the
four inner planets of the Solar System, Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars with the emphasis on
Venus. But how can three pyramids correspond with four planets?
The correlation between the pyramids and the planets is as follows:

P1 : The Great Pyramid of Khufu represents Earth

P2 : The pyramid of Khafre represents Venus

P3 : The pyramid of Menkaure represents both Mars and Mercury

Aerial photo of the Giza plateau, on the right depicting the planets
The correspondence of the middle pyramid with Venus to my opinion may be a hint as to the
identity of the builders of the Giza Plateau. We will reveal that later.
Now the three pyramids relate in ratio with the four inner planets of the Solar System in three
different ways:

The base of each pyramid corresponds with the diameter of their corresponding planet

The angle between P1-P2 and P2-P3 relates to the solar orbital time differences
between Earth and Mars.

The distances between the pyramids relates to the relative distances between the
planets.

Without bothering you with the exact numbers we simply state that: the smallest pyramid P3
corresponds to the average diameter of both Mercury and Mars. The builders of the pyramid
probably used two kinds of colours in the casing stones to discern the dimensions of both Mars
and Mercury in one pyramid. The central pyramid P2 corresponds to Venus and, the
Khufu pyramid (P1) corresponds to the planet Earth.

We must keep in mind that the dimensions of the pyramids are related to the diameters of the
planets and that the ratios that were calculated are within an accuracy that requires the exact
measures of the planets that science has only been able to achieve by using satellites! And here
we have a structure in the middle of a sandpit that demonstrates the ratios between the
dimensions of the planets and base lengths of the pyramids with the same accuracy!
The three pyramids are not aligned in a straight line; they actually make an angle of 191.6
degrees. (180 degrees would be a straight line). Remember that this is the angle between the
pyramids representing Earth and Mars/Mercury.
Planet Earth orbits the 360 degrees around the Sun in 365.25 days. Planet Mars however
requires 686.98 days. Now lets calculate how much of the 360 degrees of a full circle Mars has
covered when the Earth has completed its revolution around the Sun:
The angle would be: 365.25 / 686.98 * 360 = 191.4 degrees!
This is also the exact angle between the pyramids representing Mars and Earth! Coincidence?
Not when we realize that the relative distance between the planets was also taken into account
when the pyramids were situated on the Giza Plateau. Lets have a look.
The distance in a straight line between P1 and P3 is 36857 inches.
The distance in a straight line between P1 and P2 is 19169 inches.
The exact ratio between the two distances is
P1-P3 / P1-P2 = 36857 / 19169 = 1.92
Now measuring the corresponding distances between the planets is not such a simple fact. The
distance between the planets is not constant, due to the elliptical orbits of the planets around
the Sun. Johannes Kepler discovered the elliptical orbit of the planets four hundred years ago
but the ancients that constructed the Great Pyramid must have known about it too.
They cleverly used the distance between the Earth and Mercury when Mercury is farthest away
from the Sun. In this case the distance between Earth and Mercury is 79.76 x 10 m. The
distance between Earth and Venus is 41.39 x 10 m.
The ratio now in distance between Mercury and the Earth and Earth and Venus is 79.76/41.39 =
1.92
This is the exact same ratio in distance between the planets that has been used in the distances
between the pyramids. Again, the accuracy is just stunning!
There are other clues that indicate that the Great Pyramid corresponds with the Earth. The
length of the Earths solar year is perfectly reflected in the construction of the Great Pyramid in
two ways! The first reference to the solar year is reflected in the length of the base of the Great
Pyramid that is exactly 36,524.22 Primitive Inches in length or 365.2422 sacred Egyptian cubits
in length!

The second reference to the length of the Earths solar year is found inside the pyramid where
we find a small room in between the Kings chamber and the Great Gallery called the Antechamber. When a circle is drawn inside this room touching all the walls, the circumference of
this circle is exactly: 365.25 inches, a perfect reference to the number of days in a solar year!
The total length of a solar year is 365 days, 5 hours and 49 minutes, hence 365.25 days!
Both the dimensions of the base of the pyramid and the Ante-chamber seem to have been
chosen to depict the number of days in an Earthly year.
(7)

Initiation
The Great Pyramids purpose may well be that of a big crystal harnessing the torsion waves of
the Earth. It is situated at the exact North Pole of the Earth grid where the most powerful torsion
waves arise from the Earth. According to Drunvalo Melchizedek, the Great Pyramid has been
placed such that the apexes of the pyramids are exactly in the course of a Phi spiral. In fact all
three pyramids are aligned to this Phi spiral.
Its not unthinkable that the primary function of the pyramids was to stabilize the Earth grid and
protect the Earth from earthquakes, volcanic activity and maybe even pole shifts.
If the Great Pyramid was used to harness the torsion waves of the Earth, we should not forget
that the torsion wave energy is also conscious energy. From sources such as Edgar Cayce,
David Wilcock and Drunvalo Melchizedek the story goes that the Egyptians used the Great
Pyramid as an instrument for spiritual initiation, healing and awakening.
Prior to the final initiation in the Great Pyramid, initiates went through the secret teachings of the
right eye of Horus and learned about sacred geometry and maybe even aether physics. The
Egyptians believed that creation all arose from the primeval waters, the Nun (ether). Paragraph
1146 of the Pyramid Texts relates the story of a primeval cosmic serpent Iru-To who emerged
from the primeval waters to create the physical world. These are Iru-Tos words from the
Pyramid Texts:
I am the outflow of the Primeval Flood, he who emerged from the waters. I am the Provider of
Attributes serpent with its many coils. I am the Scribe of the Divine Book which says what has
been and affects what is yet to be.
What I believe is being described here is the aether physics of Paul La Violette and Daniel
Winter. The torsion wave (Phi spiral serpent Iru-To) spontaneously emerges from the
aether (primeval waters) to create form (the attributes) out of the formless aether. The torsion
wave is the Scribe of the ancient Akashic records, the equivalent of Ervin Laslos A-field, the
torsion wave information field that permeates all of space and is the memory of the universe.
(See chapter 6 Ether Vibrations)

Another interesting fact is that the serpent Iru-To is depicted with two heads. This could
symbolize the fact that the torsion wave can be created from two opposite electromagnetic
waves as has been suggested by Tom Bearden. Metaphorically the two-headed snake could
also symbolize the duality that came into existence from the Oneness when Iru-To emerged
from the primeval waters. When the first forms where created from the Oneness of the aether,
the wholeness of creation was separated.
In spell 321 of the Coffin Texts, the cosmic serpent Iru-To continues:
I extended everywhere, in accordance with what was to come into existence, I bent right around
myself. I was encircled in my coils; one who made a place for himself in the midst of his coils.
()
If this isnt a perfect description of a static torsion field, the doughnut torus explained by Daniel
Winter then what else is? The fact that the serpent made a place for himself in the center could
indicate that this form is also the focal point of awareness, the place where
consciousness dwells.
The serpent also plays an important role in the ancient Egyptian caduceus symbol; the winged
staff with two serpents twined in seven turns around it. It was the symbol carried by Toth or
Hermes Trismegistus. According to Edgar Cayce and other sources, Toth was the builder of the
Great Pyramid. The caduceus is a beautiful example of the spiralling-in of the torsion wave in a
vortex shape.

The caduceus
So finally the Egyptians that had passed through the schools of the right eye and left eye of
Horus got their initiation into higher truths inside the Great Pyramid. They were placed inside the
sarcophagus, the big coffer inside the Kings chamber. The coffer was placed in the focal point
of the pyramid (pyr amid = fire in the middle!) such that the strong torsion wave energy changed
the conscious state of the graduate undergoing the initiation process. The former mentioned
sources reveal that the Egyptians could create self-induced out of body experiences in this way.
An out of body experience is an experience whereby the individuals consciousness is no longer
bound by the physical body but is free to travel any place it likes even inter-dimensionally. Many
people have experienced a near death experience (NDE) a temporary form of outer body

experience (OBE) while on the operating table. Although many patients have reported such
experiences the whole subject is still a taboo in our Western society, however in 2001 the Dutch
cardiologist Pim van Lommel was the first scientist to publish a serious scientific report in the
medical magazine the Lancet about the reality of near death experiences that had happened to
so many of his patients.
If the initiation in the Great Pyramid was successful the graduate was awakened and returned
with supernatural abilities to heal and perform wonders. According to the Edgar Cayces
readings Jesus is the reincarnation of one of the builders of the Great Pyramid, Hermes
Trismegistus, the Thrice Greatest, also known as Toth the Atlantean. Toth got the help from an
Egyptian priest by the name Ra-Ta who later reincarnated as Edgar Cayce himself! Hermes, the
Thrice Greatest alias Toth, meticulously designed the pyramid for his future awakening as the
historical Jesus of Nazareth who by his initiation in the Great Pyramid awakened to the Christ
consciousness, according to the Cayce readings. There are many biblical historians who claim
that Jesus indeed spent a long time in Egypt.
Most people think that Jesus and the Christ are just synonyms. However the Christ is the
perfect awakened man, he who has attained universal consciousness. Jesus of Nazareth is just
one of many prophets like the Buddha, Mohammed, Zoroaster, Krishna and many others in
history who had attained this state of enlightened consciousness. I believe that the essence of
Jesus teaching is that he was trying to teach us that Christ consciousness lies dormant in each
and every one of us.

A Bible in stone

Interior of the Great Pyramid

In June 30, 1932 Edgar Cayce gave a reading about the Great Pyramid.
Heres a quote from his reading on that day:
All changes that came in the religious thought in the word are shown there, in variations in
which the passage through same is reached, from the base to the top or to the open tomb and
the top. These are signified by both the layer and the colour and in what direction the turn is
made.
What Edgar Cayces is saying here is that the Great Pyramid precisely encodes the history and
future of religious turns that are taken in the world. In other words it is a giant Bible in stone.
From the base to the top of the pyramid the internal passages in the pyramid encode the rise
and fall of spiritual awareness by means of the turns in the passage (ascending or descending
angle), the kind of rock that is being used and the rocks colour.
Peter Lemusier discovered just exactly what Edgar Cayce had been describing in his reading on
June 30, 1932.
According to Lemusier, the Great Pyramid has been meticulously designed to mark all historical
events from the last 4000 years into our present time. Lemusier found that an inch in the
passageway corresponds to the length of a year. The Enoch circle in the Ante-Chamber was the
perfect key for the translation of length (an inch) into time (a year).

The start date was fixed by Lemusier and proven by means of two Scored Lines that were
marked in the descending passageway close to the entrance of the pyramid. Lemusier proved
that these lines aligned on the spring equinox with the Pleaides star cluster in 2141 BC. From
this rare conjunction the start date of the time line that the pyramid encodes could be
determined to be the summer solstice of 2623 BC, according to Lemusier.
The height of the space between the floor and the ceiling of the passageway is also an
indication of the progress in spiritual awareness. If the height increases it means progress, if it
decreases it means decline.
From the entrance of the Great Pyramid (BC 2623, reign of Pharaoh Khufu) there is a
descending passage all the way to a subterranean chamber underneath the pyramid. Halfway
the descending passageway we find an intersection with an ascending passage that leads to
both the Queens and Kings chamber. The intersection of the descending passage and the
ascending passage is the time in history that corresponds with the Exodus (1453 BC) of
Moses and the Israelites out of Egypt. It was marked as a time of great spiritual progress.
According to the Bible, God gave Moses the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai and instructed
him to worship only one God. In history this event marked the transition from polytheism to
monotheism. At that time Moses people lived in Egypt where they worshiped all the neters
(Gods) of the Egyptians and followed a polytheistic religion.
Inside the Grand Gallery coming from the ascending passageway, all of a sudden the space
between floor and ceiling rises immensely. The entrance to the Grand Gallery demarcates the
Ascension of Jesus of Nazareth. (33 BC 1st April). By the way the pyramid encodes Jesus birth
date as exactly 27th Sept 2 BC.
At the end of the Grand Gallery there is an elevation known as the Great Step. The Great Step
puzzled Peter Lemusier and he didnt know what to make of it.
When Edgar Cayce was asked at the time what the Great Step signified he explained that it
marks the period of 1958 to 1998 the 40 year period indicated by Edgar Cayce as the time of
the many Earth changes that would take place (see the epilogue of this book).
Edgar Cayce predicted his own return in 1998 as well! He didnt say he would reincarnate in this
year but he simply mentioned he would be back by this year. We will later reveal that indeed he
returned in this year. According to Edgar Cayce the Kings chamber symbolizes our present era.
It is the end of the timeline indicating the time of immense progress, a spiritual revolution. The
Kings chamber may well be related to the 2012 predictions, the end of the Mayan calendar and
the time of great change. What this book is trying to prove is that we live in an extraordinary
time in which science and spirituality are merging. This is an immense progress in spiritual
terms. If the Great Pyramid is indeed a Bible in stone we may start to understand that our
current spiritual advancement is reflected in the Great Pyramid by the Kings chamber. The
builders of the Great Pyramid may have left it as a gift to our current civilization to be decoded.
Only by means of our current scientific advancement do we now have the capacity to really fully
understand this mysterious pile of rocks that has puzzled mankind for ages.

Maybe the greatest mystery of all, if the pyramid has a timeline that perfectly predicts the future,
how were the builders of the pyramid able to see into the future? Did they use induced outer
body travelling as a means of time travelling?
(9)

Kings chamber and DNA

Sonic experiments performed in the Kings chamber showed that the Kings chamber has a
series of acoustic resonance frequencies that correspond with perfect musical notes! The coffer
inside the Kings chamber for instance has a perfect resonance frequency of 440 Hz, the ground
note A, the frequency of a tuning fork.
Four other resonance frequencies were found in the Kings chamber. These correspond with the
musical notes F#, A, C# and D#. These notes are the notes of the F sharp melodic minor scale
(F#). Indian shamans tuned their ceremonial flutes to F sharp because they believed that it is a
frequency that is attuned to mother Earth.
Now we may remember from the Cymatics studies that the Platonic solids emerge from the
perfect sound frequencies of the diatonic musical scale. So it would be no surprise if pure tonal
frequencies were found in the Earth grid frequencies.
The amazing thing is that the resonance frequencies of the Kings chamber correspond with the
resonance frequencies that were found in the 4 nucleotides of the DNA molecule. This amazing
structure has only 4 basic building blocks, the DNA bases adenine (A), cytonsine (C), guanine
(G) and thymine (T). Two out of four of these nucleotides can be joined to form a base pair and
these base pairs are sequenced to a DNA string. The complete DNA is a spiralling helix of three
billion of such base pairs.
Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry David W. Deamer of the University of California, Santa
Cruz measured with infrared light the resonance frequencies of all the 4 bases of DNA. Each
base resonated to an average of 15 frequencies, 60 frequencies in total. In 1988 Susan
Alexjander, holding a Masters degree in Music Composition and Theory and presently teaching
at university level at several universities in California, contacted David W. Deamer with a simple
question; can we hear frequencies in the body. As a response, David Deamer provided her
with the data from his research on DNA frequencies.
From here Susan Alexjander started her own research to find out if these resonance
frequencies from the DNA bases were completely random or contained some hitherto
undiscovered relationship, such as the ratios defined in music. The first thing that came to mind
was to use a technique to make these high electromagnetic frequencies audible. She used a
technique that is often used in music and transposed the higher octave frequencies of light
down to the octave of sound. (Remember from our chapter about sacred geometry that the
colours of the rainbow are the 7 keys in the diatonic scale transposed to the 48th octave)

The next thing Susan did was she fed the 60 transposed DNA frequencies into a Yamaha DX7
programmable synthesizer. The pitches were not perfect musical notes, however after a few
weeks of tuning she found that the frequencies were centered around 4 pure musical notes.
The notes that she found, you guessed it, are the same resonance frequencies of the Kings
chamber in the Great Pyramid!
Susan Alexjander recorded her DNA music played on the DX7 synthesizer on a CD titled
Sequencia. People that listened to the CD reported feelings of connectedness and familiarity.
(10)
Now this discovery lends much credit to the claims made by Edgar Cayce and others that the
Great Pyramid was used for healing. It seems no coincidence that the resonance frequencies
that were used in the Kings chamber correspond with the resonance frequencies of the
DNA bases.
(11)

Recapitulation
The more we know about the Great Pyramid, the more wondrous the seventh world wonder
becomes. Egyptologists are still holding on to the idea that the Great Pyramid was built to serve
as a tomb for Pharaoh Khufu, however this idea has become just ludicrous. The pyramid is
much older than claimed and must have been built by a culture far superior to the Egyptians.
Even today we simply dont have the technology to build an edifice like the Great Pyramid. The
reason why Egyptologists cling on to their own archaic theories is that they have no other choice
but to defend them. Many Egyptologists are Muslim and the Koran simply states that the Earth
is no older than 4000 years. So they simply dont buy any theory that may date the Great
Pyramid to a timeframe before the established date of construction 2589 B.C.
The Great Pyramid and the Giza complex can be regarded as a gift of an ancient culture to a
future generation provided that they had developed to a scientific level of understanding such
that it could unravel all its hidden secrets. As more evidence is accumulated it becomes more
credible that Edgar Cayce was right about the pyramids purpose for spiritual initiation and
healing. Another purpose could be that it served as a balancing instrument for the Earths
energy grid.
In the next chapter we will further delve into the mysteries of the human DNA. The builders of
the Great Pyramid must have had a thorough understanding of the human DNA if indeed they
were able to attune the Kings chamber to DNA frequencies. Is it possible that something as
simple as sound frequencies can be used for DNA healing? Lets hear what Russian science
has to say about the subject today.

Chapter 9 The mysterious DNA

The DNA double helix as the template of all life forms has been around in science for some fifty
years now since its discovery by Crick and Watson. Our knowledge about DNA since then has
dramatically increased. DNA stores the chemical molecular instructions for cellular reproduction.
It is a blueprint for the reproduction of all the proteins that are found in the cells of an organism.
The human body contains an estimated 70.000 to 90.000 different proteins.
The DNA helix is a twisted double string. Each string is made of around 3.1 billion nucleotides.
The nucleotides are all linked together to form this immense chain. There are only four different
base nucleotides used in the chain. These bases are denoted by their initial character adenine
(A), cytonsine (C), guanine (G) and thymine (T).
Three of these bases in a chain form a triplet or codon. There are only 4 = 64 different types of
codons in the DNA chain. Each triplet or codon is the genetic equivalent for one amino acid, the
building block of a protein. One protein consists of some hundred amino acids, so it takes the
same number of codons to code one protein. The sequence of codons that encodes a single
protein is called a gene.
Nucleotides form base pair bridges between the two DNA strings. One of the nucleotides of a
base pair is in one of the DNA strings, the other in the opposite DNA string. In this way the base
pairs form a bridge, a chemical bond between the two DNA strings tying them together in a
twisting staircase like a double helix.
Of the complete chain of triplets in a complete DNA string only 5% is used for the coding and
reproduction of proteins. The other 95% is called junk or dormant DNA; it seems to be a
senseless repetition of triplets that western science simply doesnt know what to do with it. For a
very long time scientists believed that the 95% non-coding part of the DNA is completely
redundant. There is now evidence that the non-encoding DNA is not useless after all but in fact
may be more important than the encoding codons. Revolutionary new discoveries revealed that
the idea that the inherited genetic make up of an organism cannot be changed is wrong. It has
been proven that the sequence of the DNA molecules codons can be reprogrammed!

Human Genome project

The most profound research ever performed on the 5% encoding triplets of the human
DNA string was conducted in an international joint effort called the International Human
Genome Project. The task of the Human Genome Project was to identify the complete structure
of the human DNA and map its triplets and genes. Since the human body contains at least
70.000 different proteins, it was expected to find at least some 100.0000 genes in the human
DNA, 70.000 to explain the physical reproduction of the human body (protein encoding genes)
and some 30.000 different genes to explain the differences in personality and character of a

human being. When the first draft version of the human genome was finished in 2001 and the
final version in 2004, the high hopes and expectations of biologists throughout the world were
shattered when only 30.000 genes were found in the human DNA. Thirty thousand genes in the
human genome are only three hundred more that it takes to build a mouse. The Human
Genome Project also revealed that we share 98 percent of our genes with chimpanzees!
All our assumptions about DNA as being the sacred book of life containing all the text to write
each chapter in biology now have to be re-evaluated. The DNA differences between a human
being and a primate that we evolved from are simply too small to account for the differences in
appearance let alone the immense difference in conscious awareness and intelligent abilities.
On the DNA level we have more in common with dolphins than with apes.

Junk DNA
While western science invested in the International Human Genome Project focusing on the 5%
of the encoding triplets of DNA, in the Soviet Union in 1990 a group of Russian scientists of the
Russian Academy of Sciences was formed to study the complete human genome. This research
was led by Dr. Pjotr Garjajev, member of the Russian Academy of Sciences as well as the
Academy of Sciences in New York. The Russian research was taking a wide angle and held an
open view in their studies. The research team included bio physicists, molecular biologists,
embryologists and even linguistic experts. Their research revealed that the supposed junk
DNA that has been completely neglected and forgotten by western mainstream science, was no
redundant leftover of evolution at all. Linguistic studies revealed that the sequencing of the
codons of the non-coding DNA follow the rules of some basic syntax. There is a definite
structure and logic in the sequence of these triplets, like some biological language. Research
further revealed that the codons actually form words and sentences just like our ordinary human
language follows grammar rules.
Scientists have conducted much research on the origins of human languages and the origins of
the grammatical rules that are so essential to all human languages; however they have always
failed to find the source. But now for the first time in history the origins of language may be
surprisingly attributed to DNA. The language of the genes is much, much older than any human
language that was ever uttered on this globe. It is even conceivable that the DNA grammar itself
served as the blueprint for the development of human speech.
Whereas the western Human Genome Project deciphered the machine language code of the
DNA molecule, the structure of the DNA bits formed by the sequence of nucleotides, Russian
scholars discovered the higher level language present in DNA. Another amazing fact that
Garjajevs group discovered was that the DNA is by no means a closed book of life. He
discovered that the text of the DNA book can be altered. The codons of the DNA string can be
rearranged in different sequences. In other words the software of the human genome our DNA
molecule can be reprogrammed! Research revealed that the triplets in the DNA string are able
to exchange places.

Since the DNA was found to have a syntax and semantics akin to our human languages, it
indicated that our currently restricted understanding of DNA serving only for the coding of the
reproduction of proteins for the chemical make up of an organism, is only half of the story.
When in vitro DNA in test tubes was exposed to coherent laser light, the laser light spiralled
along the DNA helix as if it was guided by the structure of the DNA molecule. The most amazing
effect was noticed when the DNA itself was removed and the laser light kept spiralling! The
vacuum of the space that was just previously occupied by the DNA had changed and something
caused the laser light to keep spiralling. These effects have been measured and remained for
quite some time after the DNA was removed. The effect is now becoming well known as the
DNA phantom effect. Vladimir Poponin and his team of Russian Academy of Sciences repeated
the work of Garjajev at the Hearthmath Institute in the U.S.A. Poponin concluded again that a
field structure was formed in the physical vacuum even when the original DNA was removed.
Weve seen similar examples of vacuum changes before that could be attributed to torsion
fields.
(1)
DNA programming
The most astonishing experiment that was performed by Garjajevs group is the reprogramming
of the DNA codon sequences using modulated laser light. From their discovered grammatical
syntax of the DNA language they were able to modulate coherent laser light and even radio
waves and add semantics (meaning) to the carrier wave. In this way they were able to
reprogram in vivo DNA in living organisms, by using the correct resonant frequencies of DNA.
The most impressive discovery made so far is that spoken language can be modulated to the
carrier wave with the same reprogramming effect. Now this is a baffling and stunning scientific
discovery! Our own DNA can simply be reprogrammed by human speech, supposing that the
words are modulated on the correct carrier frequencies!
Whereas western science uses complicated bio chemical processes to cut and paste
DNA triplets in the DNA molecule, Russian scientist use modulated laser light to do exactly the
same thing. The Russians have proven to be very successful in repairing damaged DNA
material in vivo!
Laser light therapies based on Garjajevs findings are already applied in some European
academic hospitals with success on various sorts of skin cancer. The cancer is cured without
any remaining scars.
(2)

Emotions
Daniel Winter and his heart coherence team have found proof that human emotions can
reprogram DNA as well. The sonic beatings of the heart in rhythm with our feelings, our

emotions, are transformed into electromagnetic energy in the bodys glands that act like
piezoelectric couplers creating smaller electromagnetic counterpart wavelengths of the
emotional sounds of the heart. The emotion becomes energy in motion, e-motion, sending it
right down to the DNA of every cell of our body as blue coherent laser light that is able to
modulate the DNA codons just like the lasers of the Russians did.
On close examination from the top view of the DNA it has a dodecahedron shape. It takes ten
Phi spirals to create the dodecahedral helical shape of the DNA spiral. The DNA molecule as a
wave shape is attuned to the heart and able to receive its sonic emotions. Daniel
Winter explains the implosion of long waves into short waves as the mechanism that conveys
the emotions of the heart to our DNA. The scale (wavelength) is different but the ratio of the
wavelengths is the same maintaining the Golden Mean ratio. Not only do emotions feed our
DNA with blue ultraviolet light, but also cellular metabolism, the consumption of food, is all about
creating short wave blue light that feeds our DNA. Plants receive this light directly from the Sun
using chlorophyll in their leaves and use a process called photosynthesis to bind the photons of
the Sun. Animals consuming these plants get these bio photons indirectly from plants, the
accumulation however has become less effective. Eventually the coherent light of the Sun is
stored as bio photons in the organism. The purpose of the metabolisms in both plants and
animals is to create highly coherent ultraviolet laser light inside the DNA that drives cell
replication.
Many studies have revealed that there is a clear relation between our mental and emotional
state and our health. People who suffer from depression and negative emotions for long periods
will eventually suffer damage to their physical health as well. Have you noticed that the one who
talks the most about a disease often is the one who eventually gets it? Fear is a very negative
emotion that does not benefit health. Scientific studies have proven that no matter how well
babies are fed, when they lack the caressing and loving touch of their mothers they could
eventually die! The loving hugs of the mother are sent right down to the DNA of the baby!
Daniel Winter makes it abundantly clear that our emotions program our DNA and shape the
immune system of our cells. Negative emotions destroy the coherence of the immune system
while positive emotions enhance it. According to Winter the healthiest thing to do is to have as
much bliss and ecstasy as possible in our lives since it is the healthiest emotion, which in the
long run gives us longevity.

Bio wave computer

The wave processing and modulating properties of DNA have revealed a total new purpose for
the DNA molecule. For a long time we have believed that the only purpose for DNA was that it
served as the carrier of genetic information for the reproduction of life. This now seems to be
only half of the equation.
Garjajev and others in a paper titled the DNA wave Biocomputer postulates that DNA is no less
than an intelligent biological computer. It is an intelligent apparatus that is able to store and

retrieve biological information from all the cells of the body, connecting the chromosomes of all
cells into a holistic continuum, a kind of biological internet inside the body. The DNA
chromosomes acquire unlimited information from the metabolisms that occur in each and every
cell and in turn produce regulative electromagnetic signals as a feedback. All of the billions of
cells that make up our body are in instantaneous communication with each other. In quantum
mechanical terms, they are non-locally connected. This allows for coordination of the countless
complex biochemical events that take place inside our body to be regulated in a coherent way.
Information exchange in the body by means of the nervous system and the intercellular
biochemical molecular diffusions, are processes that are way too slow to explain the
instantaneous response our body is able to give to external stimuli, nor can it account for the
stunning coherence in which all of our bodily functions act in unison.
Other proof that our body is a single super coherent operating bio system comes from Cleve
Backster. He has been able to prove that cells isolated from the human body still remain in
communication with our body even if they are transported far away from the body. He used two
lie detectors, one was connected to a volunteer, the other to cell samples that were taken from
his mouth and stationed twelve kilometres away from this person. Backster was able to proof
that changes in the emotional state of the person being tested were reflected in both lie
detectors simultaneously, the one attached to the persons body and the one to the isolated
sample of cells. The only explanation for this experiment is that all our bodily cells are
connected non-locally no matter how far they are apart and that this connection remains even
when cells are isolated from the body.
(3)
According to Garjajev, the genomic information of the organism is also stored non-locally, this
means that it is not restricted to the DNA molecules itself. The DNA molecule merely acts as a
storage device that is able to read and write the genomic information from a non-local
distributed field. DNA acts like a fractal environment that stores the coherent blue laser light in a
holographic way. This genomic hologram can be read using either electromagnetic or acoustic
fields.
Now heres a quote from the paper:
DNA acts as a kind of aerial open to the reception of not only the internal influences and
changes within the organism but to those outside it as well. Indeed we regard this as one of our
primary findings, which in view of quantum nonlocality of organisms extends not only to the
organism's local environment, but also beyond it to the extent of the entire universe.
Remember from chapter 3 Science and consciousness, paragraph morphic fields that
biologist Rupert Sheldrake had already proposed the morphic field. Morphic genetic fields
encode genetic information that is shared by all members of a species. The DNA wave
biocomputer model proposed by Garjajev and his group shed a whole new light not only on
where and how the genetic information is actually stored but also where it initially came from. If
in reality genetic information is stored in morphic fields in the fabric of space and time, we may
have to re-evaluate Darwins evolution theory.
(4)

Intelligent Design
Darwinism has received a lot of criticism in the last decade since although Darwinism has been
around since 1859; it is still unable to answer many questions related to the evolution of the
species. For one thing Darwinism is unable to explain is the explosion of sudden new life forms
that appeared some 530 million years ago on this planet. The abundant new higher life forms
that came into existence with a higher level of biological complexity than previous life forms,
required all sorts of new proteins and corresponding genes in a relatively short time span. The
explosion can hardly be explained by a spontaneous increase in the number of natural
mutations of genes. It is also hard to imagine how a complete new species develops from its
predecessor, since it requires an abundant amount of coherent spontaneous mutations taking
place all at the same time to create all the new features of a new specie. It is also hard to
conceive that nature was able to create such biological complex systems such as the eye by
merely tinkering about a bit with the codons of the DNA molecule. All biological systems such as
the organs, the immune system and the senses are far too complex to have come into existence
by mere chance alone. The problem with these complex biological systems is that they did not
gradually develop over many prototypes; these prototypes are missing in the fossil records
alltogether.
Many new biological functions such as eyesight for example, were spontaneous creative
inventions in the evolutionary process. When more fossils were found in the quest to find the
missing links in the fossil records, paradoxically more evidence was being collected that
evolution took place in quantum leaps of species such as from invertebrates to vertebrates.
The development of new species requires the involvement of many new biological functions
coherently at same time. For new species such as birds to emerge it is not enough to just
develop feathers, it also requires lightweight bone and muscle structures. If a mutant only
developed feathers, these mutants would not render a biological advantage and natural
selection would eventually eliminate the new life form. We humans supposedly stem from the
apes, but evolutionists were never able to really prove these assumptions.
Mathematician Fred Hoyle came up with a beautiful and credible analogy to prove that evolution
could hardly be considered a lucky roulette game. He used the analogy of the three-dimensional
puzzle called the Rubiks Cube. Each face of the Rubiks Cube is constructed from a matrix of 9
smaller cubes per face. Each of the three layers in the face of the Rubiks Cube can be pivoted
around both a vertical and a horizontal axis. Every face has its own colour and when the puzzle
is solved, all of the Rubiks Cubes faces will have the same colour again.
Suppose we give a Rubiks Cube to a blind man and ask him to solve the puzzle. Hoyle
calculated that the blind man requires an expected 5 x 10 turns to solve the puzzle. Suppose
he makes one turn per second then it will take him 5 x 10 seconds = 126 billion years to
complete the puzzle by chance. This is longer than the age of our universe! Now suppose we
help the blind man by advising him on a yes or no for each turn he is attempting, then the puzzle
can be solved in only 120 turns requiring 2 minutes to solve the puzzle.

To solve the Rubiks Cube we only need to align 9 * 6 = 54 smaller cubes, however to solve the
puzzle of life, it requires 3.1 billion nucleotides to be perfectly aligned in the DNA strings!
Now do we still believe that evolution was the work of a blind man?
Cambridge University Professor of evolutionary biology Simon Conway Morris believes that
there must be a divine cause for our evolution. His unorthodox view of a divine cause is not very
popular among his colleagues. Although he does not believe that man is the splendid accident
of evolution, he makes it crystal clear that he doesnt adhere to the vision of creationists whose
only truth it is that God created the world in seven days. He brings up some new and very
interesting arguments. According to Morris evolution has come up with the same solution to the
same problem many times. For instance the camera like solution of the eye has been invented
at least 6 times by completely different species that did not pass this solution on by means of
exchanging genes. Simon Conway Morris shows that there are abundant examples in nature of
identical convergences of biological functions, identical solutions that emerged completely
independently within different species. He says that environmental factors such as oxygen,
water sunlight and gravity probably narrow the possible solutions down to only a few restricted
solutions. So if there is convergence in the development of biological functions, it means these
convergences were no coincidence.
(5)
Another difficult question for Darwinists to explain is the sudden leap in intelligence and
consciousness that occurred to the Neanderthals some 35.000 years ago. Their ancestors
being hunter-gatherers suddenly made this enormous cultural and intelligent progress. By tool
making, farming and animal keeping, mankind for the first time in evolution made life a lot more
comfortable, now that chasing animals in the wild was no longer the only option. In case this
giant leap forward for mankind has a genetic background, Darwinism cannot easily account for
it.
One of the most important pillars of Darwinism is that gene mutations take place irrespective of
external changes in the environment. The reason why the adapted species survives the
changes in the environment is because they are coincidentally better equipped to survive.
Natural selection takes care that these better-equipped mutants will survive; this selection
process is called the survival of the fittest.
Dr. Bruce Lipton however disagrees with this axiom of Darwinism completely and says that cells
themselves have the ability to perfectly reprogram their own DNA when the external
environment demands it. Harvard geneticist John Kearns delivered the first proof for Dr Liptons
remarkable hypothesis in 1988. He placed bacteria that could not digest milk sugar (lactose) in
an environment that only contained lactose, so it was their only possible source for food. Instead
of dying off these bacteria were able to reprogram their DNA such that they were able to survive
and feed on the lactose. So Lipton is another independent source claiming that DNA
reprogramming is possible!
(6)

The last thing according to Darwins theory that may become extinct is most likely
Darwinism itself; the scientific criticism is growing and alternative evolution theories are
emerging. The most radical opponents of the Darwinists are the creationists who simply believe
in the literal text of Genesis and fiercely claim that it was God who created Adam and Eve and
all other life on Earth some eight thousands years ago. Of course this simplistic rather
fundamentalist blind belief in the Bible cannot be taken seriously as the fossil records contradict
it altogether.
In 1995 however a new more serious evolution theory emerged the Intelligent Design (ID)
theory. The founder of the Intelligent Design theory is Michael Behe who launched his evolution
theory in a publication titled Darwins Black Box. The Intelligent Design theory states that life on
Earth is the result of an intelligent design instead of by an unguided process of trial and error.
The Intelligent Design theory adherents, unlike the creationists, acknowledge that life on Earth
developed in stages of gradual progress of small adaptive changes followed by spurts of
evolutional leaps that can only be explained as the result of an intelligent cause.
Quantum physicist Amit Goswami is his book The visionary window believes that the quantum
leaps in the development of species may be explained by quantum science. A number of
quantum scientists have created the foundation for what they call quantum evolution.
The basic idea of quantum evolution is that gene mutations take place in the quantum state and
not in the classical state of Newtonian physics. Quantum superpositions of gene mutations do
not manifest immediately in the phenotype of the organisms but accumulate in the gene pool of
the species over millions of years. Goswami mentions that morphic genetic fields could be the
storage space for these quantum mutations.
Quantum mutations allow for an endless number of possible gene combinations taking place at
the same time. Only changes in the genome of a new life form that makes biologically more
sense eventually collapse from the quantum state to the classical state. He mentions that
consciousness must be involved to trigger the collapse of the quantum state before the new
specie emerges.
Quantum evolution could explain why transitional life forms were never found in the fossil
records, since the transitional life forms only virtually existed in the quantum realm. Its only in
quantum leaps that complete new species emerge. After these new species have come into
existence, nature uses the natural selection process to select those genes that are available in
the gene pool of the new specie that best fits the environment. However the adaptive changes
of the specie to new environmental situations have always been available in the collective gene
pool. So quantum evolution embraces Darwinism in the sense that it believes that the natural
selection mechanism is a pressure that allows for species to adapt in the period in between
quantum leaps of new species.
Unlike Darwinism believing that there is no purpose in evolution, Goswamis theory states that
there is a discernable direction in evolution from simple to more complex life forms. He believes
that the conscious choice for the collapse of the quantum potential of genes to create new
species is in accord with a greater plan.

The fundamental question indeed is why did life on Earth develop from primitive unconscious
single cellular life to self-aware human beings? What could be the purpose of self-awareness if
evolution is only about Darwins survival strategies of selfish genes?
(7)
The new discoveries outlined in this book describing an intelligent all pervasive cosmic energy
that is omnipresent in the universe and that is also able to serve as a recording medium for the
morphic genetic fields of DNA, seem to contradict Darwinism and lend credit for the Intelligent
Design and quantum evolution theories.
Also the physics of chaos theory seems to support the Intelligent Design theory of Michael
Behe. The fractal attractors of chaos theory raise the philosophical question if there is purpose
in the universe. Are we pulled towards a final goal? Is evolution a pulling process towards an
end goal somewhere in the future or are the random Darwinist mutations still pushing us forward
randomly? Chaos theory seems to favour the first option.

Recapitulation
DNAs purpose is not to serve solely as a chemical memory device for the reproduction of
proteins. Russian research has revealed that we have underestimated the intelligence of DNA
as it acts like a bio computer and is able to process biological information of the cell
metabolisms that take place in our body. Most astonishing, the codon sequences of DNA can be
reprogrammed by coherent frequency sources such as modulated laser light, radio waves and
human emotions. We have just started to discover the gateway functions of DNA to information
fields, the bridge to what Rupert Sheldrake called the morphic genetic fields of life. Morphic
genetic fields may be the true driving force behind biological evolution as opposed to the
random mutations of the genes and the natural selection process that was proposed by Darwin.
These new discoveries show how little we still actually know about DNA.
Notwithstanding the fact that we apparently still have a very limited knowledge of DNA in the
West, we nevertheless took the liberty to start modifying the genome of crops and organisms as
we please. This enterprise could be very hazardous to the biosphere and the very survival of life
on Earth since restructuring of the DNA molecule destroys the wave properties of DNA that took
nature millions of years to perfect.
Until we can speak the language of DNA, we should not seek to rewrite the book of life; I think
we have been led astray and are on a dangerous road.

Chapter 10 Spiralling evolution

Darwinism has become a dogma, a kind of religion all by itself and is still today fiercely
defended. The reason why is quite understandable from a scientific point of view. The axioms of
science itself are at stake.
Adherents of Darwinism defend it so fiercely because they are afraid that science will eventually
lose its very foundations if it can be proven that indeed evolution is not random at all and that
purpose and direction must be accepted as a reality. The door to a possible Divine force in
nature that was shut closed hundreds of years ago would be opened again. It was French
mathematician Simon Laplace who finally closed this door after Descartes. He replied to
Napoleon, who had questioned whim why he had left out God in his books as the causal force
for the movement of the Heavenly bodies, saying that he no longer needed the hypothesis of
God.
Science is firmly rooted on the premise that all reality can be explained by reductionism and
determinism, casting aside all divine causes to the domain of religion. So the real issue that is
being debated is not a scientific issue its a spiritual issue: should science admit God, when hes
knocking on the door?

Universal balance
In his book the Cosmic vision, Ervin Laszlo brings an interesting point into the discussion.
While Neo Darwinists like Richard Dawkins and Intelligent Design advocates fight over the
legitimacy of Darwinism, Laszlo points out that the discussion is narrowed down to biological
evolution only; he says we should look further and include the evolution of the universe as a
whole in the debate. According to Laszlo, the real question is how did the universe evolve to a
state such that biological evolution could take place at all?
Our universe evolved from plasma into elementary particles, atoms, molecules, planets stars
and galaxies that eventually created the conditions on Earth that were just perfectly fit to
quicken lifeless matter into life. The real miracle of evolution is that the universes physical
constants and laws are coherently fine tuned such as to allow for the universe to evolve and
bear life forms. If the perfect coherence of all these physical laws and constants were only
slightly different, there would be no universe as we know it today nor could there be life on
Earth.
If the expansion rate of the universe had been only a billionth less the universe would have
collapsed soon after the Big Bang. However had it been a billionth more, the universe would
have evaporated into cold gas. If electromagnetism and gravity were not precisely tuned there
would be no hot stars and no orbiting planets on which life could evolve. If electrons and protons
did not have exact opposite charges there would be no atoms and no DNA. All physical

constants in nature seem to be miraculously balanced. If any of these constants were just
slightly different, you wouldnt be reading these words.
And yet here we are! There must be a plan behind evolution of the universe and life, the
chances of the universe coming into its own being is utterly inconceivable without intelligent
guidance.
Erwin Laszlo has developed over the last 40 years an integral system theory. The theory started
off from the work of naturalistic philosopher Alfred North Whitehead who developed an organic
metaphysics. He suggested that our reality is composed of undividable interwoven organic
entities. Living organisms are just one of the many ways nature has found for itself to express
these organic entities. Life in the cosmos evolves as a whole, a network of seemingly separate
entities but which mutually affect each other. Whitehead concluded that reality is a process, an
integral evolutional process. Laszlo took Whiteheads metaphysical framework as a basis for his
integral system theory that explains how the evolution of our universe takes place as an integral
process of individual but not separated systems. The torsion waves of the A-field is the physical
foundation underpinning his evolutionary system theory.
(1)
There is another way to explain that creation cannot be the result of a lucky coincidence. One of
the most intriguing laws in nature is the second law of Thermodynamics that states that the
universe and all known processes within it whether it is physical, chemical, or biological
processes all strive to achieve a lowest possible state of energy and order. In physical terms, we
say that systems in nature strive to a higher degree of entropy (disorder). Astrophysics tells us
that eventually over billions of years the universe as a whole will decay into the primordial state
of chaos once again. The second law of Thermodynamics states in plain language that
eventually every ordered system will return to a chaotic system. We see this principle
manifested in our world everyday. If we dont put enough energy into conserving the things that
we created, eventually everything will break down. So evidently we experience death all around
us on a daily basis, whether it is your car breaking down, your house that requires new paint or
the cat that just died. Nothing is eternal and everything is subjected to entropy unless we put our
effort and energy into preserving it!
However if we look with different eyes into the world, we see life manifested everywhere as well,
a very high degree of order. Everything that we see around us has been created out of a
primordial state of pure chaos, the early universe seconds after the Big Bang. Science states
that when order is achieved in a system, disorder must be created elsewhere since the second
law of Thermodynamics does not allow the total order in the universe to increase.
However creation itself seems to be proof of the fact that the total order in the universe from its
early conception did increase and hence that negentropy must exist as well (negative entropy).
The life force within every living plant animal and human being on this planet is a force that
constantly counteracts the effects of entropy.
So besides the second law of Thermodynamics that tears everything down, there must be a
creative force in nature as well that created order out of chaos just like that.

Cycles in time
Scientists discovered cycles in many natural phenomena such as biological processes,
economic growth rates, stock market prices, population growth, etc. that somehow seem to be
linked to planetary movements and the activity of the Sun. The amazing thing about these
completely independent and separate phenomena is that they act in coherence. They are
harmonically connected as if some unseen force connects them by means of resonance.
Currently science is not able to explain these coherences, since how are we to explain
resonance between completely different separate and independent phenomena if there is no
known energetic effect or force that connects them. Only an omnipresent energy field such as
the aether may eventually explain how independent phenomena such as the economic cycles
are linked for example to the Sunspot cycle by means of resonance.
Scientist Ray Tomas has developed a theory called the Harmonics of the Universe. For many
years Ray Tomas had been working for customers developing economic models to forecast
developments in market prices of all sorts of commodity. Eventually he discovered cyclic
behaviour in these stock market prices that were harmonics of the planetary periods. He also
found musical ratios in the harmonics involving fractions of 3/2, 4/3 and 2 and proportions of
4:5:6:8 that formed major cords in the musical scale. His theory now suggests that many cyclic
events occurring in nature such as biological, physical, and economical cycles have harmonic
frequencies that are interrelated much like the notes in music. Ray Tomas has found that many
economic cycles are pure harmonics of the Suns rotation, its solar rotation period at the equator
of 25.8 days and of the Sunspot cycle of 11.07 years. The Sunspot cycle is the cycle in the
Suns activity that decreases and increases in cycles to culminate to a solar maximum every
11.07 years. Ray Tomas believes that the cycles that we find in our Solar System are harmonics
of even larger cycles that occur in the Milky Way, our galaxy. All galactic cycles eventually are
believed to be harmonics of a single universal cosmic cycle. Vedic tradition has always
explained that the universe is the result of one primordial resonating vibration, the Ohm sound
of creation. In a sense we could say that our universe is one big song, its a uni-verse (one
song).
(2)
Eventually Ray Tomas found a very harmonic ratio 34560 that miraculously seems to be the
ratio that by scale connects everything in the universe from the quantum realm to the universe
at large. For instance if we were to take the average distance between moons and multiply it by
34560 we get the average distance between planets. If again we multiply this value by 34560
we get the average distance between stars etc. The ratio 34560 seems to scale all of the
following spherical objects from small to large: nucleons, atoms, cells, moons, planets, stars,
galaxies, and the universe. The number 34560 according to Ray Tomas is the seed number for
many cycles in the universe.
Another astonishing fact is that a Sumerian clay tablet named after its finding place Nineveh has
been found that contains a cosmological constant with a value of 70 * 60^7 (seventy times sixty
raised to the power of seven).

The Nineveh constant, after being decoded by NASA astrophysicist Maurice Chatelain, perfectly
described all the orbital times of our planets down to a second if whole fractions of this number
are taken. For example Pluto has a perfect 25000 cycles in the Nineveh constant and Halleys
Comet has 81.000 cycles. Since the Nineveh constants measure is the second, it equates to a
cycle time of roughly 6.2 million years. Starting from the Nineveh constant, researcher David
Wilcock discovered a galactic constant that he named the Wilcock constant that equals 0.7 *
60^9. This constant is exactly 36 times the Nineveh constant and according to Wilcock will
harmonically connect all orbits of all objects in our galaxy.
(3)
Since we learned in chapter 6 Ether Vibrations that scientists discovered that our universe is
constructed from an all-pervasive vibrating energy, we are not surprised to find resonance in the
universe between many seemingly independent cycles of independent phenomena. Eastern
Vedic tradition has always suggested that our evolution takes place in four Yugas or World
Ages. According to this Eastern tradition, the cosmos develops in cycles of dawn (sandhya)
followed by cycles of dusk (sandhyansha). Each of these periods of dawn and dusk is one tenth
of the Yuga and there are four Yugas in total, Krita, Tetra, Dvapara. The Kali Yuga is our current
Yuga that is presently ending. The four Yugas add up to the great cycle of cosmic evolution.
Throughout human history there have always been periods of dawn and periods of dusk within
the current Kali Yuga. Eastern traditions tell us that in periods of dawn there is a rise in
consciousness awareness, whereas in times of the dusk, human consciousness falls asleep
and loses its spiritual awareness and connection to its Divine source. At the end of the second
millennium Eastern traditions prophesised that humanity would finally be heading to a new
period of dawn, the new Age coinciding with the Age of Aquarius.

Auric Time Scale

Could Eastern spirituality be right about the existence of cosmic cycles of evolution? There is
now evidence to suggest that the evolution of the universe indeed moves in cycles with a
forward motion tracing a spiral along its path. What this means is that events from the past are
linked to events of the future like some form of resonance between these events is taking place.
Russian scientist Dr. Nikolai A. Kozyrev who discovered the torsion wave, the spiralling wave
that moves through the aether, was the first to suggest the relation between torsion waves and
the phenomenon of time. He called the torsion wave the wave of time. Independently Tom
Bearden also suggested that a relation between scalar waves (torsion waves) and the tick of
time exists.
Could it be that evolution is not random at all but is occurring in recurring events that add more
complexity to the development of the universe and life on Earth at each turn of the spiral? The
prevailing idea of Darwinism rules out any possibility that some energetic force could guide

evolution. Evolution is simply a completely random and unbiased process according to

Darwinism. However there is now evidence that this may not be the case.
The coherence that scientist started to discover between many unrelated phenomena in biology,
nature, economy and history now seems to indicate that these events are linked and somehow
resonate.
This is exactly what Professor Dr. S.V. Smelyakov and Y. Karpenko are suggesting and say they
can prove. Professor Dr. Sergey Smelyakov is ISARs international vice president and member
of the Golden Fund of Cyclic Science in Russia. Yuri Karpenko is member of the Astrological
Research Society Hamburg School and Astrovita. Together they published a remarkable
scientific paper in 1999 called The Auric Time Scale and the Mayan factor. Although Karpenko
co-authored the paper, the paper is basically Professor Dr. Smelyakovs theory.
In the paper it is suggested that planetary revolutions, the 11 year solar cycle, trends in
demography, the epochs of the coming of Great Teachers for humanity, geological, economical
and other cycles in nature and society are all interconnected and synchronized by the Golden
mean number, Phi () and the Fibonacci series!
Even more remarkable Dr. Smelyakov claims that all of these cycles are related and
synchronized with the Mayan Long Count, the mystical calendar that ends on the 21st of
December 2012. There is general consensus that the start date of the Mayan calendar is the
11th August 3114 BC and that the end date is on the 21st of December 2012, covering a time
span of 5125 years. We now know that the ancient Mayas knew the duration of the average
solar year to a precision of several decimal places. Their calendar for Venus was accurate to
within only 2 hours per 500 years! As amazing as these accuracies may be, the most mystifying
of their knowledge is no doubt their Mayan Long Count calendar. The Mayas associated the end
of the Mayan Long Count calendar with the end of time. I must stress that the Mayans did not
mention it would be the end of the world!
To prove his hypotheses, Dr. Smelyakov first of all established scientific proof that the Solar
System, planetary evolutions, solar rotation and the average solar activity period of 11.07 years
are harmonically related. Resonance takes place in two domains, the harmonic linear domain
and the exponential non-linear domain. Linear resonance is the resonance that takes place if
resonating cycles are whole fractions of the source cycle. Ray Tomas and others had already
discovered these harmonic linear cycles of the planetary revolutions. Also the Nineveh constant
accounts for a linear harmonic resonance since it is the seed cycle number for planetary linear
harmonics. If whole fractions of this number are taken, the revolutions of the planets of our Solar
System can be calculated with a precision of a second.
However Dr. Smelyakov also discovered the non-linear resonance that occurs not only between
the planetary revolutions but also with the solar activity cycle, the solar rotation cycle and the
Asteroid belt revolution cycle. Now these exponential increasing or decreasing resonance
frequencies are most remarkably the Golden Mean fractions of the source frequency. The
resonance frequencies can therefore be described by the following series that was given the
name the Auric Time Scale series denoted by the following discrete set:

Now we may recognize this series as the Golden Mean version of the Fibonacci sequence. It is
the same sequence that by means of wave implosion in the implosion physics of Daniel
Winter is responsible for the Golden Mean based recursive nesting of the Platonic wave shapes
that create matter.
By means of the same principle Dr. Smelyakov now stated that evolutionary time (not physical
time) itself is imploding by a Golden Mean ratio. Evolution is supposedly occurring in decreasing
cycles of time, each successive cycle being a Golden Mean fraction shorter than the previous
one. If this is indeed the case then evolutionary time itself should be imploding and
exponentially culminate to a crescendo, an end time. What we should expect at this end time is
open to speculation; it could be a transformation, a quantum leap in our evolution process, who
knows? The end time of the Auric Time scale supposedly coincides with the predicted end time
of the Mayan calendar.
The speed of our evolution is no doubt increasing rapidly. For millions of years we have walked
the face of this Earth dressed in animal hides with spears in our hands. Then 35.000 years ago
we suddenly started to make more use of our brains and transformed from hunters into farmers
and toolmakers. In the last millennium and in the last century in particular our evolution has
speeded up tremendously. It has been only a hundred years ago that we discovered electricity
and the electromagnetic field and see how it has revolutionized our world in such a short time
compared to the total time span of humanitys evolution.
The first half of the last century we industrialized our globe; the second half could be
characterized by an information revolution. Today computers are running our daily business in
all areas of our society. The birth of a worldwide web, the Internet as a globally shared
encyclopaedia of all conceivable intellectual and scientific knowledge ever collected by
humanity, took less than 10 years. In the new millennium were anticipating nanotechnology and
quantum computing to revolutionize our world.
The speed of our technological and scientific development has become unimaginably fast.
Society cannot catch up with this speed and the purpose of this book is to demonstrate that the
philosophical interpretations of humanitys major scientific achievements are dramatically
lagging behind. For the masses, our prevailing outdated Newtonian-Cartesian worldview hasnt
changed a bit in the last century. So it is more than evident that our evolution, in terms of
scientific and technological achievements, is developing faster in ever-shorter cycles.
But is there proof for the hypotheses that our evolution takes place in decreasing cycles by
means of the Golden Mean? According to Dr. Smelyakov humanitys evolution is spiralling into a
singularity that coincides with the end of the Maya Long Count calendar.
To prove their hypotheses, first of all the harmonic relations between the orbits of the planets,
the solar activity cycle, the solar rotation cycle and the revolution of the Asteroid Belt were
mathematically structured in a model called the Solar-Planetary Synchronism (SPS). In this
model the longer revolution cycles of Jupiter, Uranus and a hypothetical planet Proserpine were

taken. The planetary period of planet Proserpine is the minimal period for which all other periods
are harmonics. Within an accuracy of 0.1% all planetary revolutions of the Solar System, the
revolution of the Asteroid Belt, the solar activity cycle and the solar rotation cycle could be
proven to resonate with Jupiter, Uranus and Proserpine. The calculated revolution cycle time for
Proserpine is 510.9 years, this hypothetical planet seems to be balancing point in the
resonance.
The Auric Time Scale could be centered on any cycle period. For instance if we take the Earth
year as the center cycle of 0=1 year than the solar activity cycle is = 11.089 years (the
exact value is 11.07 years). In other words, the solar activity cycle is the fifth Phi harmonic of the
Earth year.
The Auric Time Scale hypothesis most interesting aspect is when this timescale is
superimposed upon the Mayan Long Count calendar. This calendar started on the 11th August
3114 BC and ends on the 21st of December 2012. The Long Count calendar comprises 13
Baktuns of 144.000 Kins (days) to a total length of
13 * 144 000 = 1 872 000 (days) = 5125.3661 (years).
Dr. Smelyakov artificially divided the Long Count calendar into 12 intervals that decrease in
length by means of the Golden Mean ratio, the Auric Time Scale series. The separation epochs
of these 12 time intervals are: 3114 BC, 1146 BC, 71 AD, 823, 1287, 1547, 1752, 1861, 1929,
1971, 1997, 2012. These dates were called the bifurcation points of the Auric Time Scale.
The epochs that were found quite perfectly seemed to correlate with:

Clusters of global natural cataclysms such as severe Earthquakes, volcanic activity,

space phenomena such as supernovas.

The coming of great Teachers to this Earth as well as outstanding philosophers and
scientists; we mention Buddha, Zoroaster, Pythgagoras, Plato, Lao-tzu, Confucius,
Quetzalkoatl (Kukulcan)

Origins of calendar systems such as those of China, India, Iran, Babylon, Egypt, and
Maya.

Demographic trends in the population of China, as an indicator of world trends

The foundation of worldwide religious/philosophical systems and states

The Auric Time Scale was extrapolated to bifurcation points preceding the start of the Mayan
calendar, giving the years 11.446 BC and 6296 BC. These are both interesting years since
together with the start of the Mayan calendar 3114 BC they all represent the times of the last
known geomagnetic inversions of the Earth magnetic field, a pole shift where the north and
south poles switch polarity. As we know 11.446 BC perfectly matches with the date given by
Edgar Cayce for the destruction of Atlantis by a worldwide catastrophe, floods and inundations
as a result of such a pole shift. Its also the date of the sudden ending of the last ice age. The

date 6296 BC corresponds with the epoch given by Plato for the final destruction of Atlantis. The
start of the Mayan calendar, 3114 BC coincides with the emergence of the first civilization on
Earth, the Sumerian civilization according to historians.
Variations in strength of the geomagnetic field of the Earth seem to correspond with the Mayan
calendar. Since the time of Jesus Christ the Earths protective magnetic field has decreased in
strength and is now at a bare minimum at beginning of the third millennium. The magnetic field
is so weak that the natural wobbles of the north-south magnetic axis of the Earth has become
rather instable in the last decades. Many scientists believe that these effects are pre-cursors of
a coming new pole shift. The start and end date of the Mayan calendar correspond to minimums
in the geomagnetic field strengths, whereas the maximum geomagnetic field strength centers
around the time of Christ corresponding to the Auric Time Scale bifurcation date 71 AD.
Today, the Mayas that left us their Long Count calendar still mystify us. At the height of their
civilisation, the classical Maya culture quite suddenly collapsed around 830 AD as they
abandoned their villages and sacred temple complexes en masse. Scholars have still not found
a plausible explanation for their sudden disappearance. Descendents of this once great
classical Maya culture are living today in Mexico, Guatemala and Belize. The abrupt ending of
their ancestors civilisation has lead to the speculation that the classical Maya somehow
collectively ascended from this planet as was speculated in the famous book The Celestine
Prophecy by James Redfield. The miraculous ending of the classical golden age of the Maya
civilisation in 830 AD remains a mystery but is even more astonishing taking into account that it
quite nicely corresponds with the Auric Time Scale date 823 AD.
(4)
Mapping the Auric Time Scale to events from the past is one thing, but if the time scale is
authentic it should also display the ability to predict major events in the future, shouldnt it? If
predictions could be made based on the Auric Time Scale, it would definitely enhance its
scientific credibility. Well this may have crossed Dr. Smelyakovs mind too when he prophesized
a major catastrophe to take place surrounding the 16th of September 2001 with a time window
of give or take 10 days. He associated his prediction, which was published in the Mountain
Astrologer magazine in December 2000, with airplane crashes, economic failures, and warfare
and even mentioned the countries that would be involved; the United States, Israel and
Afghanistan. Now we all certainly recollect September 11th 2001 and the impact this event had
on global affairs in the aftermath.
(5)
A new and improved version of the Auric Time Scale theory came out on November 5th 2006
(Smelyakov, Stray, Wicherink) titled The last multi-turns of the spiral of time before it rolls up to
appear in new reality.
Instead of a finite set of just 12 bifurcation points the amended theory now contained an infinite
number of bifurcation points. It also contains a recursive or fractal solution for the implosion of
time in between bifurcation points rendering the so called higher order bifurcation points. This
new theory had properties that allowed it to be tested on its merit to predict future important
events that coincided with these bifurcation points.

Bifurcation point

Date
(Gregorian)

Historic era

BP -2

-11407 BC

End of glacial era, biblical Deluge, geomagnetic

inversion

BP -1

-6282 BC

Second ruin of Atlantis, geomagnetic inversion

BP 0

3114 BC

Start of Maya Long Count calendar

BP 1

1155 BC

Beginning of the Iron Age

BP 2

55 AD

Time of Christ, start of Christianity

BP 3

803

Middle Ages

BP 4

1265

Late Middle Ages

BP 5

1550

Colonialism and imperialism

BP 6

1727

Newton, foundation of science

BP 7

1836

Industrial revolution

BP 8

1903

World War I

BP 9

1945

World War II

BP 10

1971

Start of the space age

BP 11

1987

Year of Maya Harmonic Convergence

BP 12

1997

Revival of New Age movement

BP 13

2003

War on Terror, Iraq, Afghanistan

BP 14

2006

Nuclear cold war with Iran and North Korea

Auric Time Scale main bifurcation points (first order)

To this end the author developed an on-line Auric Time Scale calculator that was published on
both Dr. Smelyakovs and the authors website. The calculator calculates both main bifurcation
points as well as higher order bifurcation points up to the fifth order. Second order bifurcation
points are bifurcation points in between the main bifurcation points while third order bifurcation
points are bifurcation points in between second order bifurcation points etc.
Bifurcation point Date
BP 6,1,0,2,8

2/07

Diff.
1776 -2

Historical event
4th July Declaration of Independence United

States of America
BP 8,0,2,0,7

27/07

1914 -1

Start of World War I

BP 8,4,0,0,2

4/09

1939 +3

Invasion of Poland, start of WWII

BP 8, 18

16/07

1945

Explosion of the first atomic bomb by Los

Alamos Labs at Trinity New Mexico

BP 9,2,0,5,3

22/10

1962

Cuba Crisis

BP 11

21/03

1987

Harmonic Convergence on the vernal

equinox

BP 11,0,2,1,5

10/11

1989

BP 12, 2, 11

11/09

2001

911 terrorist attacks New York

BP 9, 5, 2, 0, 2

23/07

1969 +3

Landing on the moon

BP 12, 2, 0, 2, 3

22/01

2001 +2

Inauguration Bush first term

BP 13, 0, 0, 0, 1

20/03

2003 +1

Start of war on Iraq

BP 13, 1, 1, 0, 8

26/12

2004

Tsunami Asia

BP 13, 9

4/11

2006

Corresponds with novelty of Time Wave

Zero function for 2006

BP 13,9,0,5

7/11

2006

Midterm elections USA

BP 14

22/11

2006 -2

Fifth Day of the Galactic Underworld

(Carl Johan Calleman)

+1

Fall of the Berlin Wall

Calculated bifurcation dates matched with historical events

With the calculator we were now able to predict major future events and test the theory. It so
happened that the next major bifurcation point (BP 14) was calculated for November 22nd 2006
just 17 days ahead from the day the amended theory was published! So it was with great
anticipation that we waited for this next major bifurcation date. However nothing really shocking
happened on this day. In all likelihood this bifurcation correlated with the American midterm
elections of November 7th 2006 which turned out to be a turning point in Bushs aggressive
foreign policy. The previous main bifurcation point (BP 13) coincided with the start of the war on
Iraq and now it seemed that this new bifurcation point (BP 14) meant a change in the war on
terror since the Democrats had taken over control of both the House of Representatives and
the Senate.

Most amazingly this new bifurcation point (BP 14) resonated with the Time Wave Zero novelty
date calculated for November 3rd 2006 (see Time Wave Zero in the next paragraph). According
to the Time Wave Zero novelty theory this date was expected to represent the greatest novelty
event in years. Also Maya researcher Carl Johan Callemans start date of the Fifth Day of the
Galactic Underworld, a date determined by the Maya calendar, was expected to bring about
major positive changes on November 24th 2006. Both dates resonated with bifurcation point 14
and had all the signs of a positive change.
(6)

Time wave zero

Dr. Smelyakov is not alone in his reasoning that evolution is spiralling in towards the end time of
the Maya calendar. Years before the end date of the Maya calendar was finally established in
the nineties by Jos Argelles, Terrence McKenna and his brother Denis developed a Time
Wave Zero theory. The Time Wave Zero theory was introduced in their book The Invisible
Landscape and published in 1975. In this book they explained that the evolutionary time is
recursively imploding like a fractal to an end time that according to the original theory ends on
November 17th 2012. It mysteriously missed the Mayan Long Count calendar end date by only
33 days! At the time the theory was developed, the brothers McKenna were completely unaware
of the Maya Long Count calendars end date. It was only years later in 1987 that Jos Argelles
published The Mayan Factor after decoding the Mayan Long Count calendar and he arrived at
an end date independently and completely unaware of the Time Wave Zero theory! When the
brothers finally learned about the Mayan Long Count calendar, they amended the end date of
their Time Wave Zero theory such that it would coincide with the end date of the calendar.
Its amazing how the Time Wave Zero theory came to be. Terrence McKenna, after eating
enough hallucinating mushrooms got a vision in which he was told to study the mathematical
principles of the legendary and mysterious Chinese book of the I Ching. The I Ching, or the
book of changes, is a book used for many centuries in China as an oracle to predict the flow of
changes. It consists of 64 hexagrams in a matrix of 8 by 8 that can be used to predict the
change of Yin and Yang energy manifesting in the world. The book is said to predict the flow of
changes in the universe. When there is too much Yin energy it will be eventually compensated
by Yang energy and visa versa, like a rhythmic change constantly balancing between two
extremes.
The brothers McKenna however believed that the I Ching worked because the Yin and Yang
energies are real and create a time wave in the universe that is responsible for all changes in
evolution. Terrence McKenna deduced a mathematical fractal function from the I Chings logic.
The fractal supposedly represents the changes in our world that take place in terms of novelties
and habits. They matched their time wave function with the peaks and troughs of history and
found by applying a best-fit approach that the time wave ends at the 21st of December 2012.
The troughs on the vertical axis of the time wave function indicate a strong increase in novelties
(time of great evolutionary advancement) as evolution proceeds along the horizontal axis. The

frequency of novelty increases as evolution proceeds.

The time wave zero function seems to support the idea that has been postulated by Dr.
Smelyakov that the amount of knowledge obtained in our evolution rapidly increases to a
maximum as we near the Mayan end date since the novelty rate of the time wave function
converges to a singularity.
According to the time wave theory in the last 384 days there will be more transformations than
in all of history before. Eventually in December 2012 the novelty wave implodes and novelty
itself becomes infinite. What it could mean is only open to speculation.
(7)
Solstice galactic alignment
What is so special about the 21st of December 2012? Does it have a cosmic meaning?
The Mayan Long Count calendar duration of 5125 years is a fifth of the so-called
precession cycle of roughly 26.000 years, also called a Platonic year named after Plato who
assumed this cycle to be the perfect harmonic number of 25920 years.
Precession is actually the wobbling of a spinning top. The wobbling starts as the spin of the top
slows down and the revolutions become unstable causing the top to swing from side to side until
it finally drops. The Earths rotation around its polar axis gives us our day and night rhythms, is
also subject to precession just like a spinning top. Just think of the Earth as a spinning top on a
flat surface called the ecliptic. The ecliptic is the virtual path that our Sun travels around the
Earth each year. Within the plane of the ecliptic we find all the planets of our Solar System. The
Earths polar axis makes an angle of approximately 23,5 degrees with an axis perpendicular to
the ecliptic. In 25.920 years the polar axis completes one full circle of precession.

Precession of the Earths polar axis

Precession is the reason why the star constellations in the heavens, for instance, the Big
Dipper, Orion and the Pleiades changed their position in the skies over the centuries. The
Egyptians had a different Pole Star (Alpha Draconis ) than we have today (Polaris) because the
star right above the North Pole has changed due to precession. Precession not only causes star
constellations such as the zodiac signs to shift through a complete circle in 25.920 years but
also causes these zodiac signs to move up and down with respect to the Earths horizon. There
are 12 zodiac signs representing constellations that are spread along the ecliptic.
Precession can be monitored by determining the position of a zodiac sign at pre-defined
moments of the year. These pre-defined moments are the solstices and equinoxes that define
the change of the seasons. If for instance the Sun is observed on the vernal equinox (March
21st) every year for a period of 72 years, we would notice that the zodiac sign that aligns with
the Sun has shifted 1 degree in position in the heavens. In order for this zodiac sign to make a
full circle of 360 degrees and return to the same place in the sky, 360 * 72 = 25920 years would
be required for a complete precession cycle. Since precession is tracking the signs of the zodiac
on solstices and equinoxes, precession is also referred to as the precession of the solstices or
the precession of the equinoxes.
In our present time on the vernal equinox the Sun aligns with the sign of Pisces and it is about
to make its transition into Aquarius. Thats why the New Age movement speaks of the coming
Age of Aquarius. The actual transition date to Aquarius is believed by many to coincide with the

end of the Maya Long Count calendar but in reality it will take at least another 360 years before
the vernal equinox enters Aquarius.
But to answer our initial question, what makes the Winter Solstice of 2012 so special? Well, on
December 21st 2012 a very rare alignment will occur in the Earths precession cycle of 25.920
years. Although the exact date is hard to determine, somewhere around the ending of the Maya
calendar, the Earth, the Winter Solstice Sun and the galactic equator will align. As the alignment
occurs the Sun will enter the Dark Rift of the Milky Way near the center of our galaxy. So this
alignment is very rare in the precession cycle. Since it occurs at the winter solstice of 2012 (21st
December 2012), it is also called the Winter Solstice Galactic Alignment.
As mentioned above, the exact date of this alignment is very hard to calculate but astronomers
now believe that this alignment occurred in 1998. However since the Sun is half a degree wide,
it takes at least 36 years for the Sun to completely precess through the galactic equator. The
Sun entered the galactic equator during the Winter Solstice of 1980 and will have completely
cleared the galactic equator on the Winter Solstice of 2016. The years between 1980 and 2016
is called the Galactic Alignment zone or era-2012. In Chapter One we mentioned that Edgar
Cayce predicted that the time of the changes on Earth would take place between 1958 and
1998 whereas 1998 is the culmination point of this alignment.

Winter Solstice Galactic Alignment of the Sun with the galactic equator
According to John Major Jenkins author of the books Maya Cosmogenesis 2012 and Galactic
Alignment, The transformation of Consciousness according to Mayan, Egyptian and Vedic
Traditions, the Mayas who new about the precession of the equinoxes deliberately chose the
end date of their Long Count calendar to coincide with the Winter Solstice Galactic Alignment.
As the title of his book suggests, the Mayas believed that it would be a time a great
transformation in consciousness. John Major Jenkins has found proof that the phenomenon of

precession must have been known in the past by the Mayan sky watchers. The Maya temple
complex at Izapa was built to denote the Suns alignment with the galactic equator around the
year 2012! Jenkins his research further reveals that many other ancient cultures such as the
Egyptian and the Vedic traditions also understood the phenomenon of precession.
(8)
Two years prior to Jenkins his publication of his Galactic Alignment theory in Maya
Cosmogenesis 2012, Dr. Smelyakov published his paper on the Solar Zodiac model in 1996.
Hidden in this paper is Dr. Smelyakovs version of Galactic Alignment. Dr. Smelyakovs Solar
Zodiac model places our Solar System in a galactic context and reveals that there are actually
four galactic alignments in a Platonic year!
When the author discussed this paper with Dr. Smelyakov, it became apparent that Dr.
Smelyakovs Galactic Alignment model had received very little attention. Jenkins and his
galactic alignment theory on the other hand had earned its well deserved recognition in 2012
circles.
In what was intended to be a co-authored article on Dr. Smelyakovs galactic alignment theory
to be published on my website, turned out into a new official scientific paper and was published
in December 2006. The article was titled Crucifying the Earth on the Galactic Cross. Dr.
Smelyakovs 1996 publication was used as input for this new paper that now focused primarily
on Galactic Alignment and its relation to the various esoteric crosses.
In the paper a galactic alignment is referred to as the Great Celestial Conjunction of which there
are four in a precession cycle. A Great Celestial Conjunction is the conjunction of two crosses,
the Earth Cross with the Galactic Cross.
The first cross, the Earth Cross is created by the intersection of two planes, the Earths equator
and the ecliptic. Since the Earth axis makes an angle of 23 degrees with the ecliptic, the Earths
equator intersects the ecliptic. This intersection is the first line in our Earth cross. (See picture
below). On the line of intersection we find two points called the equinox points. The equinoxes
(Latin Aqui= equal, Noctium = night) determine the moments during a year when the Sun is
directly over the equator and night and day are equal in length. This happens during spring and
autumn and thats why they are called the vernal and autumn equinox.
The solstice (Latin Sol = Sun, Stitium = standstill) is the annual moment where the elevation of
the Sun above the horizon reaches its maximum or minimum. These are the moments that the
Sun in the Northern Hemisphere is either directly over the Tropic of Cancer (summer) or over
the Tropic of Capricorn (winter). The solstice axis is perpendicular to the equinox axis. The
equinox and solstice axis are the constituents of the Earth Cross on the ecliptic (See picture
below)

Earth Cross, intersection of ecliptic and equator

The same approach can be used to create the Galactic Cross of what Dr. Smelyakov has called
the Solar Zodiac. While the Earths zodiac is based on the revolution of the Earth around the
Sun, the Solar Zodiac is based on the revolution of our Solar System around the galactic center
of our Milky Way. The Milky Way consists of a number of spiral arms and our Solar System is on
the outer edge of one of these spirals. (See picture below).

Top view of the spiral arms of our Milky Way

It takes 220 to 300 million years to complete one revolution of our Solar System around the
center of our galaxy. The galactic equivalent of the Earths ecliptic is the Solar Systems ecliptic

which is the imaginary track that the galactic center traces around our Solar System. In reality of
course our Solar System revolves around the galactic center of our Milky Way galaxy and not
the other way around, see the picture above.
Similar to the construction of the Earth Cross we can also create a galactic version of this cross
for the Solar System. The cross is constructed from the intersection of two planes, the ecliptic
and the equator however in case we have to identify these planes first.
The first plane is the ecliptic of our Solar System. By approximation the Solar Systems ecliptic
is the galactic equator because our Solar System is very close to the galactic equator and
revolves around the galactic center in a parallel plane.
The second plane is the equatorial plane of our Solar System and for the sake of simplicity can
be equaled to the ecliptic.
Now that we have identified the two planes the Galactic Cross can be constructed from the
intersection of these planes, the galactic equator and the ecliptic. Our Solar System intersects
the galactic equator at an angle of 60 degrees. The intersection is the Solar Systems equinox
axis. The Solar Systems solstice axis is perpendicular to the equinox axis and both form the
Galactic Cross. (See picture below)

Galactic Cross, intersection of the ecliptic and galactic equator

Both the Earth Cross and Galactic Cross can be placed on top of each other since both crosses
share one plane in common. Whereas the Earth Cross is created from the intersection of the
ecliptic and the equator, the Galactic Cross is created from the intersection of the ecliptic and
the galactic equator. Since both crosses share the ecliptic they can be superimposed.

Figuratively the Earth is crucified on the Galactic Cross. The following picture demonstrates the
crucifixion:

Crucifixion of the Earth on the Galactic Cross

Notice there is a small angle between the two crosses. While the Earth Cross revolves with a
speed of one revolution per 26.000 years, the Galactic Cross stands virtually still since its
revolution takes about 220 to 300 million years. During a precession cycle the two crosses
overlap exactly four times and these moments are called the Great Celestial Conjunctions. At a
Great Celestial Conjunction the ecliptic, equator and galactic equator make right angles. The
last Great Celestial Conjunction is identical to Jenkins Galactic Alignment that occurred around
1998.
Dr. Smelyakov has also calculated a 2012-era zone for the last Great Celestial Conjunction
which differs from Jenkins his galactic alignment zone (era-2012) only by definition and
corresponds with the period 1978 to 2017.
But what does it all mean? This conjunction demonstrates that we have entered a New Age
since we have entered a new quadrant of the precession circle. The quadrants divide the
Platonic/precessional year into four equal segments corresponding to the four World Ages, the
Iron Age, the Silver Age, the Bronze Age and the Golden Age. The World Ages reflect the
spiritual prowess of man and the evolution of consciousness. The boundaries of these Ages
coincide with the four Great Celestial Conjunctions.
This puts the discussion of the beginning of the New Age (Aquarius) into a new light. According
to both John Major Jenkins and Dr. Smelyakov, the New Age is occurring right now and not

within a few hundred years when the Sun enters Aquarius on the vernal equinox.
(9)

Cosmic influence
If it is true that some unseen force drives the evolution of consciousness within predefined
cycles, why does it seem to relate to planetary movements and galactic alignments? If the
2012 predictions are true and humanity supposedly will go through a transformation process of
consciousness, what are the mechanisms that trigger these events?
David Wilcock explains us that the conscious aether energy of the vacuum is responsible for all
the Earth changes that were predicted by Edgar Cayce. Planets and stars throw off abundant
torsion waves as they revolve and constantly rewrite the fabric of the aether. As we travel on this
spaceship called Earth around the galactic center we enter different zones of aether densities.
Wilcocks claims are backed up by Cambridge University Dr. Harold Aspen who mathematically
proved that the aether has varying levels of density that he calls space domains.
In 2000, Russian biophysicist Dr. Simon E. Shnoll published his 30 years life work in a famous
Russian physics journal that proves that planetary motions create disturbances in the vacuum
that affects both living and inanimate processes on Earth. He found that fluctuations in biological
and chemical processes and even radioactive decay, occur in cycles that correspond with the
celestial movements of our planets. Shnoll studied the noise data in the histograms of many
phenomena and discovered that this noise is not random at all and that these fluctuations keep
pace with the celestial orbits of our planets. The coherent noise in totally unrelated phenomena
proves that there is a collective cause for all these fluctuations.
Its important to notice that mainstream western science cannot explain how totally independent
processes such as biological, chemical and physical processes can be simultaneously reacting
in a coherent way to outside influences that correspond with the motion of our planets. If we
accept that physical matter is not made out of hard marbles called atoms, but in reality are
vortexes in the aether, the same medium that our torsion wave travels through, we can start to
see and understand how torsion waves are able to affect many things in our material reality.
Torsion waves originating from our planets, the Sun and the cosmos affect all biological life on
Earth as well. The Sun is by far the strongest torsion wave generator in our Solar System and
all by itself has an immense influence.
David Wilcock even believes that torsion waves may be responsible for the spontaneous
extinctions of existing life forms and speciation of new ones on Earth that took place many times
in evolution, causing these quantum leaps in evolution and the missing links in the fossil
records. The torsion field, what Ervin Laszlos has coined the A-field and Rupert Sheldrake the
morphogenetic field, may be the true carrier of DNA information. David Wilcock suggests that
the DNAs morphogenetic field was already present in the vacuum even before the life forms
that emerged from them existed on Earth. He believes that the morphogenetic fields are the
precursors of biological evolution.

Since torsion wave energy is pure cosmic conscious energy it also has an effect on our
collective and individual consciousness as well as our spiritual development. The different
aether density zones in our galaxy correspond with the different World Ages of the Vedic
traditions. There are zones in our galaxy that call for spiritual darkness and zones that call for
spiritual awakening. We are just leaving the Kali Yuga, the Age that engulfs us in the darkness
of materialism and loss of spiritual awareness. Our Solar System is now entering a zone in our
galaxy that signals the end of the Kali Yuga and the start of the Age of Aquarius. Esoteric
traditions have kept this cosmic knowledge alive for centuries but in the West we have just
started to decipher its significance.
(10)
But if our Solar System has entered a different zone in the galaxy that is more energetically
charged, are there any measurable effects that can substantiate this claim?

Changes in the Solar System

Unknown to the public but well known to organizations such as the NASA, is that the Earth is
not the only planet in our Solar System that is experiencing global warming! Most people
presume that global warming is caused by industrial pollution and carbon dioxide exhaust. But
this cannot explain the global warming of Pluto our far distant planet that is drifting even further
away from the Sun. NASA however does not officially relate the global warming of Earth to the
global warming of other planets in the Solar System.
Professor of Geology Dr. Alexey Dmitriev of the Siberian Department of Russian Academy of
Sciences has studied these phenomena and concluded that changes that are taking place in
our Solar System are caused by highly charged material now entering our Solar System in this
region of the galaxy. Heres a brief overview of the recent changes that have taking place in our
Solar System that Dr. Dmitriev is referring to:

Uranus and Neptune have endured polar shifts

A change in the intensity and brightness of Neptune by 40%

Doubling of the magnetic field of Jupiter

Brightness increase in Saturn

A growth of the dark spots on Pluto

Auroras on Saturn

Venus is showing reversals of areas of dark and light and is becoming brighter overall

The moon is growing a sodium potassium atmosphere

200% growth of the atmosphere of Mars that is getting thicker.

Dramatic climate changes on Mars such as the melting of the ice caps

An increase in the Suns solar activities (solar flares)

A growth of the heliosphere (magnetic field of the Sun) by a 1000%!

All of the anomalies mentioned above developed in the last two decades!
The Suns heliopsphere is a magnetic field in the shape of a drop that extends to the outer
space of our Solar System. The tail of this drop is pointing in the opposite direction that our
Solar System is travelling. It is like the blazing trail of a comet. The leading edge of the
heliosphere is showing glowing plasma energy. This plasma energy in 1990 used to be 4 to 40
astronomical units deep (an astronomical unit is the distance from the Earth to the Sun, 93
million miles). The heliosphere now has a layer of plasma energy that is a 100 astronomical
units deep. This enormous increase cannot be explained by western science.
NASA reports have also shown that there is a 400% increase in speed of solar particles that are
emitted by the Sun as they travel through interplanetary space. The conductance of the
interplanetary space has somehow increased.
(11)
Researcher Michael Mandeville in 1998 proved that the number of earthquakes has increased
since 1973 with a staggering 400%; in 2000 he proved that volcanic activity between 1875 and
1993 has increased by almost 500%.
Another independent researcher Will Hart who also investigated the matter comes up with
figures that show that there were 2119 earthquakes reported in the 19th century. However in the
year 1970 alone, 4139 have been reported. Now thats a tremendous increase. According to
Harts investigations the largest earthquakes have occurred since 1960. After 1960 many
dormant volcanoes came to life as well, like Mount Popocatepetyl in Mexico that started
erupting in 1990 after being dormant for centuries. He also registered a tremendous increase in
tornados in the last few decades:

1950s

4796 tornados

1960s

6813 tornados

1970s

8580 tornados

1980s

8196 tornados

1990s to date

10.000+ tornados

Dr. Dmitriev in 1997 already showed that between 1963 and 1993, the overall amount of natural
disasters like hurricanes, typhoons and mud slides, tidal waves etc has increased by 410
percent. According to Dmitriev the energetic transformation that is taking place in our Solar
System changes the atmospheres outer layer called the ionosphere and also the magnetic field

of the Earth. These energetic changes in our solar system are also responsible for the weather
pattern changes on Earth.
The United Nations International Strategy for Disaster Reductions agency (UN-ISDR) released
a report in September 17th 2004 indicating that globally there has been an overall increase in
natural and manmade catastrophes. The number of victims of natural disasters tripled since
1990. A Swiss insurance company and the Center for Research on the Epidemiology of
Disasters at the University of Louvain in Belgium drew similar conclusions.
These conclusions did not include the horrific disaster of the December 26th Tsunami following
the 9.3 Richter scale earthquake that occurred off the shore of Indonesias Sumatra. The tidal
waves that swept over the Indian Ocean killed more than 300,000 people in many neighbouring
countries. A less known fact is that 44 hours later a cosmic gamma ray burst hit the Earth that
went on record with a force a 100 times stronger than any burst previously recorded. The
cosmic blast was caused by an exploding neutron star within our Galaxy at the opposite site of
the Galactic Center. The cosmic blast released more energy in a split second than our Sun
produces in a 100.000 years and it took this explosion 45.000 years to reach the Earth. Paul La
Violette explains in his latest book Earth Under Fire, Humanitys Survival of the Apocalypse, the
core of our Galaxy, the center of our Milky Way in the past has experienced many core
explosions. These explosions occur cyclically and send a devastating energy surge through the
entire galaxy. La Violette believes that such a galactic core explosion happened 10.500 years
ago and caused worldwide floods that were recorded in many ancient myths and lore and also
in the Old Testament as the biblical Deluge.
In September 2004, new discoveries made by an international team of astrophysicists now
seem to confirm La Violettes theories. Using a newly developed array of 4 telescopes called
H.E.S.S. (High Energy Stereoscopic System) they discovered that the center of our Milky
Way contains a super-massive black hole. The scientists believe that this black hole at the
center of the galaxy is the remnant of a supernova explosion that occurred 10.000 years ago!
The black hole has been radiating cosmic gamma rays ever since! According to Dr. Paula
Chadwick of the University of Durham, quote: such an explosion could accelerate cosmic
gamma rays to the high energies we have seen - a billion times more energy than the radiation
used for X-rays in hospitals.
(12)
In accord with his theories in Earth Under Fire, La Violette now believes that the 27th
December gamma ray burst and the 26th December tsunamis are connected. He explains that
the explosion of the neutron star was accompanied by a gravity wave that traveled unimpeded
at light speed and arrived at Earth after its 45.000 year journey on the 26th December 2004,
while the gamma ray burst itself, travelling just below light-speed, arrived with a 44 hours delay.
At the arrival of the gravity wave, the earth instantaneously underwent a 9.3 Richter scale
earthquake while the 44 hours delayed gamma ray burst went unnoticed.
A fact of great concern to astrophysicists is that the Earth has been receiving these cosmic
gamma rays burst for several years now. The first of these cosmic ray bombardments of the
Earths atmosphere started about 5 years ago and frequent bombardments have been

unrelentingly hitting the Earths atmosphere ever since. Russian scientists of the Russian
Academy of Science have been indicating that these highly energetic cosmic rays may be
causing many of the recent observed anomalies, such as the super-storm hurricanes and
typhoons that are raging over the Earth, the strange lightings observed in the skies over the
artic regions, the intensified solar flares and the increase of earthquakes in general. German
scientists from the Max Planck Institute of Nuclear Physics in Heidelberg now confirm that these
cosmic rays may be responsible for the climate changes that we are witnessing on Earth.
To illustrate what these gamma ray bursts are capable of, in August 2005 no less than 17
gamma ray bursts bombarded our solar system. These gamma ray bursts are now expected to
be related to the anomalies that were observed in our Sun on August 8-10th. On the 15th of
August Saturns poles lit up, the auroras were caused by energetic changes occurring in the
solar system. On the 19th of August in concert with a gamma ray burst Mt. St Helens volcano
became active. At the end of the month in concert with the next gamma ray burst, three M-class
solar flares were fired by the Sun, followed by a coronal mass ejection (CME) on August 28th.
The next day on August 29th, one of the most devastating hurricanes in the history of the United
States, Katrina made landfall in New Orleans causing massive destruction in the south of the
USA. Just two days later on September 1st, the tropical typhoon Talim made landfall in China
and Taiwan causing the evacuation of 200,000 people. If Katrina wasnt enough, two weeks
later the US south coast was struck again by a similar hurricane. This time it is was Rita, a scale
5 hurricane devastating hurricane that downgraded to a scale 3 hurricane by the time it made
landfall. In the same month of the occurrence of these extreme weather conditions and gamma
ray bursts, on a single day September 3rd 2005, the Earth counted no less than 60 earthquakes
worldwide!
(13)
Russian international and independent researcher Sorcha Faal has been continuously warning
about pending major catastrophes in the United States throughout her reports in 2005. She
presented information from Russian scientists not only about these disturbing cosmic rays but
also about the build up of pressure on the San Andreas fault and the newly discovered Madrid
fault in the United States. Russian scientists anticipate major earthquakes not only in the United
States but also in the Eastern regions of Russia.
(14)
Another alarming fact is the recurring El Nino phenomenon that cannot be explained by global
warming due to the Sun. Only massive heating of the ocean itself can only cause this affect.
David Wilcock believes that the Earths core is warming due to a higher influx of aether energy
and that the cores heating is causing the warming of the oceans. Dr. Dmitriev has proven that
the temperature changes in the oceans are directly related to the changes in the earths
magnetic field. Only this increase in aether influx as David Wilcock suggests, can explain how
these two independent phenomena, the warming of the oceans and the changes in the
magnetic field, are related.
(15)
Dramatic changes are also happening to our Sun. The Suns activity seems to be increasing.
Solar activity manifests in two phenomena, solar flares and coronal mass ejections (CME).

Sunspots are magnetic fields that extent from the surface of the sun, they are responsible for
creating solar flares. Solar flares radiate enormous amounts of energy in the form of X-ray
radiation that reach Earth within eight minutes. The Sun has a sunspot cycle with an average of
11 years. At the end of this cycle the magnetic polarity of the Sun reverses, it is a pole shift
where the North Pole becomes the South Pole and visa versa. Strangely enough the corona, a
sphere of pure plasma extending some 2500 kilometres from the Suns surface is much hotter
that the surface of the Sun itself. Whereas the Suns surface has a temperate of 5700 degrees
Celsius, the corona can have temperatures up to two million degrees Celsius! How this is
possible is a mystery to orthodox science, since we would expect that temperatures drop when
we move away from the Suns surface; instead temperatures increase to astronomical heights!
CMEs are explosions of plasma taking place in the corona. It takes one to three days before the
CMEs charged particles reach Earth. Both solar flares and CMEs can cause damaging effects
to our satellites and disturb radio communications.
In 1989 a powerful CME hit the Earth that disabled many satellites and the power grid of HydroQuebec in Canada cutting off electricity supply to seven million people. However the all time
solar activity record was set in the year 2003. On the 21st October 2003 warnings went out
about raised solar activity and on the 28th the biggest sunspot ever was observed. Soon after a
strong solar flare was fired. On the 4th of November, the all time record was set, the greatest
solar flare ever measured was followed by a CME that fortunately just missed Earth. The most
alarming fact however is that the strongest CME ever measured occurred two years after the
last solar maximum of February 2001. So our Sun in definitely out of pace and behaving
extraordinarily. Its odd to think that the next solar maximum will take place in 2012!
(16)

Solar flares of 4th November 2003 (NASA)

Another impact on the Earths aetheric stability was caused by the Venus transit of June 8th
2004. This rare alignment of the Sun, the Earth and Venus last happed on the 6th December
1882.
The day after the Venus transit the Ijen Volcano in Java became active to be followed by an
eruption of the Byzymianny Volcano in Russia on the 29th of June. July was a very heavy month
with in total eight eruptions of volcanoes around the world. In September of the year 2004,
fifteen eruptions occurred including Mount Etna in Italy. The impact of the Venus transit on the

Earths volcanic instability can only be explained by an aether theory. Orthodox science cannot
explain how a passing planet can have all these affects on planet Earth.
However if we accept the aether is real, we can start to see why planetary movements change
the influx of aether energy into the Earth. David Wilcock explains that the internal core of the
Earth contains plasma instead of the current notion held by science that the core contains
molten iron. The aether influx he explains has a direct impact on the volume of the plasma core
that increases with the extra aether influx. This plasma tries to find its way to the earths crust
where it cools down to lava causing volcanic activity and earthquakes.
Venus transits happen in pairs with an eight-year interval. The next transit is due June 6th in
2012!
Researcher Will Hart is convinced that the Mayan priests knew about the Venus transit and the
solar sunspot cycle and how they cause the catastrophes we are now experiencing. Because
the Mayas knew that both the sunspot cycle maximum and the Venus transits converge in the
year 2012 they chose 2012 as the End date of their Mayan calendar system according to Hart.
The Mayas understanding of the Venus transits and its significance were demonstrated by the
Mayan priests who predicted the return of the Aztec god Quetzalcoatl in the year 1518. The god
Quetzalcoatl was associated with both the planet Venus and a bearded man that would
eventually bring civilization to Mexico. The man to bring this civilization to Mexico was Juan de
Grijalva who discovered Mexico in the year 1518. So it seems the Mayas anticipated his
coming. The amazing fact is that the years 1518-1526 also happened to be Venus transit years!
Eventually Hernando Cortez set foot on Mexican soil in 1519 and conquered the Aztec empire.
Unfortunately for the Mayas it only brought destruction to the Mayan culture. Years later it was
Cortez who became the embodiment of the Quetzalcoatl.
(17)

Recapitulation
Now there is abundant proof that our own Solar System is undergoing dramatic changes in the
last decades. Why is NASA ignoring it and deliberately keeping the public unaware of these
changes? Russian scientists are doing a much better job and dare to draw definite conclusions.
Then why doesnt the USA take global warming seriously? If they did they would have showed
up at the Kyoto conference about climate control and carbon dioxide reductions, wouldnt they?
Economic interests are most likely the motivating factors behind both denials; it seems they
dont want to create panic that could harm their economic interests!
There appears to be convincing scientific evidence to suggest that life on Earth is undergoing a
transformation that is caused by energetic changes occurring within our Solar System.
Scientists have discovered that biological, chemical, physical and even economic trends are
related to the movements of our planets and the activity of the Sun. This suggests that evolution
is taking place within the confines of well-defined cosmic cycles. The most important cosmic
cycle seems to be the precession cycle of 25.920.

Esoteric Vedic cosmology pictured humanitys evolution as a journey through the World Ages or
Yugas. According to Vedic cosmology we now enter a new era in the evolution of humanity
called the Golden Age.
Entering the Golden Age also seems to be related to the Mayan calendar end time prophecy
for the year 2012. John Major Jenkins has found abundant clues showing that ancient cultures
and spiritual traditions around the world had knowledge about the Earths precession. He
believes that the ancients left us artefacts and myths all over the world that tell us about the
importance of precession and the solstice galactic alignment taking place around the year
2012.
The year 2012 seems to be a convergence of the galactic alignment, the solar maximum and
the Venus transit.
Throughout the book we have indicated the relations that exist between ancient Eastern wisdom
and todays scientific discoveries about our cosmos. The ancient Eastern traditions were not the
only traditions that kept a cosmology alive that our scientists are now starting to corroborate. In
the next chapter were going to have a look at the Bible and discover that ancient knowledge
was preserved in it as well.

Chapter 11 Science and the Scriptures

While scores of theological scholars have been studying the literal meaning of biblical phrases
and the historical facts mentioned therein, leading to an endless stream of interpretations,
scientists have studied the scriptures and discovered scientific hidden meaning within them.
Along with our rapid scientific evolution, our understanding of ancient scriptures such as the
Vedas and the Upanishads is growing. Now were not only rediscovering the scientific
significance of Eastern spirituality but also that of the Bible!
Fascinating facts about the Bible have surfaced that are often dismissed or ignored by the
Roman Catholic Church because these findings do not fit in with their established dogmas.
However unlike theological discussions, scientific facts can neither be ignored nor can they be
debated, they can either be proven right or wrong, there is no in between.

The Book Genesis

Maybe one of the least understood books of the ancient past is the book Genesis, the first book
of the Holy Bible. In the last two decades scholars have discovered that this book encodes
hidden knowledge that must have been put into it deliberately. Only now at the turn of the
second millennium have we reached a level of scientific understanding that allows us to grasp
the hidden knowledge in this book.
The biggest secret of creation is hidden in the first sentence of Genesis. In the original Hebrew
version of the Bible, Genesis starts with the word
Be-resjiet meaning at first or in principle. It has been translated in modern versions of the
Bible into in the beginning.
Everyone knows the starting phrase of Genesis however few know that the whole essence of
creation was put into that first word. We now know thanks to Stan Tenens work into the origin
and nature of the Hebrew alphabet and Daniel Winters additional research into the significance
of the Golden Mean spiral, that the sacred Hebrew alphabet was designed with a clear intention
to convey the very essence of creation and to teach later generations what the Be-resjiet,the
principle of creation really is.
Independently Stan Tenen and Daniel Winter noticed that the characters of the Hebrew alphabet
are projections of a special form on the faces of a tetrahedron seen from different angles!
However it was Daniel Winter who pointed out that this special form is actually the Golden
Mean or Phi spiral.
The Phi spiral describes the surface of the torus, the basic element of matter. Now if we put the
Phi spiral inside a tetrahedron and then slowly revolve it around a pivot axis, and shine a light

from behind the Phi spiral, all of the Hebrew characters will show up as the shadows on the
inside face of the tetrahedron. Hence, the characters of the Hebrew alphabet are the projections
of a Golden Mean spiral.
Stan Tenen called the special form in the tetrahedron the flame letter in the tent.

Flame letter in the tent and the first verse of Genesis.

(Courtesy of Dan Winter, www.soulinvitation.com)
Now isnt this amazing, the authors of Genesis quite deliberately wanted to convey this
knowledge to future generations. All that was required was that we needed to evolve to a level
of scientific understanding and sooner or later the significance of the scripture would be
revealed. But what does it mean?
(1)
According to Daniel Winter, the angles needed to project the Phi spiral onto the face of the
tetrahedron and create the Hebrew alphabet, are the same angles we need to rotate the
doughnut torus such that they can be nested into each other according to the symmetry of the
Platonic solids. This is exactly the recipe for constructing matter from torus shapes as described
in the chapter 6 Ether Vibrations, paragraph Implosion Physics!
Even more remarkable is the fact that when the actual Hebrew character is pronounced out
loud, it will take on the shape of the character. Both Stan Tenen and Dr. Hans Jenny (Cymatics)
independently indicated this fact. Hans Jenny recorded the vocal expression of the letter on a
plate of sand. The vibrations in the voice pronouncing the Hebrew letter caused the sand grains
to take on the actual shape of the Hebrew character!
Obviously this hi-tech knowledge has been deliberately preserved in the Bible for future
generations to discover. The Hebrew alphabet is a manual for creating matter; it is a sacred
language that has been intentionally designed. The third book of the Kabbalah the Sephir

Yitzirah mentions the story of God taking letters from the alphabet to create the world. For
centuries we have ridiculed this idea and believed it to be a myth, but only now that we have
reached scientific maturity we marvel at these words, as indeed the Hebrew alphabet seems to
be the blueprint of matter.
We can now also make sense out of the first sentence in the gospel of John that states:
John 1-1 In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was
God.
2 He was in the beginning with God;
3 All things were made through him, and without him was not anything made that was
made.
Given the fact that basic keys for the construction of matter are given in the first sentence of
Genesis, we may now have another look at the mythical story of Adam and Eve contained within
Genesis. Lets look at the basic building blocks of matter once more:

Left, the double vortex creating the torus on the right!

It takes some imagination but have a look at the double vortex on the left, doesnt it look like a
tree? The bottom vortex are the roots, the top is the foliage. This is the Tree of Knowledge of
Good and Evil in the Garden of Eden. If we have a look to the right picture it is rather easy to
see the apple, the torus is an apple shape. The snake that seduced Eve to eat the apple from
the tree is the Phi spiral that perfectly describes the torus.
The story of Adam and Eve, could well be references to the way the material world is
constructed from the aether. The fall from paradise started when from the Oneness of the
Creator, his eternal consciousness, the aether, the first torus shape was created. The first step
in creation was at the same time the separation from Oneness. The fall from paradise could be
explained as the separation from Oneness into the illusionary physical world of seemingly
separate parts.
(2)
If the author of the book of Genesis possessed a thorough scientific understanding, the question
is where did he get this knowledge?

The Book Exodus

A very interesting fact is that archaeologist Howard Middleton-Jones claims he has found the
entrance to the Arc of the Covenant, the shrine that contains the stone tablets inscribed with the
Ten Commandments given to Moses by God. According to Middleton-Jones, the entrance is to
be found in the Great Pyramid at the Giza plateau.
The entrance to the Ark of Covenant supposedly faces the south end wall of the Grand Gallery
of the Great Pyramid. In his book Giza-Genesis, the best kept secrets he gives exact details on
how the door to the secret hidden passage may be opened.
He discovered this entrance by studying the biblical book Exodus in which God gives detailed
instructions to Moses for the constructions of the Ark of the Covenant as the storage place for
the Ten Commandments. He discovered that in minute detail the construction and materials
used for the Grand Gallery of the Great Pyramid were actually being described in the book of
Exodus! Howard Middleton-Jones however does not believe that the Ark of Covenant contains
the Ten Commandments, he has come to the conclusion that it must be a crystal of Atlantean
origin placed deep beneath the Giza plateau for the stabilization of the Earth grid.
(3)

The Book of Numbers

Many believe that the author of the books Genesis, Exodus and the Book of Numbers is actually
Moses. The Book of Numbers deals about the forty-year time span after the exodus of the
Israelites from Egypt. There are an awful lot of numbers mentioned in the Book of Numbers,
hence its name. The numbers seem to have relevance.
According to physician and Americas leading herbalist Dr. Joseph S. Puleo, he was inspired
during some mystical experiences to study the Book of Numbers for healing frequencies. As
strange as this may sound, eventually he did find 6 sound frequencies in the Book of Numbers
chapter 7, verses 12-89!
The frequencies found are 396 Hz, 417 Hz, 528 Hz, 639 Hz, 741 Hz, and 852 Hz. These
frequencies are the frequencies of the old Solfeggio scale. It was used in Gregorian and
Sanskrit chants. The syllables used to denote the tones of this scale are:
Ut-Re-Mi-Fa-Sol-La, they are taken from the medieval song Ut Quent Laxis, a Gregorian chant
written for John the Baptist.
Ut queant laxis
Resonare fibris
Mira gestorum
Famuli tuorum
Solve polluti

Labii reatum
Sancte Iohannes
Translation: In order that the slaves might resonate (resound) the miracles (wonders) of your
creations with loosened (expanded) vocal chords. Wash the guilt from (our) polluted lips Saint
John.
The text in Ut Quent Laxis seems to suggest that these notes open up a channel of
communication with the Divine.
In a vision Dr. Joseph S. Puleo was shown to use the number reduction methodology of
Pythagoras on the numbers in the text. It is a very simple reduction method turning big numbers
into a single digit. The values of all digits in the number are added up. When after the first
addition the number still contains more than one digit, the process is repeated. Heres an
example:
456 reduces to 4+5+6 = 15, that next reduces to 1 + 5 = 6. So the number 456 reduces
eventually to the single digit 6.
Jopeph Puleo found repetitions of a single issue or subject in the Book of Numbers that was
brought up. The first thing he found was that of the frequent mentioning of the number of the
day, the first day, the second day, the third day etc. The first day was referenced in verse 12, the
second day was mentioned in verse 18 and the third day in verse 24. The last reference to a
day was found in verse 78. All day references were found in verses starting at verse 12 with an
increment of 6.
The Pythagorean reduction of these verse numbers is:
12 = 1 + 2 = 3
18 = 1 + 8 = 9
24 = 2 + 4 = 6
30 = 3 + 0 = 3
36 = 3 + 6 = 9
42 = 4 + 2 = 6
Do you see the repetition now of 396, 396 etc this keeps going on until verse 78 is reached!
This is how the first frequency corresponding to the Ut tone was found.
The other frequencies were found using other repetitive issues found in the text. Surprisingly all
frequencies that were found this way, matched up with the frequencies of the Solfeggio scale.
The Solfeggio scale after a while was forbidden by the church and changed into our current
popular Tempered scale. Ut was changed into Do and its frequency changed, also the seventh
Ti note was added. However, the total harmony of the original scale was gone.
(4)

It is now believed that the frequencies found by Puleo have healing properties. The frequency of
528 Hz supposedly has healing effects on DNA. The frequency seems to influence the water
molecules that surround the DNA helix.
Glen Rein of the Quantum Biology Research Lab in New York has performed experiments with
in vitro DNA that was exposed to different recordings of musical styles. He used a technique to
convert the music into audio scalar waves. He used two phase opposite sound sources from the
same music to self-cancel the waves and create scalar audio waves. In the experiment a CD
player, an amplifier and a spiral like self-cancelling coil were used. Four styles of music were
played to test tubes containing in vitro DNA. The absorption of UV light of the DNA test tube
samples was measured after an hour.
Gregorian chants had caused a 5 to 9.1 % increase in the absorption of UV light due to the
unwinding of the DNA helix. Sanskrit chanting caused a similar 5.8% to 8.2% effect. Rock (01%) and classical music (0-1.1%) had little or no effect. Glen Rein finally concluded that the
audible sound waves of the Solfeggio scale can cause resonance in DNA and can have healing
effects.
(5)
The question is who put these frequencies into the Book of Numbers? If Moses was the author
of this book, he may have gotten this knowledge from the Egyptians. It remains a mystery, but
the fact is that musical frequencies are mentioned in the Book of Numbers that have
scientifically measurable effects on DNA. It has been suggested that these frequencies have
DNA healing properties.

Gematria
Gematria is an ancient occult science that studies the Bible in a different way. It tries to find
meaning in the Hebrew text by studying the numerical values of the Hebrew letters and words.
In Hebrew every character has a unique value, much like the binary ASCII code in modern
computers that is used to represent characters. The values of the characters in a word can be
added up to the numerical value of the word, words can be added up to the value of sentences
etc.
There are a few direct references to the Great Pyramid in the Bible. One of them is in the book
Isaiah:
Isaiah 19:19-20 At that time there will be an altar for the LORD in the middle of Egypt and a
monument to the LORD at the border of Egypt. This will be a sign and a witness to the LORD
All-Powerful in the land of Egypt. When the people cry to the LORD for help, he will send
someone to save and defend them. He will rescue them from those who hurt them.
The altar in the middle of Egypt and the monument at the border of Egypt is most likely a
reference to the Great Pyramid residing near the Nile delta. The Great Pyramid is the only

monument that is located in the center of old Egypt and is on the border (of the Nile) at the
same time.
If the official Hebrew text of the same verses of Isaiah 19:19-20 are taken, we discover a very
interesting fact. When the Gematria value is taken from these verses of Isaiah they add up to
the value 5449. In inches this is the exact height of the Great Pyramid!
Remember that the Great Pyramid was covered by 144.000 polished casing stones that made it
shine like a huge lighthouse in the desert. The Egyptians called the pyramid Ta Khut which
translates into The Light. The harmonic value for the speed of light happens to be 144.000 arcs
per grid second as was discovered by Bruce Cathie who recalculated the speed of light relative
to the Earth grid. Is it pure coincidence then that the Gematria value for light equates to 144?
Again we find clues that the authors of the Bible must have had profound knowledge of the
Great Pyramid and most likely also about the speed of light.
This is knowledge that the ancients should not have possessed at the time the Bible was written
at least not if we still believe in a linear evolution of humanity with our current civilization at the
pinnacle of evolution on this planet!
(6)
So what we see here is that the harmonic grid speed of light corresponds with the Gematria
value 144 for light! This seems to be no coincidence. It may be that the ancient authors of the
Bible new about the harmonic grid speed of light and designed the Hebrew word for light such
that it represents the value 144! If they were able to design the whole Hebrew alphabet from the
projections of the Phi spiral in a tetrahedron, then why would they not have been able to add
Gematria significance to the words as well?
(7)
In this section we just gave two examples of the application of Gematria and its deeper
significance that rises above the literal Biblical text. Gematria raises questions about who
actually wrote the Bible? How did the authors of the Bible know the measurements of the Great
Pyramid and is it possible that they indeed knew the speed of light? Did the authors of the Old
Testament add a deeper level of significance to the literal Hebrew words in the Bible, tempting
us most of all to read between the lines? Perhaps the Old Testament was meant to convey and
conceal an ancient science that were just starting to rediscover?

The Bible Code

A lot of upheaval has been caused by the revelation of the alleged Bible codes that were
discovered within the Old Testament. In 1958 a Rabbi discovered some unusual patterns
encoded within the book Genesis. He believed there were secret messages hidden within the
Bible. In 1988 mathematician Eliyahu Ripps of the Hebrew University took the claims of the old
Rabbi seriously and incorporated the complete text of the Old Testament into a computer. He
and his team developed an analysis method to scan the whole text of the Bible looking for

hidden Torah codes. The simple algorithm they had developed is called Equidistant Letter
Sequencing (ELS). It boils down to first establishing a keyword that we want to find within the
text. Next the computer starts looking for the first occurrence of the first letter in the text. When
found the second letter is searched for. Now the distance between first and second letter in
characters is determined, lets say the two letters occur within a distance of 50 characters. Now
the rest of the Bible text is scanned but this time only the characters with a 50-character interval
are scanned to search for the next characters in the initial word. When the whole word is found,
the scanning continues to find other possible related words.
The Bible Code was introduced to the public at large when investigative reporter Michael
Drosnin entered the scene and wrote the by now famous book The Bible Code. The Bible
Code revealed a lot of historical names, places and facts within the Old Testament, the
assassinations of Lincoln, Kennedy, Ghandi, references to the Oklahoma bombing, World War
II, the fall of the Iron Curtain. The Bible Code took on prophetic qualities when Drosnin warned
Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin one year before he was assassinated, that the Bible Code
predicted his murder. Not only was the exact date of the incident encoded but also the name of
his murderer! A year later Rabin was murdered on the exact date mentioned in the Bible code
and by the man mentioned therein.
Now this is an astonishing fact that cannot easily be explained!
It attracted the interest of the military defence of the United States who seriously studied the
subject of the supposed Bible Codes.
However other people claim that hidden codes can be found in any book! To prove this fact
Brendan McKay of the Australia National University took a page from the book Moby Dick and
proved that the following words could be extracted using the ELS algorithm: Princess Diana,
Royal, Dodi, Henri Paul, Mortal in these jaws of death.
For many it is absolute proof that the Bible Codes are just random and bear no inherent
meaning. However Drosnin defends these claims by saying that the words extracted by ELS
were all found very close to each other in the text and that the chances of such occurring were
against odds. This has been confirmed by a statistical study that has been performed and
published in Statistical Science. He also said that Moby Dick did not predict future events!

Theomatics
While the debate continues whether or not the Bible Code is authentic, a totally different kind of
Bible code has been discovered that according to the discoverers is far more interesting and
can be mathematically proven without a shadow of a doubt. Theomatics is based on the ancient
occult science of Gematria but takes it a bit further!
The discoverers of Theomatics claim that it proves that Gods own watermark, His own
autograph was put into the Bible!
This is what they write about their own discovery, quote:

It is absolutely, completely and totally impossible to mathematically disprove Theomatics. The

overall validity of this discovery - the fact that God did it - is unimpeachable. Theomatics will
never be disproved. In fact no one will come close to it.
Wow, these people are either very arrogant or they are so very sure about themselves that they
have truly stumbled onto something very real! Lets have a closer look.
Theomatics is a combination of the words Theo, the Greek word for God, and mathematics. The
basis for Theomatics is the ancient Gematria.
Theomatics was discovered like the Bible Code by feeding the text of the most original Greek
version of the New Testament into a computer. Now in the Greek New Testament the chapters
are indicated with letters just like the Roman letters represent numerals. This way they could
derive the numerical value of the corresponding Greek letter, the ASCII code (number
representing a character used in computers) so to speak of the Greek letter. They discovered
that not only the letters represent a value but also that all words within the text have a unique
number. It is calculated by adding up the values of the characters that make up the word.
alpha

I iota

10

rho

100

beta

K kappa

20

sigma

200

gamma

lambda 30

tau

300

delta

mu

40

upsilon 400

epsilon

nu

50

phi

500

F digamma 6

xi

60

khi

600

Z zeta

omicron 70

psi

700

H eta

pi

80

omega 800

theta

koppa

90

sampi

900

Gematria values of the Greek alphabet

For instance the word Jesus in Greek has the value of 888.

Likewise the value of phrases and sentences can be calculated. So far so good, were still on
the familiar terrain of Gematria.
However they also discovered that numbers mentioned in the text are keys, indicators to the
words they refer to. Examples are: Adam lived 930 years (930 is a key), Abraham had 318

servants, Jesus had healed a man of 38 years, etc, etc. Now all of these numbers are key
numbers in Theomatics, they bear a relation with the very words that they refer to!
Now the impossible was proven:
All words within the Bible, each having a unique value, when referenced in a sentence or
phrase, the value of the phrase or sentence is a multiple of the value of the word itself.
They found NO exceptions to this rule!
Here is an example:
The value for Jesus is 888. However the birth of Jesus has a value of 111 (Jesus is a multiple 8
of the birth of Jesus).
Now within the Bible every reference without exception to the birth of Jesus will be a multiple of
111:
(Now remember that the phrases hereafter are originally in Greek!)
Jesus

111 x 8

(Mathew 1:16)

Christ

111 x 12

(Mathew 1:16)

And Jacob begat Joseph the Husband of Mary,

of whom was born Jesus, who is called Christ

111 x 66

(Mathew 1:16)

Her begotten

111 x 8

(Mathew 1:20)

Behold, a virgin shall conceive and bear a son

111 x 27

(Mathew 1:23)

And she will bear a son

111 x 11

(Mathew 1:21)

She bore a son and called his name

111 x 24

(Mathew 1:25)

The firstborn in the world

111 x 29

(Hebrews 1:6)

She bore the son the firstborn

111 x 25

(Luke 2:7)

She bore a son and called his name

111 x 24

(Mathew 1:25)

The babe in the womb

111 x 13

(Luke 1:41)

She bore the son the firstborn

111 x 25

(Luke 2:7)

This child

111 x 26

(Luke 2:17)

He was conceived

111 x 19

(Luke 1:41)

That whenever she bears the child of her

111 x 20

(Revelation 12:4)

Now by no means can these occurrences in the Bible be labelled coincidental.

Theomatics shows that the Bible must have been written using a predetermined mathematical
design. The discoverers stress that it only works for the Bible and for no other book and only
with the exact values assigned to the Greek letters.
Tests were conducted to see if another random assignment of numbers to the Greek alphabet
could also give the same results, however all tests were negative.
Now the astonishing fact of the matter is that if Theomatics can be validated that not only is it
proven that the Bible is indeed constructed following a mathematical design but also that the
Greek language that existed before the New Testament was written, must have been designed
using the very same principles!
In addition, since the New Testament consists of a multiple of books written by different authors
who wrote their books over time in different eras, all of the words and phrases chosen by these
authors should have been orchestrated on purpose following a unified and unique principle!
This is why the adherers of Theomatics believe that only a Divine force could have arranged for
these circumstances to happen!
Unfortunately Theomatics is not getting the attention the Bible Code has had, a thorough
investigation by scientific standards could prove or disprove these bold claims made for
Theomatics.
(9)

Sacred geometry
Theomatics claims to prove that the numerical mathematical principle of Gematria was applied
consistently in the text of the New Testament. This is not where the story of Gematria and the
puzzling application of it in the Bible ends.
Researcher Daniel Gleason claims that we have missed the whole point about Gematria in the
New Testament. According to Daniel Gleason, Gematria is really about sacred geometry that
was secretly hidden in the Gospels!
The Gematria values that we find in the Gospels are actually the lengths, diameters and
circumferences of geometrical forms that can be derived from the symbolic texts in the Gospels
of the New Testament. Much of his work focuses in on the Gospel of Mark and he comes up
with a diagram for every verse in the Gospel of Mark based on principles of sacred geometry.
All of his diagrams symbolize and focus on the importance of the resurrection of Jesus. After
Jesus crucifixion and burial, Jesus resurrected from his grave and the sacred geometry of
Daniel Gleason uses his resurrection, the raised Jesus, as a central theme in all of his
diagrams.
In the previous section we showed that the Gematria value for Jesus is 888. The value for the
risen Jesus however is 8880. All of Gleasons diagrams show a circle with a circumference of

8880 units, the value and symbol of the risen Jesus. Enclosed within this circle, for every
biblical verse he shows how sacred geometrical patterns can be drawn inside the circle that
correspond with the Gematria values of the words and or phrases mentioned in the verse.
Since Daniel Gleasons work is way too elaborate to be summarised in just a few words just in
this book, without doing him justice. we simply present one example to illustrate his work. This
example is fascinating since again it reveals the importance of the Star of David or the
interlaced tetrahedron as the symbol of the resurrection of Jesus:
This example is from John 20:31 where it says:
But these things have-been-written that you might-have-Faith that Jesus is the Christ ...
the Son of God ... and that having-Faith ... you may have Life ... in the Name of him. (John
20:31)
And John 14:6
Jesus says to-him ... I am The Way and The Truth and The Life ... no-one comes to the Father
except through me. (John 14:6)
Now consider the following Gematria values in Greek:
Life is 815. (Side of the tetrahedron)
Christ or Christos in Greek is 1480 (Circumference of a circle)
Jesus Christ with a Gematrian value of 2368 (Circumference of a circle)
The Son of God 2004. (Circumference of a circle)
The Risen Jesus has avalue of 8880. (Circumference of the outer circle)
Now look how neatly all of these values are represented in Gleasons sacred geometry diagram
symbolizing the Star of David.

Sacred geometry symbolism of the Risen Jesus in the Star of David.

(Courtesy of Daniel Gleason, www.jesus8880.com)
Although the sceptical reader may call it a fabrication of numbers, in my opinion these numbers
and their geometrical representation are not a coincidence. The fact is that the Star of David,
the interlaced tetrahedron plays a significant role as a symbol throughout history and it shows
up in many forms. In all cases it is related to the Merkaba, the vehicle for ascension. Also Jesus
demonstrated his ascension with his resurrection from the dead. So we now find the same
symbol of ascension, the Merkaba also in the New Testament hidden in the sacred geometry of
Gematria.
(10)

Recapitulation
Many people have always claimed that the Bible contains all the knowledge there is to know.
Well for a fact there is more knowledge hidden behind the plain words and sentences that have
been debated for centuries. While Biblical scholars still fight about the meaning of the biblical
words leading to ever more interpretations, science is revealing a significance that allows for
only one interpretation.
It is utterly impossible that primitive ancients could have written the Bible. The knowledge
hidden within the Bible that we have just started to uncover is stunning. It reveals that somehow
the know-how of a highly developed civilisation was preserved along with the Bible text. The

Hebrew language, the original language of the Old Testament must have been designed by a
culture with a profound understanding of vibrations in physics. Gematria adds another level of
knowledge to the words of the Bible. Although the discoverers of Theomatics are absolutely
convinced that God wrote the Bible himself, what can be taken as a fact is that a mathematical
principle was used that can not easily be explained.
Daniel Gleasons work may prove that all of the Gematria mysticism really boils down to sacred
geometry. Now how do we explain all this?
Lets for a moment assume that the Hebrew and Greek languages have been designed on
purpose by a superior civilisation, that walked the face of the Earth before we did, to conceal
sacred information about aether vibrations and how they create reality. The designers of these
alphabets and languages could be the survivors of Atlantis that founded new cultures after the
destruction of their continent. Hermes Trismegistus (Toth the Atlantean) the builder of the Great
Pyramid according to Edgar Cayce and other sources, supposedly is one of the founding fathers
of these cultures. It could explain why Theomatics works on the level of individual words.
However when it comes to phrases and whole sentences it becomes very unlikely that all
authors of the books that make up both the Old and the New Testament knew about and applied
the Theomatics principle.
The only reasonable explanation would be that all the authors of the Bible were initiates to a
higher wisdom and knowledge and these authors universally applied mathematical principles of
Gematria and or sacred geometry to encrypt this wisdom in the Bible such that it could be
conveyed to future generations.

Chapter 12 Awakening
Rewriting history
History has proven Edgar Cayce to be right about many of the predictions he made. For one he
predicted that Atlantis would be discovered and that along with it Atlantean knowledge would be
restored on Earth. The greatest and most promising archaeological discovery in the waters of
Cyprus was announced in the very same week this final chapter is written. So the timing is just
perfect to start drawing some final conclusions in the last chapter of this book.
All around the world researchers are looking for the remains of Atlantis, Mu and/or Lemuria and
their research has already been successful. Underwater structures and even pyramids- the
possible remains of Mu - have been found in the waters the Japanese islands of Okinawa and
Yonaguni. These structures must be at least 12.500 years old since they are found on the sea
floor that submerged underwater at the ending of the last Ice Age, around 10.500 BC. A very
remarkable announcement was made on the 15th of November 2004 when Robert
Sarmast held a press conference revealing the discovery of the city of Atlantis in the waters of
Cyprus, exactly where Plato situated it.
We will most likely hear a lot more about the latest discovery of Atlantis. Although no real
artefacts or physical evidence has yet been recovered, it is not presumptuous to conclude that
Atlantis is not a myth after all, and that Edgar Cayce was right all along about his prediction of
the recovery of Atlantis.
This is how I feel our history books may be rewritten concerning the destruction of Atlantis in the
future, combining the work of Edgar Cayce, David Wilcock, Robert Sarmast, Drunvalo
Melchizedek and other sources:
A global catastrophe in the form of a pole shift led to the destruction of a highly civilized culture,
the continent of Atlantis, around 10.500 B.C. The imminent pole shift was known about a long
time before it actually happened. This allowed many of the inhabitants of Atlantis to flee to other
parts of the globe before the catastrophe hit. Many Atlanteans fled to North and South America
and the Middle East, particularly Egypt. It is a significant fact that almost every religion has flood
myth stories very similar to the Biblical story of Noah and the Ark. There are at least 230
cultures known around the world that have similar cataclysmic flood stories! The most credible
explanation why these flood stories show up in all religions all over the world is that they are
based on the actual historical fact of the inundation of Atlantis. Survivors of the flood helped to
shape new civilizations all over the world. The first was the Sumerian culture; the oldest known
civilization on Earth that quite suddenly arose from the Stone Age. Historians today have no
explanation as to why the Sumerian civilization rose to such heights in such a short time. The
only signs of Atlantis show up with Plato (427 347 BC). Plato learned about Atlantis from
stories by the Greek Solon (638- 559 BC), one of the Seven Wise Men of Greece. Solon in his
turn learned about Atlantis from stories related by the Egyptian high priest Sonchis. After his visit
to Egypt he wrote the epic poem Atlantikos, an unfinished manuscript that 150 years later

landed in the hands of Plato who used this source to write his two books the Timaeus and the
unfinished Critias. These books are the only references we have today to the mythological lost
continent, but for centuries the possibility of its existence has intrigued scores of people.
Edgar Cayces readings mentioned that the migrations of Atlanteans took place in different time
frames in ancient history. The Cayce readings mention that Atlantean people entered America
from both the east and west in 28.000 B.C. The last and largest migration occurred during the
years approaching 10.000 B.C due to the anticipated pole shift. The majority of these refugees
fled to North America becoming the native Indian tribe, the Iroquois.
Genetic research performed by Gregory L. Little in August 2001 on the origins of mitochondrial
DNA now seem to corroborate Edgar Cayces stories. Mitochondrial DNA is believed to be the
remnant of a bacterium that has entered the human cell somewhere along our long timeline of
evolution and henceforth symbiotically lives within the cell. Mitochondria have their own DNA,
the mtDNA that is only passed on in the female lineage. There are only 39 different clusters of
mtDNA, the so-called 39 haplogroups that appear in the human cell. The mtDNA has a very
slow evolution speed and has practically changed very little over thousands of years. This
mtDNA is therefore very suitable for genetic research to trace the origins and migrations of
cultures all over the world. Researchers now believe that Atlanteans were carriers of the X type
haplogroup of mitochondrial DNA that can be traced back to the very same regions and dates in
history of mass migrations that were given by Edgar Cayce. In addition, the spreading of the B
type haplogroup seems to correspond with the stories given by Edgar Cayce about the
spreading and migration of the civilization Mu.
(1)
Cayce mentioned that besides Atlantis another earlier highly advanced civilization had existed,
Lemuria or Mu that resided in the Southern Pacific, between North America and Asia. The
culture of Lemuria collapsed and was destroyed around 50.000 BC and its survivors fled to
countries like China and Japan.
Last century, many scientists studied the Asian Vedic scriptures because there were striking
parallels between the knowledge contained within these scriptures and quantum science. Fritjof
Capra in 1975 wrote the book The Tao of physics and studied the parallels in detail that
seemed more than mere coincidence. The physicist Paul La Violette who developed the
aether theory of sub-quantum kinetics (see chapter 6 Ether vibrations), is convinced that his
sub-quantum kinetics explaining the creation of matter from the aether as standing waves, is
reflected in many if not all of the ancient creation myths. From the Hindu creation myth of
Vishnu, the Egyptian myth of Atum, the myth of Isis and Osiris, the Greek myth of Zeus and the
Babylonian creation myth Enuma Elish, they have many striking similarities. La Violette is even
convinced that his physics is embedded metaphorically in the fortune telling cards of the Tarot
and the signs of the Zodiac.
All ancient creation myths portray similar stories of the wars of the Gods of the Heavens trying
to restore order from the chaos. According to La Violette the significance of these wars is that it
is a metaphor for the second law of Thermodynamics, the struggle of order with entropy. These
Gods of the Heavens are in a constant battle to restore order and seek equilibrium from the

chaotic fluctuations occurring from the aethers primordial state. Many of these myths also
speak of serpents and dragons involved in these combats. In my opinion these serpents
symbolize the phi spirals of light that emerge as stable standing waves from the aether once
entropy is vanquished and the Gods are defeated.
Another recurring theme in many ancient creation myths is the primeval waters that existed
before creation. These waters are metaphors for the aether itself. It is from the primeval waters
that the creation of the universe originated. The parting of the tranquil primeval waters
mentioned in these creation myths, is the metaphor for how the equilibrium state of the
aether and the laws of entropy are locally disturbed by the natural occurring fluctuations in the
aether, such that when these fluctuations reach a critical threshold, a stable wave form will form,
the electromagnetic standing wave of light.
Even the book of Genesis speaks of the Spirit of God dwelling over the waters and how He
divided the waters from the waters. God spoke let there be light and there was light!
In Genesis of the Cosmos, Paul La Violette finally writes:
If anything, the discovery of advanced science in ancient myths and
lore should give us reason to pause and take a broader view of modern achievements, to
realize that we may not be the first scientifically advanced culture to inhabit this planet.
The most logical explanation I believe as to why scriptures that are thousands of years old
contain scientific knowledge that puzzles our scientists today is that the source of this
knowledge can most likely be traced back to the survivors of earlier civilizations who attained a
scientific understanding equalling our own. Today we believe that our current civilization is the
pinnacle of evolution; however the discoveries of an ancient science that we are just starting to
understand, together with the archaeological discoveries of underwater structures belonging to
cultures that must be at least thousands of years older than the Sumerian culture, force us to
awaken from our dream.
Following the same reasoning, the Egyptian culture may also have its origins in Atlantis. The
scientific facts discovered about the Great Pyramid on the Giza plateau make it very unlikely
that the pyramid was built by the late Egyptian dynasty as a grave tomb for Pharaoh Khufu.
Only a highly civilized culture like Atlantis could have had access to a technology and a science
that allowed them to build the Great Pyramid with such mathematical and astronomical
precision. So it may well be that survivors of Atlantis are the founding fathers of the Egyptian
culture during the Zep Tepi or First Time, around 10.500 years B.C, as Edgar Cayce has
suggested.
The South American cultures of the Aztecs, the Incas and the Mayas and the indigenous
cultures of North America, the native Indians, still puzzle scholars today. Although the link
between the Mayas and Atlantis is harder to prove since the Maya culture is of this millennium,
the fact is that they were excellent sky watchers and that they knew about the precession of the
equinoxes, cycles of solar activity and had precise notions of the revolutions of the planets,
giving rise to the Mayan Long Count calendar. In order to understand precession, the Mayas

had to notice that the stars in the heavens slowly change their positions by 1 degree every 72
years. This is a very, very small change in the heavens to be noticed by the naked eye over
such long time spans! And then there is their calendar for Venus that is accurate to within only 2
hours per 500 years! These are facts that cannot easily be explained.
The Mayan culture is not the only culture that recognised and expressed the importance of the
precession of the equinoxes, Massachusetts Institute of Technology professor of science
Giorgio de Santillana and University of Frankfurt professor of science Hertha von Dechend
studied the ancient myths and found conclusive evidence that the wobbling of the Earth axis
over long periods of 26.000 years was known to many ancient cultures. They published their
conclusions in the book Hamlets Mill: An Essay Investigating the Origin of Human Knowledge
and its Transmission through Myth.
Twenty first century scientific knowledge that pops up in ancient cultures also shows up in the
Jewish Kabbalah and the Christian Bible. The Old Testament contains knowledge that cannot
easily be explained. For one thing Daniel Winter proved that the Hebrew alphabet, the language
of the oldest version of the Old Testament is designed from the shadows of the Phi spiral in a
tetrahedron. The Hebrew alphabet therefore is a manual for creating matter. The angles
required for the rotation of the Phi spiral inside the tetrahedron such that it creates the shadows
of Hebrew characters, are the same angles required to nest the torus doughnuts into the
Platonic symmetries.
The authors of the Old Testament quite clearly had access to knowledge that doesnt
correspond with the scientific development of the cultures of their time, although no one exactly
knows the age of the Old Testament. The possibility that Atlantean knowledge was preserved in
the old scriptures, is something we now must consider.
Revival of Atlantean knowledge
Edgar Cayce mentioned that the Atlantean science and knowledge would eventually return to
Earth. I believe that the rediscovery of the ancient science of sacred geometry, the rediscovery
of the significance of the Platonic solids in both the implosion physics of Daniel Winter and the
aether theory of David Wilcock, are in fact the revivals of an ancient science that acknowledged
the existence of the aether. This ancient science can be traced back to Atlantis. Actually there
are more scientists who have also discovered the significance of the Platonic Solids in the
model of the atom but who are not mentioned earlier in this book. Id like to mention Dr. Robert
J. Moon who in 1986 rendered the complete table of the elements from the Platonic Solids.
However it was Plato who first described the Platonic Solids as the building blocks of the atom.
Platos claim became more credible when Dr. Hans Jennys experiments proved that in a
vibrating spherical fluid all of the Platonic solids emerge as vibration patterns. This has led to
the development of implosion physics that only needed the hypothesis of the aether fluid to
explain how vortexes in the aether arrange themselves around these Platonic solids.
If the emerging aether theories that form an explanation for both the physical and the
consciousness realms are accepted by mainstream science, we have a final theory of

everything. It would be a revolution in science that could lead to a spiritual renaissance and a
scientific paradigm shift.
In this theory of everything, science and spirituality merge into a universal wisdom. Dr.
Smelyakov suggested that evolution is not a linear process but happens in spirals. The
knowledge that is now about to break through in science is therefore only a revival of past
knowledge that once belonged to the ancients and the lost civilization of Atlantis. Most likely all
ancient spiritual esoteric wisdom can be traced back to earlier civilizations like Atlantis, Mu or
Lemuria. In this sense esoteric wisdom is essentially scientific knowledge about the Divine
nature of our Universe. The dualism between science and spirituality is an artificial bifurcation
that was only introduced by Descartes because he believed that our reality could perfectly be
explained without a call for a Divine cause.
Descartes made a just decision at the time. We could never have made the scientific progress
we have made today if science was still constrained by religious dogma. Therefore we owe
Descartes a lot. Thanks to men like Descartes and Newton, weve had the chance to
understand and research our reality with strict objectivity. However the more science
progressed, the less objective reality itself seemed to be. Weve demonstrated this abundantly
throughout this book. However the painful legacy of the Cartesian bifurcation now is that
science has a very hard time to accept that perhaps after all there is a Divine cause in the
Universe.
Atlantean knowledge was a universal wisdom an integration of both science and spirituality. The
Atlanteans simply didnt make the distinction like we have for the last three hundred years. How
else can we explain that scriptures thousands of years old exist which contain so much
knowledge that is both spiritual and scientific in nature? It is only because our own current
civilization has reached a level of scientific maturity such that we can now start to see these
scriptures in a whole new context.
One can argue that Eastern spiritual traditions achieved their universal knowledge not by arcane
scientific means but by means of esoteric principles like introspective meditation. In a state of
higher consciousness, adepts had access to primordial knowledge stored within the Akashic
records. Although this may very well be true, I still think there is reason enough to assume that
the ancient Vedic culture got their initial wisdom from earlier civilizations.
We have amply demonstrated in this book that frontier-breaking scientists are now discovering
the existence of an all-pervading energy aether field that they believe is the source of both the
physical realm and non-physical realm of consciousness. Ancient cultures have told us for
thousands of years the very same thing. This energy field was known in different cultures by
different names like Prana, Ki, Chi and Akasha. Science simply refused to believe that it could
ever be real and in the West we believed it to be a superstitious and primitive thought.
For thousands of years eastern sages have also told us that the distinction between the material
and the immaterial realm is superficial and that in reality a universal consciousness is the
source of all manifestations. Frontier scientists start telling us now exactly the same thing; there
is only one substance the aether, the source of both the physical and the mental world.

Physical things only appear to be separate things; however they are all manifestations of one
universal source, the aether that uses form and not substance to create the illusion of
separateness. Since aether is also conscious energy, the essence of the universe is universal
consciousness. Using the same reasoning about the illusionary nature of separate physical
things, then our individual consciousness must be an illusion too. Individual consciousness is a
fraction of the whole, a holographic part of universal consciousness.
Spiritual traditions called the illusionary nature of separateness maya and claimed that the true
nature of the universe is Oneness. Hinduism tells us that everything is the manifestation of the
One infinite Creator, Brahman. What we see as individual physical realities are therefore
illusions that hide the Oneness of the universe from our view. Buddhism teaches the importance
of rejecting the ego. Siddhartha Gautama, the original Buddha, while sitting under the Bo tree
awakened to the universal consciousness realizing that it is our clinging on to our individual ego
that is the source of all pain and suffering. Hinduism and Taoism also teach that the belief in a
separate ego is false. The spiritual seeker finds his way to Brahman by travelling the path where
he has to undo himself from his false belief in the reality of his ego. Belief in a separate ego is a
misconception; its the barrier that separates the seeker from his Creator.
Many mainstream scientists discovered that coherence in the universe seems to be the rule and
not the exception. Whereas on the surface our physical reality seems to consist of separate
things, science is actually discovering the holistic nature of our universe. The universe cannot
be fully understood if we isolate it into separate things. Ervin Laszlos A-field shows that
everything on an informational level in the universe is eventually connected with everything else.
Quantum science reveals that quantum entangled particles act in unison as if they are One. No
matter how far they are separated in the universe nor how much time has passed; they keep
their entangled relationship forever. Jacobo Grinberg-Zylberbaums experiments showed that
individual minds can be connected and that stimuli administered to one person can show up in
the EEG of another.
Scientists like Daniel Winter, David Wilcock, Amit Goswami and others believe that
consciousness is not restricted to biological life forms per se. They believe that consciousness
is an intrinsic property of the universe itself and it may manifest itself in many forms. All physical
objects from subatomic particles to stars and planets are believed to be sentient life forms.
Although this idea may seem absurd at first, indigenous tribes like the Native American Indians
and the aboriginals have always told us about the sacredness of the land and its rocks. They
believe that everything has a soul and that the land itself is alive! Ancient mythology is full of
stars and planets that were attributed Divine like personalities, the Gods of the Heavens. We
still believe that the ancients just had a very primitive understanding of reality and, being in awe
of the cosmos, they attributed Divine properties to the stars. To their primeval minds it was the
only way to understand reality. Maybe it is just us who have things upside down? Today 21st
century scientists are saying that our universe as a whole is one sentient being that is evolving.
James Lovelock was one of the first to postulate his Gaia hypotheses claiming that the Earth
itself is a sentient being. These scientists are now saying that God is simply All that is. If God is
All that is, His consciousness must also be in the land and its rocks, and the stars and planets
of this universe.

Oneness
So finally scientists are freeing themselves from their shackles, their self-imposed dogma that all
reality must be objective and deterministic and that God is no part of the game. Science is
starting to reveal that a universal consciousness exists that is present everywhere and in
everything.
If we accept this as a fact, we can finally blend science with Eastern esoteric wisdom and
present a grand new vision on a silver platter; a new global awareness that is being birthed on
this planet in this remarkable epoch of human history:
Our individual consciousness is not separate from the universal consciousness, from God. We
are and never were separated from God. The ego is simply a false belief in an individual self.
Just as there is no duality in the material and the immaterial world, nor is there duality between
the individual consciousness of man and the universal consciousness of God. Therefore we are
divine creatures. I believe that this is exactly what the historical Jesus of Nazareth, awakened to
Christ consciousness, was teaching mankind. However mankind failed to understand Him. In
His time there were only few who really understood and believed His words.
Most of us grew up with the belief that only God is divine and that man is born with original sin,
the hereditary stain of being descendant from Adam. The idea that God and man are One is
taken as blasphemy by our religions; man is born as a sinner and needs to repent to God for the
rest of his life. Dogma like these throughout the ages have been used by religions to establish
their power and subject their believers to a theological ideology. It is based on fear; fear that if
our sins are not forgiven, Gods wrath will come down upon us. If we live a sinful life we will be
punished and sent to Hell. The Catholic Church officially supports the dogma that children need
to be baptized to wash off the sins of the parents that were committed in the act of conception!
Christianity also teaches that Christ died on the cross for our sins. Christ repaid the dues for our
sins, such that we can enter Heaven. But lets think rationally for Gods sake, if God created us
with a free will, why would he judge us if were acting in free will? How can we ever do anything
against Gods will if it was Gods will in the first place that man should have a free will? If God
were to judge us for acting out of free will, he would be an imperfect God wouldnt he? It would
mean that He just made a little mistake in the design of man, and then had to provide a manual,
the Ten Commandments, as a prescription of all the dos and donts, the laws to abide by, to
make up for His own imperfection. Wake up, there is no sin, all we do is Gods will! There is no
duality between your free will and Gods will! Exoteric religions created the clich of God being
an old judgmental man with a beard looking down upon the sinning folks from Heaven, in order
to establish their own power on Earth!
All over the world Muslim religious leaders in the last decade tend to radicalise the same idea!
They are appealing now to their believers to follow the will of God and start a holy war, a Jihad
to subject the non-believers to the only true religion of Islam. Fundamentalists feel the end
Judgment Day is near and use the Koran as a license to kill all the non-believers in Gods name.
The believers of these dogmas are driven by intense fear, the fear that God will punish them too

if they do not obey the strictest of laws imposed by Islam. Only by living the Koran to the letter
they can they escape from Gods punishment that will be upon us all now very soon.
The reason why we are raised with these fear driven religions is because Christianity lost all its
authentic roots during the first ecumenical council at Nicea in 325 A.D. in modern day Turkey.
During this first ecumenical council of the Roman Catholic Church, the church proclaimed the
first Catholic dogma, the creed that Jesus of Nazareth was a Divine Christ, the Son of God. To
establish this dogma, Christianitys esoteric roots and paganistic background had to be
eradicated. The Roman Catholic Church selectively picked the gospels that were canonically (a
canon is a list of admitted bible books) admitted. By doing this, the Church was able to firmly
and definitely constitute its power. All ancient wisdom and legacies of our collective Atlantean
history were deliberately destroyed and the West was robbed from all its arcane wisdom. It
drastically changed the cause of our Western spiritual evolution!
Dan Brown the author of the Da Vinci Code brought the whole subject to the publics attention
and claims that many things that we were taught about Jesus were wrong. Understandably
Christians all over the world now fiercely debate and reject the claims made by Dan Brown in
his book. However, it is alleged that the Catholic Church today still keeps many secrets in the
vaults of the Vatican.
For one thing there are indications that before 325 AD Christianity accepted reincarnation as a
part of its theology, however this pagan belief was eradicated because it could undermine the
Churchs power. If we live so many lives, then why strive to live a good and sinless life in this
life? There is still plenty of time and plenty of lives to live before we reach Heaven arent there?
So why should we obey the Churchs rules?
After the Nicea council, the suppressed esoteric wisdom could only survive in secret
underground Gnostic circles. Members of these circles had to make a vow to keep the
teachings within the circle. There was a death penalty for breaking the secrecy code. It was by
grace of these Gnostic circles and Freemasonry that a science like sacred geometry was
preserved for future generations. Leonardo Da Vinci was a member of such a secret circle, the
Priory of Sion, and as we have shown in chapter 5 Revival of an ancient science he used
sacred geometry in his art.
Although it is written in the Bible that God created man equal to his own image, today we find it
very hard to believe that this may actually be true and that maybe every one of us is truly a
spark of the Divine.
But what if we allowed ourselves for a moment to believe that God did indeed create us in his
own image? What if we are His co-creators? What if our surrounding objective reality proves to
be only a projection of our own consciousness? Could it be that it was we who created reality all
along? Then God did not forsake us after all, did he? Many people today have lost their faith
since they cannot believe that if there is a God, why he allows all these terrible things in the
world. But what if we were doing it to ourselves all along? Maybe we are spiritual beings having
a material experience instead of material beings having a spiritual experience?

Eastern spirituality would call this realization an awakening, enlightenment, the realization that
we are One with God. Many people throughout history have achieved this enlightenment; they
awakened to the Christ consciousness, the universal consciousness, like Jesus of Nazareth did.
The problem that Jesus had in his time is that nobody understood him. When he said I and the
Father are One, he was crucified for these words because they were taken by the Pharisees as
pure blasphemy.
Today many people will still crucify the enlightened idea that God and man are One, especially
those who tend to support the idea that God is judgmental and man must be punished for his
sins! However I believe that the current developments in science are leading us into the
direction of a realization that our cosmos is Divine and that we are a part of the whole! This has
been the true message of all the prophets including Jesus of Nazareth who were trying to bring
Enlightenment to humanity. However in our fear of God we failed to recognize the truth!
Fortunately today it is much easier than 2000 years ago to comprehend the very words of Jesus
in a whole new context.
Jesus said love your brother like you love yourself. If we fail to love our brother like ourselves,
we fail to recognize the Oneness and our own Divinity. Of all the six billion people that are
walking the face of the Earth, in reality there is only One of us here! We are only different
perspectives of the same universal consciousness!
The Law of One
Don Elkins had had a respectable career as a Professor of Engineering at the University of
Louisville, held a PhD in Philosophy was the founder of the University of Alaskas mechanical
engineering department and had served in the U.S. Army during the Korean War. Later he
became a pilot on a Boeing 727. In 1965 he left his position to start investigating UFO and
paranormal phenomena. He had founded L/L Research to start investigating reincarnation using
hypnotic regression sessions in which subjects were led back to the early days of their youth,
their birth and even to pre-conception stages of previous lives.
Later he started to investigate the UFO claims that were reported all over the United States. He
had interviewed many abducted people who claimed they had been taken hostage by
extraterrestrials for scientific research purposes. Later he formed a UFO contact group,
consisting of people who were able to telepathically make contact with extraterrestrials using a
technique called channelling.
This is when he met Carla L.Rueckert who proved to be a gifted medium who could make
contact with entities who claimed to be extraterrestrial. On January 15th 1981, Carla L.Rueckert
in the presence of Don Elkins unexpectedly went into a deep trance state. In the trance state
she made contact with an entity that called itself Ra. This was the start of channelling spanning
a four-year period that was compiled into a series of five books called the Law of One.
The entity Ra identified itself as a social memory complex, a blended consciousness of a
group soul that lived on the planet Venus millions of years ago. For 4 years in a row, the

channelling continued in a question and answer style, Don Elkins posed questions to Ra on
wide a range of scientific and other subjects. The compelling evidence of a sophisticated
scientific understanding not known to Earth came from the mouth of Carla Rueckert who did not
have any scientific background whatsoever.
Ra explained that the civilization of a planet could evolve to a group consciousness where all
individual consciousness blends, much like the collective unconsciousness of Carl Jung. The
collective consciousness has access to all the experiences of all the individuals that ever lived in
that civilization, the Akashic records.
According to Ra, planet Earth is approaching the end of a 75.000 year astronomical cycle of
three successive precession cycles. This event is to culminate in the year 2012.
The entity Ra explained that they had intervened with the evolution of humanity dating back to
the time of the Egyptians, where they decreed the Law of One. Members from the Ra group
supposedly reincarnated on Earth to help humanity. It is for this reason that Ra-Ta and
Toth, both originating from the Ra group, constructed the Great Pyramid at the Giza plateau* for
healing purposes and initiation into higher spiritual realms.
* (The same claim stems from Edgar Cayce! Note also that in chapter 8
The Giza Plateau I mentioned that the central pyramid corresponds with
the planet Venus and that putting this planet central may have been
done on purpose to reveal its origin; Venus is the home planet of Ra!)
Ra called us humans populating the Earth, the Souls of Distortion. The ego concept, the
belief in a separate individuality is a distorted view of reality according to Ra. The fundamental
reality is that there is only One Infinite Creator and that all perceptions of individuality are simply
illusions. Hence Ras teaching is called the Law of One. Ra incarnated into human life form in
order to bring this teaching to the Egyptians.
Unfortunately the Egyptians did not awaken from their distortions and misunderstood the Law of
One and started to worship Ra instead as their God of the Sun. Since the teachings were not
really grasped, the distortions of the Law of One continued for the Earthlings.

Ra the Egyptian Sun God

In numerous sessions, Ra explains to Don Elkins the history our planet, its spiritual evolution,
about life on other planets, earlier civilizations such as Atlantis, Lemuria or Mu. Ra explained
that the evolution of the soul leads through multiple lives in the cycle of reincarnation. We all
have lived many, many lives on many planets since the soul itself is eternal. Gradually the soul
evolves into higher awareness and will reincarnate in higher dimensions, to finally reach the
highest, the eighth density where the soul will be re-united with the consciousness of the One
Infinite Creator.
Ra also gave in-depth scientific lectures and explained the octave-based nature of our universe
consisting of multiple dimensions that he preferred to call densities.
Both the material and immaterial world is constructed from a universal aetheric spiritual energy
that Ra called Love/Light energy. Ra explained that the Love/Light energy travels through the
universe as a spiralling wave (torsion wave!) *. The seven different dimensions in the universe
are different densities and vibration speeds of the same universal Love/Light energy that
correspond with the seven white keys in the musical scale. Densities like the keys in the musical
scale are recurring. After the seventh white key, the first key is repeated only one octave higher.
* (Note that Daniel Winter explained that the spiralling Golden waves
that rush into the atom are light waves braided on the lo-Phi wave or love wave. So also
Winter is saying that the torsion wave is a loving light wave that is based on the Golden
Mean Fibonacci sequence.
Matter is a vibration of this Love/Light energy and there is a unique relation between music,
sound and geometry (the Platonic solids) that play a role in the construction of matter. The
dimensions of the universe are constructed around the octave of the musical scale. Within the

seven main dimensions there are another seven sub dimensions and so forth, ad infinitum. The
planet Earth is a now a 3rd density planet but currently undergoing its transition into 4th density,
now she has come at the end of a 75.000 year cycle, according to Ra.
Now these amazing scientific details were given a long time before frontier physicists
discovered the very essentials of what Ra was saying. How do we explain such explicit
knowledge that came from a woman with no scientific understanding whatsoever?
(2)
The Egyptian period referred to by Ra when they intervened on Earth may well have started in
the 18th dynasty (1352- 1336 B.C) of Amenhotep IV better known as Akhenaten, the name he
later adopted.

Offering by Akhenaten and his wife Nefertiti to the Aten.

Akhenaten only reigned for nearly 18 years but he truly was responsible for a revolution in old
Egypt. The Egyptians at the time worshipped a whole pantheon of deities, but Akhenaten threw
all of them out and taught the Egyptians to only worship one God, the god of the solar disc, the
Aten. Akhenaten lived in the great religious capital of Egypt, Thebes. He ordered the destruction
of all the temples and statues of the pantheon of neters (deities) including the most popular
neter at the time, Amun. A strong opposition rose against Akhenaten and eventually he had to
flee from Thebes along with his wife and a host of followers. He founded a new city outside
Thebes named Akhetaten, the horizon of Aten; the present day name of this city is El-Amarna.
Akehenaten single-handedly reformed the Egyptian religious culture from polytheism to
monotheism. This is the first time in recorded history that the concept of one god, monotheism,
was introduced.
Many historians now believe that Moses who led the Israelites out of Egypt and Akhenaten, who
had to leave Thebes, are one and the same person. The stories are identical. One of the first to

suggest this relation was Sigmund Freud. Freud is normally only associated with his work on
psychoanalysis, but he also had a great interest in the Egyptian culture and in his final book
Moses and Monotheism he wrote about the alleged connection between Moses and
Akhenaten.
Could it be that Akhenaten\Moses was just bringing the Law of One to Earth? There are a few
very coincidental facts here that may hint in this direction. Suppose Moses himself is indeed the
author of the book Exodus that describes the exodus of the Israelites out of Egypt. Now Howard
Middleton-Jones claims to have found the hiding place of the Ark of the Covenant, the Ark that
contains the Ten Commandments that were given to Moses by God on Mount Sinai. MiddletonJones says he has found convincing clues in the book Exodus that describe the construction of
the Ark, but in fact are descriptions of the Grand Gallery of the Great Pyramid, where the Ark
can be found.
Suppose Middleton-Jones is right and Moses indeed buried the Ark in the Great Pyramid. It
means that he must have been involved in the construction of the Great Pyramid too. Another
clue that links Moses to the Great Pyramid is the fact that the reference point on Peter
Lemesuriers pyramid timeline that demarcates the Exodus of Moses out of Egypt, coincides
with a prominent place in the Great Pyramid, the base of the ascending path that leads to the
Kings and Queens chamber.
Sources like Edgar Cayce and the Law in One channelling claim that the ones who constructed
the Great Pyramid are reincarnated descendants of the Ra group. This would link
Akhenaten\Moses to Ras Law of One and would explain why Akhenaten\Moses decreed
monotheism.
The channelling of the Law of One by Carla Rueckert although very remarkable is not unique;
in 1969 Jane Roberts compiled a book Seth speaks from a fifth dimension entity that identified
itself as Seth. Surprisingly the teachings given by Ra and Seth meticulously and consistently
sketch a science and cosmology that is now being corroborated by science.
According to the channelling of both Seth and the Law of One, humanity has always received
help from extraterrestrials dwelling in higher dimensions of consciousness in the universe.
Those entities have advanced further in the cycle of reincarnation towards the unity of the One.
They want to help us in our evolution. In their understanding, the concept of separateness has
ceased to exist and by helping us they are helping their own evolution! In order to understand
this we must understand that basically we are multidimensional beings that exist in multiple
densities at the same time; however humanity has lost its consciousness of it, according to Ra.
Basically there is no difference between Ra and us, were One! This is how Ra sees us and
thats why they are helping!
By helping us they are helping lesser-developed parts of themselves to evolve as well so to
speak. Ra speaks to us in terms of duality, us versus them for that is the only concept that
humanity can understand, although to Ra this concept does not make any sense.
Ra in the Law of One quite clearly states that they are now here to help us in our transition to
the fourth density. They call the transition the harvest of the fourth density souls that after a long

period of reincarnations are now ready to make the transition. The mysterious crop circles that
started to appear two decades ago all over the world may just be the kind of extraterrestrial help
that Ra is referring to.
Around the same time the crop circles started to appear, claims emerged about abductions by
aliens. These claims from all over the world are often neglected; in most cases they are officially
ridiculed. According to Steven Greer of the Disclosure Project, the U.S. government is
intentionally ridiculing the UFO subject to mislead the public at large.
Today doubts still exist about the investigations carried out concerning the alleged UFO crash
near Roswell, New Mexico in July 1947. Officially the U.S. Air Force Roswell case is closed, but
the whole incident has all the hallmarks of a cover up. There seems to be an enormous increase
in UFO sightings over Mexico City since 1991. Many amateur photographers have taken
footage of UFO sightings and there are many eyewitness reports.
Very unexpectedly and for the first time in history an official UFO news story was issued by the
Mexican Ministry of Defense about a UFO encounter that occurred in May 2004 in the skies
over Mexico. On the 5th of May 2004, the Mexican Air Force recorded eleven unidentified flying
objects on infrared film. In a television newsflash the pilots were explaining their encounter with
these UFOs and the footage of the encounter was broadcast on many stations across the
world.
In front of the camera, Major Magdaleno Castanon explained that they had followed the UFOs
for at least 15 minutes. At one time they were very scared because the UFOs suddenly made a
full turn and came after their plane; all of a sudden they were all around them encircling the
plane.
Now this official statement made by the Mexican government about a UFO sighting is unique.
There have been lots of UFO sightings over Mexico and never before was there any official
comment from the government. The question may be raised, why this sudden change in the
policy about the UFO phenomenon? Maybe they can no longer keep the lid on it, and decided
that its wiser to start informing the public at large about it? Lets see if we will have more official
reports about UFO sightings in the future.
Dont worry that UFOs will land on the White House lawn and take over control of this planet;
these are all sci-fi horror fantasies. However I do believe that inter-dimensional extraterrestrial
life has helped humanity throughout history with a positive intention to raise its consciousness.
Now the time has come when humanity is speeding up its evolution to a critical threshold of
scientific understanding, where we are discovering the divine nature of the universe, claims are
that extraterrestrials are witnessing and guiding this very unique event. It will be a quantum leap
in our evolution, a global Enlightenment.
The Dutch 24 year-old boy Robbert van den Broeke claims that he is able to make contact with
aliens. He seems to sense their presence and he hears a high-pitched chirping when they are
present. The next thing he does is he takes his photo camera and starts to take pictures of
them! Strange things appear in front of his camera, like light emitting spheres and aliens. He

keeps a complete collection of these photographs. He also has footage of aliens that appeared
in front of his ordinary video 8 camera!
Somehow he has developed a sense for the appearance of crop circles in his surroundings as
well; as soon as he feels theres one coming he jumps on his bike and of he goes into the fields.
He says he has often witnessed how crop circles are made. They are accompanied by glowing
spheres of white light, called Orbs. He claims the Orbs are intelligent and says hes able to
communicate with them telepathically.
He drew the attention of a Dutch television team that wanted proof of his hilarious claims! They
handed him two cameras, an ordinary Polaroid camera, and a digital camera and under the
watching eye of the TV camera he was asked to do his magic trick. The journalists were
flabbergasted and couldnt believe their eyes when pictures started to show up on the digital
camera! The images also showed up on the Polaroid camera after development! Heres just one
of his pictures taken with the camera crew as eyewitnesses:

Picture taken by Robbert van den Broeke

Most people simply ignore any claims made about the existence of alien life forms; however the
problem is that these claims are very persistent and have only increased in recent decades

The return of the prophet

Edgar Cayce before he died promised that he would be back. He even mentioned the year of
his return, 1998. Then if he was right about it where is he now?
In his book The reincarnation of Edgar Cayce, Wynn Free states that the reincarnation of
Edgar Cayce is David Wilcock. Wynn Free has researched the claim made by David Wilcock
himself that he is the reincarnation of Edgar Cayce.
David Wilcock is not just another ordinary scientist; he calls himself an intuitive researcher and
in fact is a psychic gifted person. He claims that he is in contact with the same source Ra that
was channelled by Carla Rueckert in the Law of One.

Wynn Free who investigated this claim now thinks that all three Edgar Cayce, Carla
Rueckert and David Wilcock were in fact in contact with the same source Ra. It explains why
Edgar Cayce so often made references to the Law of One! He mentioned the Law of One a
number of times in his readings in relation with the Atlantean people who were split into two
camps, the followers of Belial (rem: Belial is Hebrew meaning without worth or without a
master, in the Dead Sea Scrolls he is described as the leader of the Sons of Darkness) and the
Law of One. These camps were at war according to Cayce.
According to David Wilcock, it was Ra who informed him that he is the reincarnation of Edgar
Cayce. Further more Ra urged him to reveal his relation with Edgar Cayce to the public. He was
shocked to hear this in 1998 (the year mentioned by Cayce for return), because he knew that he
would be ridiculed but Wilcock reluctantly went through with it. Wilcock says he prefers to be
respected for his scientific work than for his connection with Edgar Cayce. David Wilcock has
written three books called the Convergence series, The Shift of the Ages, The Science of
Oneness and the Divine Cosmos.
All three of his extensive research books are getting respect from scientists all over the world.
Currently hes working together with ex-NASA scientist Richard C. Hoagland who claims that
NASA is withholding the truth about many things, for one example the energetic changes that
are occurring in our Solar System. Wilcock and Hoagland are developing a hyperdimensional
aether physics to explain these phenomena and are presenting it within both scientific and
public circles.
Wilcock who has studied the Law of One by Carla Rueckert was guided by his spiritual guide
Ra to collect proof from scientists all over the world that could corroborate the science dictated
by Ra in the Law of One. The result is collected in the Convergence series.
Now why should we believe a young man like David Wilcock when he claims that he is the
reincarnation of Edgar Cayce? Of course only circumstantial evidence can be brought to the
stand; however some pieces of the evidence are very convincing. For one thing as a child he
was already gifted with psychic powers. Today he gives readings just like Cayce did for his
clients. He predicted the attacks on the Twin Towers on the 11th September 2001 in readings
that were published on the Internet many years prior to the attacks. Wilcocks readings are often
very cryptic and are best understood in retrospect:
Reading from 12th June 1996:
It's the greatest science fiction story ever told. Someone comes in - Rescue 911. CBS and ABC
give it adequate coverage. A cast-iron fence is wrought around the victim's body
Reading July 9th 1998:
World Trade Center bombing really shook things up. The next time one tries something like this,
it will become a much larger story, if the details are worked out properly.
(3)

Another amazing fact is that he is the spitting image of the younger Edgar Cayce. The
coincidence of facial alikeness doesnt end with David Wilcock but continues with Wilcocks and
Cayces friends. According to Wynn Free it appears as if a group of persons acquainted to
Edgar Cayce, reincarnated in this life as the friends of Wilcock again. The most convincing
evidence however is the similarity in the astrological charts of the birth dates of both Edgar
Cayce and David Wilcock. Astrologer Brian McNaughton discovered that the astronomical
charts of the birth dates of both men are of such remarkable similarity as to rule out chance. The
Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus and Mars that according to astrology determines a person s
personality are in the same signs for both the birth date of Edgar Cayce and David Wilcock.
McNaughton, starting from the astrological chart of the birth date of Edgar Cayce, determined all
the dates between the birth of Edgar Cayce in 1877 and the year 2000 that have the same
alignment of the Sun, Moon, Mercury, Venus and Mars and found to his astonishment only one
date; the exact birth date of David Wilcock!
(4)
Although the proof seems rather convincing, the Association for Research and Enlightenment
(A.R.E.) that preserves the legacy of Edgar Cayce officially hasnt recognized David Wilcock as
the reincarnation of Edgar Cayce. Whether we believe Wilcocks reincarnation of Edgar Cayce
to be true or not doesnt change the fact that David Wilcock is a very remarkable scientist who
has collected scientific evidence to sustain Edgar Cayce predictions and Ras physics from the
Law of One.
David Wilcock is actively formulating a new scientific paradigm; hes blending science and
spirituality to a new level of understanding that is no less than a scientific revolution.

Epilogue

If we look around us today in this world, we see a growing tendency towards selfishness and
individualism that is the result of our collective belief in Darwins survival of the fittest strategy
that has become the synonym for capitalism. Lack of morality and loss of spirituality has driven
religions towards conservatism. Muslim fanatics have even chosen the path of terrorism as a
righteous way to subject the non-believers. Social differences in the world have increased as a
result of our greed, the rich simply got richer and the poor got poorer. Humanity seems more
apart than ever before.
Christians around the world believe that Christ will return one day to Earth, as he has promised,
to restore the power and glory of God. There are many today who believe that the Second
Coming is at hand. Before his return, true Christians will be taken during the rapture where
Jesus will rescue the believers from the Armageddon and take them to Heaven. The rest of us
sinners will be left behind and have to await Judgment Day. Also Muslim fundamentalists feel
the Armageddon will be here soon.
The belief in the wrath of God has driven both religions into a blind belief in their own
righteousness. George Bush, President of United States of America, has turned into a Christian
fundamentalist after his faith saved him from the booze and is now on a heroic crusade to
eradicate all evil in this world. His mission is to establish a new world order. He has simply
divided the world in two sections, a good one and a bad one, separated by his axis of evil! Hes
fighting his own holy war, his own Jihad with the blessing of God to kill the bad guys. God bless
America! The bad guys are Bin Laden and his Islamic followers who are fighting the very same
holy war with the very same intention, blessing and consent of their God. Both camps claim that
Gods wrath is on their side. How ironic!
The polarizations between clashing religions in the political arena has led to the same us and
them polarization throughout all layers in our society. People have become scared and it is this
fear that has rendered George Bush a second term.
At the same time away from the masses a new awareness is awakening in humanity, the
realisation that there is only Oneness in the universe. We are all children of the One universal
consciousness! This awareness seems to come in the right time and in the right place. We are
spiritually deprived of a universal wisdom! All the polarizations in this world stem from our failure
to see the unity that connects us all. The cause of our polarizations is our judgmental nature to
distinguish between good and bad. Judgment is the instrument used by the ego to sustain its
belief in an individual self! When I pass my judgment upon you, Im actually expressing that Im
different from you, that Im better and would never do that. Judgment is therefore separation in
action!
Humanity is in a dire need of a spiritual wisdom that unites instead of separates since
separation is the basis for all conflicts. Without it I feel there is no hope for humanity as we are

perfectly able to destroy ourselves! Many have resorted to politics and feel that all problems
require a political answer. Do not be fooled, for politics is judgment with a capital J. It will never
unite.
Science has become a substitute for Western religion. We fixate our worldviews mainly on what
science is telling us. The time is here and now that science itself is undergoing a revolution and
is leading us into a new direction, a convergence with Eastern spirituality! Science is discovering
that the ultimate reality of the universe is Oneness. It is also telling us now that our human
consciousness has a real affect on our outer physical reality and that we are not passers-by in
an objective reality but that we are active co-creators of it! It makes us co-creators with God! We
have the power to shape our own destiny both individually and collectively! What we believe will
ultimately be our reality!
These revelations from science put Jesus words and the Bible in a whole new perspective. The
gospels were deliberately restricted and changed into dogmas at the council of Nicea in 325 AD
to establish the power of the Catholic Church. As the recovered 13 ancient Nag Hammadi
codices found in Egypt in 1945 reveal, the Gospels of Thomas, the Gospel of Philip and the
Gospel of Truth for instance were deliberately left out of our version of the Bible. Why, because
they simply revealed too much esoteric knowledge! At the same time we were deprived of the
ancient scientific knowledge that can be traced back to the Egyptians and had its roots in the
Atlantean culture.
But let us now reread the same words in the Bible where Jesus speaks of His and humanitys
Oneness with the Father:
John 17: 22 -23 I have given them the glory that you gave me, that they may be one as we are
one: I in them and you in me. May they be brought to complete unity to let the world know that
you sent me and have loved them even as you have loved me.
Or to say it with the words of Neil Donald Walsh, author of the series of books Conversations
with God:
One of the most serious misconceptions is the idea that God is unreachable, that God is
separated from us. This separating way of thinking has alienated us from Gods creation and
from ourselves. It has led to a separating economy, a separating politics, a separating
sociology and a separating religion. My message is that we are all one, that there is no
separation between us and God, between us and live, or between us and each other.
(1)
Esoteric teachings have always told us that what we see outside of us is a mirror of our own
beliefs and convictions. If we believe the world is hard, bad and ugly and that we need to fight
and compete in order to survive than that conviction will be reflected in our daily experience of
life. However if we believe that the world is peaceful and that we will meet only friendly people
on our path, we will radiate this belief and attract loving and friendly people on our way!
Christians have another way of saying it what you reap is what you sow.

Galatians 6:7 Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he
also reap.
Weve come to a point in our evolution where we can start to understand the significance of
these words in the Bible in a whole new perspective.
I have come to believe that humanity has a great potential that is now being unleashed in an
awakening that is taking place globally. Humanitys collective consciousness is rising to its true
Divine potential. The distortions that Ra is talking about have to do with our own
misconceptions, our strong beliefs and convictions that we are just poor frail sinning individuals
who are passively subjected to a dangerous outside world, that we have no control over. These
distortions have led us into fear and despair.
In his book the The Isaiah effect, Greg Braden explains a new mode of prayer that he derived
from the Dead Sea scrolls found in the Qumram valley, especially the scroll of the prophet
Isaiah. He learned that the Essenes, who are the people of the lineage of both Isaiah and
Jesus, tried to teach something about prayer that is new. Isaiah writes in his scrolls that we
should not ask God anything in a prayer; instead we should believe and act as if the prayer had
already been fulfilled! Greg Braden continues to explain that we should have a strong believe
and intensely visualize, feel see and hear with as much of our senses as possible the outcome
of what we are asking for in our prayer. The trick is to believe that our prayers have already
been fulfilled and never doubt it afterwards. That is when we start to live our true Divine powers.
In his book Greg Braden compares the wisdom of the Essenes with modern day quantum
science and concludes that the Essenes wisdom is not based on some ancient pagan belief but
can be substantiated by quantum science.
(2)
The same message of Isaiah comes from Jesus as he tells us that we have failed to ask in the
right way:
John 16:23-24 In that day you will no longer ask me anything. I tell you the truth, my Father will
give you whatever you ask in my name. Until now you have not asked for anything in my name.
Ask and you will receive, and your joy will be complete.
Most people who pray send out a request to God and hope that it will be answered instead of
knowing their own powers and knowing who they really are! The trick is not to ask and wait until
it is given, but to know that it is given even before you have asked! You are in control as you are
One with the Creator!
Jesus told us that his powers to perform miracles are not His alone but will awaken in all of us:
John 14:12 He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works
than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father.

Could it be that the Second Coming of Christ is not about the physical return of the historical
person Jesus of Nazareth but about the awakening of Christ consciousness in all of us, a global
awakening?
There are new spiritual teachings on Earth that were passed on to us in the last two decades
that I believe try to explain exactly the same matters that Jesus tried to teach humanity but have
been misconstrued by our religions. After 2000 years Jesus his message is brought to us in a
new perspective that today is much easier to accept than it was 2000 years ago. We now have
a scientific framework that allows us to understand these words without crucifying the
messenger!
The book, A Course in Miracles was channelled to Dr. Helen Schucman in 1975 through an
inner voice. According to Schucman, the inner voice revealed itself as the historical Jesus of
Nazareth. There have been millions of copies sold of this teaching in many languages around
the world already. This teaching is non-dualistic and tells us that God and man are One. It
stresses the importance of forgiveness and teaches that sin and judgment are tricks used by the
ego to sustain the belief in separation. A Course in Miracles teaches that Jesus did not die on
the cross to pay for our sins but that his crucifixion was really to show us that we crucify
ourselves and that resurrection is available to all of us. In summary, A Course in Miracles is not
a new religion, it is an individualised course aimed at changing the belief system such that all
the false beliefs in a separate ego, the tendency to judgment and the strong belief in sin are
undone.
(3)
Around the same time another teaching was channelled called the Law of Attraction by Esther
Hicks who channelled a source called Abraham. The Law of Attraction is becoming popular in
the United States and is a used by a number of personal development trainers. Most of them
are presumably former NLP (neuro-linguistic programming) trainers and teachers who claim that
they have modelled the strategies and success factors of those who are successful in life. They
now use the Law of Attraction to tell us that everything in our universe is fundamentally a
vibration from the physical to the mental domain. Our own thoughts and emotions are vibrations
too and will attract like vibrations. In other words, we create our own reality and receive exactly
what we believe to be true. It is a vicious circle since what we believe is true keeps getting back
at us. This acts as a confirmation that only reinforces our current belief. Given a negative
attitude, people tend to cling on to repetitive patterns that are only hurting them more and more.
If we want to break free from the repetitive behaviour that is hurting us, we should not put our
focus on what we dont want, but instead put our focus on what we do want!
New gurus of the power of the human mind teach businessman today to do business in a
completely new way. They tell them to release themselves from the archaic old burden of
Darwinism, the belief that business is all about competition and the survival of the fittest. Instead
businessmen are taught to put their positive intention, focus and awareness on their goals and
watch how magic will happen, for the universe will deliver abundant opportunities for those who
have asked in the right way!
(4)

We live in a very special time, a time of great changes. It is as if we live in a time capsule that is
rapidly unfolding in this special epoch in human history. There is an avalanche of knowledge
available since the dawning of the Internet that is speeding up our development tremendously.
When viewed in retrospect it seems no coincidence that we had to develop to a technological
and scientific awareness before a new spiritual awareness could be birthed. Many sources
claim that humanity has received help from the spiritual dimensions and from extraterrestrials to
come to a point that we would be mature enough to make a quantum leap in consciousness. In
this respect we have received the channelled works of the Law of One, of Seth, the Law of
Attraction, and A Course in Miracles. Another aid has been the crop circles. By studying our
past, many pieces of the puzzle seem to fit now and it seems that the ancients left us clues
about the importance of the galactic alignment of 2012. The ancient 2012 prophecies of the
Mayas, the prophecies of the Incas, the Hopi Indians, Nostradamus, Edgar Cayce, Jesus and
many others predicted that a global shift in consciousness would occur around this time on
Earth after a time of tribulation. Dr. Smelyakov and Terence McKenna have given us clues that
our evolution occurred in fractal repetitions following the Golden Mean ratio. Time itself is
supposed to spiral into an end point that corresponds with the 2012 Mayan predictions. Could it
be that our evolution is indeed pulled from the future instead of being pushed from the past like
chaos theory suggests and that the fractal attractor of our evolution coincides with the winter
solstice galactic alignment of 2012 and the end time of the Mayan Long Count calendar?
If there is ever to be a shift in global consciousness to occur on this planet as has been
prophesised, I believe the time is here and now!
The Maya made it clear that before the shift in consciousness would occur, the Earth would
suffer many major catastrophes. These catastrophes will act as the catalysts that will trigger the
consciousness shift. In times of troubles, people forget their differences and come together and
unite. Globalisation has turned the world into one big village such that we can no longer neglect
what is happening in remote parts of the world, the news will be broadcast around the world
within minutes. The problem with globalisation is that local economies now depend heavily on
the world economy; disturbances anywhere in the world have the potential to affect our local
economies. Chinas economic development is posing a real threat to employment in all Western
countries. Nations by themselves can no longer solve the environmental problems they are
facing. The war on terrorism cannot be won unless we recognise the root of the problem, our
false us and them reasoning, the false belief that we are on the right side of the axis of evil. All
of these developments including the natural catastrophes such as the Asian tsunami and the
floods of New Orleans will force humanity to unite and act as one.
We will have to let go of our false Darwinian belief in separatism and survival of the fittest. If we
dont recognise the inter-connectedness in the seemingly unrelated events in the world and
recognise the Oneness in all things, there will be none of us left fit enough to survive the
challenges the world will be facing in the near future.
This book is my attempt to share many of the marvellous things scientists have discovered
which underscore our Oneness. You may either marvel or have fallen into a complete disbelief
about the subject. To me personally Ive become very hopeful about a new future for humanity.

Ive always felt and believed that the world we live in could not be Gods will. I finally came to
understand that His and our will are not disjointed. We have the possibility and the power within
us to shape a bright new future for our children, a time of peace and understanding, a true
Heaven on Earth.
Since the majority is unaware of the pending changes, the prophecies of the past when they
come to pass, may hit us by surprise just like it has been prophesised!
Matthew 24: 37-39 Jesus: For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.
For as in those days which were before the flood they were eating and drinking, they were
marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered the ark, and they did not
understand until the flood came and took them all away; so shall the coming of the Son of Man
be.
Maybe this book took you by surprise?
If it did, I want you to consider this:

All truth passes through three stages:

First, it is ridiculed
Second, it is violently opposed
Third, it is accepted as self-evident!
Arthur Schopenhauer (1788-1860)